Rati 1196 texts and 4481 matches in Suttanta Pali


Sutta Title Words Ct Mr Links Type Quote
an1.1-10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an1.11-20arati1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannaṁ vā thinamiddhaṁ uppajjati uppannaṁ vā thinamiddhaṁ bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṁvattati yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, arati tandī vijambhitā bhattasammado cetaso ca līnattaṁ.  “Mendicants, I do not see a single thing that gives rise to dullness and drowsiness, or, when they have arisen, makes them increase and grow like discontent, sloth, yawning, sleepiness after eating, and mental sluggishness. 

an1.51-60viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

‘bhikkhu arittajjhāno viharati satthusāsanakaro ovādapatikaro, amoghaṁ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṁ bhuñjati’.  a mendicant who does not lack absorption, who follows the Teacher’s instructions, who responds to advice, and who does not eat the country’s alms in vain. 
‘bhikkhu arittajjhāno viharati satthusāsanakaro ovādapatikaro, amoghaṁ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṁ bhuñjati’. 
a mendicant who does not lack absorption, who follows the Teacher’s instructions, who responds to advice, and who does not eat the country’s alms in vain. 
‘bhikkhu arittajjhāno viharati satthusāsanakaro ovādapatikaro amoghaṁ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṁ bhuñjati’. 
a mendicant who does not lack absorption, who follows the Teacher’s instructions, who responds to advice, and who does not eat the country’s alms in vain. 

an1.316-332viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Durakkhāte, bhikkhave, dhammavinaye yo āraddhavīriyo so dukkhaṁ viharati.  “Mendicants, in a poorly explained teaching and training an energetic person lives in suffering. 
“Svākkhāte, bhikkhave, dhammavinaye yo kusīto so dukkhaṁ viharati. 
“Mendicants, in a well explained teaching and training a lazy person lives in suffering. 
“Durakkhāte, bhikkhave, dhammavinaye yo kusīto so sukhaṁ viharati. 
“Mendicants, in a poorly explained teaching and training a lazy person lives happily. 
“Svākkhāte, bhikkhave, dhammavinaye yo āraddhavīriyo so sukhaṁ viharati. 
“Mendicants, in a well explained teaching and training an energetic person lives happily. 

an1.394-574anabhiratisaññaṁ viharati14Pi En Ru dhamma

‘bhikkhu arittajjhāno viharati, satthusāsanakaro ovādapatikaro, amoghaṁ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṁ bhuñjati’.  a mendicant who does not lack absorption, who follows the Teacher’s instructions, who responds to advice, and who does not eat the country’s alms in vain. 
Kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ …pe… 
If a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body … 
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati … 
feelings … 
citte cittānupassī viharati … 
mind … 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world, even for the time of a finger-snap … 
sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati … 
going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space … 
sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma anantaṁ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati … 
going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness … 
sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati … 
going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness … 
sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati … 
going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception … 
sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati …. 
going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling … 
sabbaloke anabhiratisaññaṁ bhāveti … 
the perception of dissatisfaction with the whole world … 
anabhiratisaññaṁ → anabhiratasaññaṁ (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) 
sabbaloke anabhiratisaññaṁ bhāveti … 
the perception of dissatisfaction with the whole world … 
‘bhikkhu arittajjhāno viharati satthusāsanakaro ovādapatikaro, amoghaṁ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṁ bhuñjati’. 
a mendicant who does not lack absorption, who follows the Teacher’s instructions, who responds to advice, and who does not eat the country’s alms in vain. 

an2.1-10carati pariharati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
So diṭṭhadhammikassa vajjassa bhīto na paresaṁ pābhataṁ vilumpanto carati. 
Afraid of the fault apparent in the present life, they do not steal the belongings of others. 
So samparāyikassa vajjassa bhīto kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. 
Afraid of the fault to do with lives to come, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure. 

an2.11-20pariharati viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

So iti paṭisaṅkhāya kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati.  Reflecting like this, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure. 
So iti paṭisaṅkhāya kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. 
Reflecting like this, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure. 
So iti paṭisaṅkhāya kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. 
Reflecting like this, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi, vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

an2.32-41viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. 
Now at that time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
It’s a mendicant who is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
It’s a mendicant who is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
So aññataraṁ santaṁ cetovimuttiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
They enter and remain in a certain peaceful state of freed mind. 
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno varaṇāyaṁ viharati bhaddasāritīre. 
At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying at Varaṇā, on the bank of the Kaddama Lake. 
Tattha so bhagavā etarahi viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho. 
There the Blessed One is now staying, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. 
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno madhurāyaṁ viharati gundāvane. 
At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying near Madhurā, in Gunda’s Grove. 

an2.130-140pariharati16Pi En Ru dhamma

“Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati.  “When a foolish, incompetent untrue person has two qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavatīti. 
When a foolish, incompetent untrue person has these two qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavati. 
When an astute, competent true person has two qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit. 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavatī”ti. 
When an astute, competent true person has these two qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit.” 
“Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati. 
“When a foolish, incompetent untrue person has two qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavatīti. 
When a foolish, incompetent untrue person has these two qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavati. 
When an astute, competent true person has two qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit. 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavatī”ti. 
When an astute, competent true person has these two qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit.” 
“Dvīsu, bhikkhave, micchāpaṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati. 
“When a foolish, incompetent untrue person acts wrongly toward two people they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Imesu kho, bhikkhave, dvīsu micchāpaṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavatīti. 
When a foolish, incompetent untrue person acts wrongly toward these two people they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Dvīsu, bhikkhave, sammāpaṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavati. 
When an astute, competent true person acts rightly toward two people they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit. 
Imesu kho, bhikkhave, dvīsu sammāpaṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavatī”ti. 
When an astute, competent true person acts rightly toward these two people they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit.” 
“Dvīsu, bhikkhave, micchāpaṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati. 
“When a foolish, incompetent untrue person acts wrongly toward two people they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Imesu kho, bhikkhave, micchāpaṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavatīti. 
When a foolish, incompetent untrue person acts wrongly toward these people they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Dvīsu, bhikkhave, sammāpaṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavati. 
When an astute, competent true person acts rightly toward two people they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit. 
Imesu kho, bhikkhave, dvīsu sammāpaṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavatī”ti. 
When an astute, competent true person acts rightly toward these two people they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit.” 

an2.180-229viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato dukkhaṁ viharati.  “Anyone who has two things lives in suffering. 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato dukkhaṁ viharati”. 
Anyone who has these two things lives in suffering.” 
“Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato sukhaṁ viharati. 
“Anyone who has these two things lives happily. 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato sukhaṁ viharati”. 
Anyone who has these two things lives happily.” 

an3.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an3.9pariharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati.  “When a foolish, incompetent, untrue person has three qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati. 
When a foolish, incompetent untrue person has these three qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavati. 
When an astute, competent true person has three qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit. 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavatī”ti. 
When an astute, competent true person has these three qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit.” 

an3.12viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, yasmiṁ padese bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  The place where the mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an3.15viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 

an3.16vihiṁsūparatiyā1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṁsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya, iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti.  ‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 

an3.20viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.  It’s when a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 

an3.21viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an3.24viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, yaṁ puggalaṁ āgamma puggalo āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati;  Furthermore, the person who has enabled you to realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with your own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an3.25rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, cakkhumā puriso rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ vijjantarikāya rūpāni passeyya;  They’re like a person with keen eyes in the dark of the night, who sees by a flash of lightning. 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
It’s a person who realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… upasampajja viharati. 
In the same way, a person realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. … 

an3.33viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yato ca kho, sāriputta, bhikkhuno imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti, yañca cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ upasampajja viharati;  When a mendicant has no I-making, mine-making, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body; and no I-making, mine-making, or underlying tendency to conceit for all external stimuli; and they live having attained the freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom where I-making, mine-making, and the underlying tendency to conceit are no more— 

an3.35viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā āḷaviyaṁ viharati gomagge siṁsapāvane paṇṇasanthare.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Āḷavī, on a mat of leaves by a cow-path in a grove of Indian Rosewood. 

an3.36carati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati.  Firstly, someone does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

an3.39carati6Pi En Ru dhamma

Yobbanamadamatto vā, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati.  Intoxicated with the vanity of youth, an unlearned ordinary person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
jīvitamadamatto vā, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati. 
Intoxicated with the vanity of life, an unlearned ordinary person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

an3.40pariharati viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

So attānaṁyeva adhipatiṁ karitvā akusalaṁ pajahati, kusalaṁ bhāveti, sāvajjaṁ pajahati, anavajjaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati.  Putting themselves in charge, they give up the unskillful and develop the skillful, they give up the blameworthy and develop the blameless, and they keep themselves pure. 
‘passatha, bho, imaṁ kulaputtaṁ saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito samāno vokiṇṇo viharati pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehī’ti. 
“Look at this gentleman; he’s gone forth out of faith from the lay life to homelessness, but he’s living mixed up with bad, unskillful qualities.” 
‘passatha, bho, imaṁ kulaputtaṁ saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito samāno vokiṇṇo viharati pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehī’ti. 
“Look at this gentleman; he’s gone forth out of faith from the lay life to homelessness, but he’s living mixed up with bad, unskillful qualities.”’ 
So lokaṁyeva adhipatiṁ karitvā akusalaṁ pajahati, kusalaṁ bhāveti, sāvajjaṁ pajahati, anavajjaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. 
Putting the world in charge, they give up the unskillful and develop the skillful, they give up the blameworthy and develop the blameless, and they keep themselves pure. 
So dhammaṁyeva adhipatiṁ karitvā akusalaṁ pajahati, kusalaṁ bhāveti, sāvajjaṁ pajahati, anavajjaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. 
Putting the teaching in charge, they give up the unskillful and develop the skillful, they give up the blameworthy and develop the blameless, and they keep themselves pure. 

an3.50harati pariharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro sandhimpi chindati, nillopampi harati, ekāgārikampi karoti, paripanthepi tiṭṭhati.  “Mendicants, a master thief with three factors breaks into houses, plunders wealth, steals from isolated buildings, and commits highway robbery. 
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro sandhimpi chindati, nillopampi harati, ekāgārikampi karoti, paripanthepi tiṭṭhati. 
A master thief with these three factors breaks into houses, plunders wealth, steals from isolated buildings, and commits highway robbery. 
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato pāpabhikkhu khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati. 
In the same way, when a bad mendicant has three factors, they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato pāpabhikkhu khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavatī”ti. 
When a bad mendicant has these three qualities, they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness.” 

an3.52nīharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

yaṁ nīharati bhājanaṁ;  you rescue the pot 

an3.53carati6Pi En Ru dhamma

Ratto kho …pe… kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati.   
Rāge pahīne neva kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, na vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, na manasā duccaritaṁ carati. 
 

an3.54carati12Pi En Ru dhamma

Ratto kho, brāhmaṇa, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati.  A greedy person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
Rāge pahīne neva kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, na vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, na manasā duccaritaṁ carati. 
When greed has been given up, they don’t do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
Mūḷho kho, brāhmaṇa, mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto, kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati. 
A deluded person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
Mohe pahīne neva kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, na vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, na manasā duccaritaṁ carati. 
When delusion has been given up, they don’t do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

an3.58anussarati viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idha, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  “Brahmin, it’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
With the giving up of pleasure and pain, and the ending of former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattārīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi, anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ. Tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 

an3.59anussarati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  enters and remains in the fourth absorption. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 

an3.61upavicarati6Pi En Ru dhamma

Cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā somanassaṭṭhāniyaṁ rūpaṁ upavicarati domanassaṭṭhāniyaṁ rūpaṁ upavicarati upekkhāṭṭhāniyaṁ rūpaṁ upavicarati,  Seeing a sight with the eye, one is preoccupied with a sight that’s a basis for happiness or sadness or equanimity. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya somanassaṭṭhāniyaṁ dhammaṁ upavicarati domanassaṭṭhāniyaṁ dhammaṁ upavicarati upekkhāṭṭhāniyaṁ dhammaṁ upavicarati. 
Becoming conscious of an idea with the mind, one is preoccupied with an idea that’s a basis for happiness or sadness or equanimity. 

an3.64viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

an3.65viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Sa kho so, kālāmā, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati.  Then that noble disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and mindful. They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 

an3.66viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā nandako sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  Now at that time Venerable Nandaka was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati. 
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 

an3.67abhiharati nābhiharati paṭicarati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Sacāyaṁ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṁ puṭṭho samāno aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, evaṁ santāyaṁ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti.  When a person is asked a question, if they dodge the issue; distract the discussion with irrelevant points; or display annoyance, hate, and bitterness, then that person is not competent to hold a discussion. 
Sace panāyaṁ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṁ puṭṭho samāno na aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati na bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, evaṁ santāyaṁ, bhikkhave, puggalo kaccho hoti. 
When a person is asked a question, if they don’t dodge the issue; distract the discussion with irrelevant points; or display annoyance, hate, and bitterness, then that person is competent to hold a discussion. 
Sacāyaṁ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṁ puṭṭho samāno abhiharati abhimaddati anupajagghati khalitaṁ gaṇhāti, evaṁ santāyaṁ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti. 
When a person is asked a question, if they intimidate, crush, mock, or seize on trivial mistakes, then that person is not competent to hold a discussion. 
Sace panāyaṁ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṁ puṭṭho samāno nābhiharati nābhimaddati na anupajagghati na khalitaṁ gaṇhāti, evaṁ santāyaṁ, bhikkhave, puggalo kaccho hoti. 
When a person is asked a question, if they don’t intimidate, crush, mock, or seize on trivial mistakes, then that person is competent to hold a discussion. 

an3.69viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

Evarūpo, bhikkhave, puggalo lobhajehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto diṭṭhe ceva dhamme dukkhaṁ viharati, savighātaṁ saupāyāsaṁ sapariḷāhaṁ.  Such a person—overcome with bad, unskillful qualities born of greed, hate, and delusion—suffers in the present life, with distress, anguish, and fever. 
mohajehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto diṭṭhe ceva dhamme dukkhaṁ viharati, savighātaṁ saupāyāsaṁ sapariḷāhaṁ. 
 
evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, evarūpo puggalo lobhajehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto diṭṭhe ceva dhamme dukkhaṁ viharati, savighātaṁ saupāyāsaṁ sapariḷāhaṁ. 
In the same way, such a person—overcome with bad, unskillful qualities born of greed, hate, and delusion—suffers in the present life, with distress, anguish, and fever. 
mohajehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto diṭṭhe ceva dhamme dukkhaṁ viharati savighātaṁ saupāyāsaṁ sapariḷāhaṁ. 
 
Diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṁ viharati avighātaṁ anupāyāsaṁ apariḷāhaṁ. 
In this very life they’re happy, free of distress, anguish, and fever, 
Diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṁ viharati avighātaṁ anupāyāsaṁ apariḷāhaṁ. 
In this very life they’re happy, free of distress, anguish, and fever, 
Diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṁ viharati avighātaṁ anupāyāsaṁ apariḷāhaṁ. 
 

an3.70anussarati nimmānaratino viharati12Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati: 
It’s when a noble disciple recollects the Realized One: 
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati: 
It’s when a noble disciple recollects the Realized One: 
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati: 
It’s when a noble disciple recollects the teaching: 
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati: 
It’s when a noble disciple recollects the teaching: 
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati: 
It’s when a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha: 
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati: 
It’s when a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha: 
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako attano sīlāni anussarati akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṁvattanikāni. 
It’s when a noble disciple recollects their own ethical conduct, which is intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. 
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako attano sīlāni anussarati akhaṇḍāni …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikāni. 
It’s when a noble disciple recollects their own ethical conduct, which is intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. 
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako devatā anussarati: 
It’s when a noble disciple recollects the deities: 
‘santi devā cātumahārājikā, santi devā tāvatiṁsā, santi devā yāmā, santi devā tusitā, santi devā nimmānaratino, santi devā paranimmitavasavattino, santi devā brahmakāyikā, santi devā tatuttari. 
‘There are the gods of the four great kings, the gods of the thirty-three, the gods of Yama, the joyful gods, the gods who love to imagine, the gods who control what is imagined by others, the gods of the Divinity’s host, and gods even higher than these. 
Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako devatā anussarati: 
It’s when a noble disciple recollects the deities: 

an3.71carati viharati13Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Ratto kho, āvuso, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati; 
A greedy person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
rāge pahīne neva kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, na vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, na manasā duccaritaṁ carati. 
When greed has been given up, they don’t do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
Mūḷho kho, āvuso, mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati; 
A deluded person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
mohe pahīne neva kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, na vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, na manasā duccaritaṁ carati. 
When delusion has been given up, they don’t do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

an3.72viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 

an3.73viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 
Idha, mahānāma, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati …pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
It’s when a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Idha, mahānāma, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. 
Sa kho so, mahānāma, ariyasāvako evaṁ sīlasampanno evaṁ samādhisampanno evaṁ paññāsampanno āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
Then a noble disciple—accomplished in ethics, immersion, and wisdom—realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an3.74viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 
Sa kho so, abhaya, bhikkhu evaṁ sīlasampanno vivicceva kāmehi …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Then a mendicant accomplished in ethics, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. 
Sa kho so, abhaya, bhikkhu evaṁ samādhisampanno āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
Then a mendicant accomplished in immersion realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an3.84viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an3.86viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

So āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an3.87viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

So āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an3.88viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

So āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an3.89viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. 

an3.90viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an3.91viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā saṅkavāyaṁ viharati.  and stayed there. 
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati. 
and stayed there. 
“Ekamidaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ bhagavā saṅkavāyaṁ viharati, saṅkavā nāma kosalānaṁ nigamo. 
 
Atha kho bhagavā saṅkavāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena rājagahaṁ tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi. (…) 
 
(…) → (anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena rājagahaṁ tadavasari. tatra sudaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati. atha kho) (mr) 

an3.94viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

So vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 

an3.96viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.  It’s when a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
It’s when a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 

an3.97viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.  It’s when a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 

an3.98viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.  It’s when a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
It’s when a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an3.116viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  First, a person, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a person, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a person, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 

an3.122viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  It’s when a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an3.123viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati baliharaṇe vanasaṇḍe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kusinārā, in the Forest of Offerings. 
“Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati. 
“Mendicants, take the case of a mendicant living supported by a town or village. 
Pamatto hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu viharati. 
Because that mendicant is negligent. 
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati. 
Take another case of a mendicant living supported by a town or village. 

an3.125viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati gotamake cetiye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Gotamaka Tree-shrine. 

an3.127viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Seyyathāpi, bhante, bhagavā etarahi ākiṇṇo viharati bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi; 
Just as the Buddha these days lives crowded by monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen; by rulers and their chief ministers, and monastics of other religions and their disciples, 

an3.128viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 

an3.130upasaṁharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho aparena samayena ime tayo dhamme pahāya, ime tayo dhamme amanasikaritvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁhari.  After some time Anuruddha gave up these three things. Ignoring them, he applied his mind to freedom from death. 
upasaṁhari → upasaṁhāsi (sya-all, km, pts1ed); upasaṁharati (mr) 

an3.136vivarati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti:  then he explains, teaches, asserts, establishes, clarifies, analyzes, and reveals it: 
Abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti: 
then he explains, teaches, asserts, establishes, clarifies, analyzes, and reveals it: 
Abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti: 
then he explains, teaches, asserts, establishes, clarifies, analyzes, and reveals it: 

an3.142viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  It’s when a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an3.143viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati moranivāpe paribbājakārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, at the monastery of the wanderers in the peacocks’ feeding ground. 

an3.150pariharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati.  “When a foolish, incompetent untrue person has three qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and reproved by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati. 
 
Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavati. 
When an astute, competent true person has three qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit. 

an3.153pariharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavatī”ti.  " 

an3.156-162viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

ekāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, dvāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti … sattāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti—iti evarūpaṁ addhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati.  They eat once a day, once every second day, up to once a week, and so on, even up to once a fortnight. They live pursuing the practice of eating food at set intervals. 
sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati— 
They’re devoted to ritual bathing three times a day, including the evening. 
iti evarūpaṁ anekavihitaṁ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
And so they live pursuing these various ways of mortifying and tormenting the body. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

an4.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vajjīsu viharati bhaṇḍagāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Vajjis at Wares Village. 

an4.3pariharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati.  “When a foolish, incompetent untrue person has four qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati. 
When a foolish, incompetent untrue person has these four qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavati. 
When an astute, competent true person has four qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit. 
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavatīti. 
When an astute, competent true person has these four qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit. 

an4.4pariharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

“Catūsu, bhikkhave, micchā paṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati.  “When a foolish, incompetent untrue person acts wrongly toward four people they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Mātari, bhikkhave, micchā paṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati. 
Mother … 
Pitari, bhikkhave, micchā paṭipajjamāno …pe… tathāgate, bhikkhave, micchā paṭipajjamāno …pe… tathāgatasāvake, bhikkhave, micchā paṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati. 
father … a Realized One … and a disciple of a Realized One. 
Imesu kho, bhikkhave, catūsu micchā paṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati. 
When a foolish, incompetent untrue person acts wrongly toward these four people they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Catūsu, bhikkhave, sammā paṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavati. 
When an astute, competent true person acts rightly toward four people they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit. 
Mātari, bhikkhave, sammā paṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavati. 
Mother … 
Pitari, bhikkhave, sammā paṭipajjamāno …pe… tathāgate, bhikkhave, sammā paṭipajjamāno …pe… tathāgatasāvake, bhikkhave, sammā paṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavati. 
father … a Realized One … and a disciple of a Realized One. 
Imesu kho, bhikkhave, catūsu sammā paṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavatīti. 
When an astute, competent true person acts rightly toward these four people they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit. 

an4.5carati viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo kāme ca nappaṭisevati, pāpañca kammaṁ na karoti, sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena assumukhopi rudamāno paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati.  It’s a person who doesn’t take part in sensual pleasures or do bad deeds. They live the full and pure spiritual life in pain and sadness, weeping, with tearful faces. 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
It’s a person who realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an4.18āpūrati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Āpūrati tassa yaso,  your fame swells, 

an4.19āpūrati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Āpūrati tassa yaso,  your fame swells, 

an4.21viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
‘dukkhaṁ kho agāravo viharati appatisso. 
‘One without respect and reverence lives in suffering. 

an4.22viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu  A mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an4.24viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sākete viharati kāḷakārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāketa, in Kāḷaka’s monastery. 

an4.28arati aratiratisaho aratissaho aratiṁ bhāvanāratiyā nārati pahānaratiyā viharati19Pi En Ru dhamma

tāya ca pana bhāvanārāmatāya bhāvanāratiyā pahānārāmatāya pahānaratiyā nevattānukkaṁseti, no paraṁ vambheti.  But they don’t glorify themselves or put down others on account of their love for meditation and giving up. 
Imehi ca pana, bhikkhave, catūhi ariyavaṁsehi samannāgato bhikkhu puratthimāya cepi disāya viharati sveva aratiṁ sahati, na taṁ arati sahati; 
When a mendicant has these four noble traditions, if they live in the east they prevail over discontent, and discontent doesn’t prevail over them. 
pacchimāya cepi disāya viharati sveva aratiṁ sahati, na taṁ arati sahati; 
If they live in the west … 
uttarāya cepi disāya viharati sveva aratiṁ sahati, na taṁ arati sahati; 
the north … 
dakkhiṇāya cepi disāya viharati sveva aratiṁ sahati, na taṁ arati sahati. 
the south, they prevail over discontent, and discontent doesn’t prevail over them. 
Aratiratisaho hi, bhikkhave, dhīroti. 
Because the attentive prevail over desire and discontent. 
Nārati sahati dhīraṁ, 
Discontent cannot prevail over the attentive; 
nārati dhīraṁ sahati; 
the attentive are not prevailed over by discontent. 
Dhīrova aratiṁ sahati, 
The attentive can prevail over discontent, 
dhīro hi aratissaho. 
for the attentive are those who prevail over discontent. 

an4.30viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

an4.35viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an4.37viharati vihiṁsūparatiyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.  It’s when a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya; yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṁsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya. Iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati, anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti. 
‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 

an4.38viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  It’s when, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

an4.41viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati: 
It’s when a mendicant meditates observing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates. 

an4.45viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an4.48viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an4.51viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cīvaraṁ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṁvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattati.  When a mendicant enters and remains in a limitless immersion of heart while using a robe, the overflowing of merit for the donor is limitless … 
Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu piṇḍapātaṁ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṁvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattati. 
When a mendicant enters and remains in a limitless immersion of heart while eating almsfood, the overflowing of merit for the donor is limitless … 
Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu senāsanaṁ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṁvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattati. 
When a mendicant enters and remains in a limitless immersion of heart while using lodgings, the overflowing of merit for the donor is limitless … 
Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṁvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattati. 
When a mendicant enters and remains in a limitless immersion of heart while using medicines and supplies for the sick, the overflowing of merit for the donor is limitless … 

an4.55viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 

an4.57viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati pajjanikaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Pajjanika. 

an4.61pariharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi attānaṁ sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṁ pariharati.  To start with, with his legitimate wealth he makes himself happy and pleased, keeping himself properly happy. 
Mātāpitaro sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṁ pariharati. 
He makes his mother and father happy … 
Puttadāradāsakammakaraporise sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṁ pariharati. 
He makes his children, partners, bondservants, workers, and staff happy … 
Mittāmacce sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṁ pariharati. 
He makes his friends and colleagues happy … 

an4.67viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an4.68viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain, not long after Devadatta had left. 

an4.70carati2Pi En Ru dhamma

So ce adhammaṁ carati,  behaves badly, 
So sace dhammaṁ carati, 
does the right thing, 

an4.76viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ parinibbānasamaye.  At one time the Buddha was staying between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā at the time of his full extinguishment. 

an4.80viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 

an4.85carati12Pi En Ru dhamma

So kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati.  And they do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
So kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati. 
But they do good things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
So kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati. 
But they do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
So kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati. 
And they do good things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

an4.87viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ patthayamāno viharati.  who lives aspiring to the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. 
evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sekho hoti pāṭipado, anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ patthayamāno viharati. 
In the same way, a mendicant is a practicing trainee, who lives aspiring to the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, no ca kho aṭṭha vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. But they don’t have direct meditative experience of the eight liberations. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, aṭṭha ca vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. … And they have direct meditative experience of the eight liberations. 
Yehi kho pana sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṁ viharati, tyassa manāpeneva bahulaṁ kāyakammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṁ vacīkammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṁ manokammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena; 
When living with other spiritual practitioners, they usually find themselves treated agreeably by them by way of body, speech, and mind, and rarely disagreeably. 
āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
And they realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. … 

an4.88viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  It’s when a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an4.89viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, sammāsaṅkappo hoti, sammāvāco hoti, sammākammanto hoti, sammāājīvo hoti, sammāvāyāmo hoti, sammāsati hoti, sammāsamādhi hoti, sammāñāṇī hoti, sammāvimutti hoti, no ca kho aṭṭha vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharati.  It’s when they have right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, right immersion, right knowledge, and right freedom. But they don’t have direct meditative experience of the eight liberations. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhiko hoti …pe… sammāvimutti hoti, aṭṭha ca vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharati. 
It’s when they have right view … and right freedom. And they do have direct meditative experience of the eight liberations. 

an4.90viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sekho hoti appattamānaso, anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ patthayamāno viharati.  It’s when a mendicant is a trainee who hasn’t achieved their heart’s desire, but lives aspiring to the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati: 
It’s when a mendicant meditates observing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates. 
no ca kho aṭṭha vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharati. 
But they don’t have direct meditative experience of the eight liberations. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati: 
It’s when a mendicant meditates observing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates. 
aṭṭha ca vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharati. 
And they have direct meditative experience of the eight liberations. 

an4.95pharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, chavālātaṁ ubhato padittaṁ, majjhe gūthagataṁ, neva gāme kaṭṭhatthaṁ pharati na araññe (…);  Suppose there was a firebrand for lighting a funeral pyre, burning at both ends, and smeared with dung in the middle. It couldn’t be used as timber either in the village or the wilderness. 
padittaṁ → ādittaṁ (mr) | (…) → (kaṭṭhatthaṁ pharati) (sya-all) 

an4.101viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an4.121carati pariharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

So attānuvādabhayassa bhīto kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati.  Being afraid of guilt, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure. 
So parānuvādabhayassa bhīto kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. 
Being afraid of shame, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure. 
So daṇḍabhayassa bhīto na paresaṁ pābhataṁ vilumpanto carati. 
Being afraid of punishment, they don’t steal the belongings of others. 
Kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya …pe… suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. 
They give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure. 
So duggatibhayassa bhīto kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. 
Being afraid of rebirth in a bad place, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure. 

an4.123viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  Take a person who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a person who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a person who, with the fading away of rapture, enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a person who, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

an4.124viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  Take a person who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a person who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, enters and remains in the second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption … 

an4.125viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  Firstly, a person meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 

an4.126viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  Firstly, a person meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 

an4.127andhakāratimisā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā yatthapimesaṁ candimasūriyānaṁ evaṁmahiddhikānaṁ evaṁmahānubhāvānaṁ ābhā nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ.  Even in the boundless void of interstellar space—so utterly dark that even the light of the moon and the sun, so mighty and powerful, makes no impression—an immeasurable, magnificent light appears, surpassing the glory of the gods. 
Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā yatthapimesaṁ candimasūriyānaṁ evaṁmahiddhikānaṁ evaṁmahānubhāvānaṁ ābhā nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ. 
even in the boundless void of interstellar space … 
Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā yatthapimesaṁ candimasūriyānaṁ evaṁmahiddhikānaṁ evaṁmahānubhāvānaṁ ābhā nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ. 
even in the boundless void of interstellar space … 
Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā yatthapimesaṁ candimasūriyānaṁ evaṁmahiddhikānaṁ evaṁmahānubhāvānaṁ ābhā nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ. 
even in the boundless void of interstellar space … 

an4.159viharati vihiṁsūparatiyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 
‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṁsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya. Iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi. Yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti. 
‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 

an4.163anabhiratisaññī viharati16Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratisaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī;  It’s when a mendicant meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, observes the impermanence of all conditions, 
paṭikūlasaññī → paṭikkūlasaññī (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) | anabhiratisaññī → anabhiratasaññī (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) 
So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— 
They rely on these five powers of a trainee: 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratisaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, observes the impermanence of all conditions, 
So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— 
They rely on these five powers of a trainee: 
Idha bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— 
They rely on these five powers of a trainee: 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant … enters and remains in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption … 
So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— 
They rely on these five powers of a trainee: 

an4.169anabhiratisaññī viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratisaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī.  It’s when a mendicant meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, observes the impermanence of all conditions, 
So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— 
They rely on these five powers of a trainee: 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratisaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī. 
It’s when a mendicant meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, observes the impermanence of all conditions, 
So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— 
They rely on these five powers of a trainee: 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant … enters and remains in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption … 
So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— 
They rely on these five powers of a trainee: 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant … enters and remains in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption … 
So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— 
They rely on these five powers of a trainee: 

an4.170viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 

an4.171viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idha, sāriputta, ekaccassa puggalassa orambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni appahīnāni honti, so diṭṭheva dhamme nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  “Sāriputta, take a person who hasn’t given up the lower fetters. In this very life they enter and abide in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Idha pana, sāriputta, ekaccassa puggalassa orambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni pahīnāni honti, so diṭṭheva dhamme nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Sāriputta, take a person who has given up the lower fetters. In this very life they enter and abide in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 

an4.178viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ santaṁ cetovimuttiṁ upasampajja viharati.  Take a mendicant who enters and remains in a peaceful release of the heart. 
evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ santaṁ cetovimuttiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
In the same way, take a mendicant who enters and remains in a peaceful release of the heart. 
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ santaṁ cetovimuttiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Next, take a mendicant who enters and remains in a peaceful release of the heart. 
evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ santaṁ cetovimuttiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
In the same way, take a mendicant who enters and remains in a peaceful release of the heart. 
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ santaṁ cetovimuttiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Next, take a mendicant who enters and remains in a peaceful release of the heart. 
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ santaṁ cetovimuttiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
In the same way, take a mendicant who enters and remains in a certain peaceful release of the heart. 
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ santaṁ cetovimuttiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Next, take a mendicant who enters and remains in a peaceful release of the heart. 
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ santaṁ cetovimuttiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
In the same way, take a mendicant who enters and remains in a certain peaceful release of the heart. 

an4.180viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhoganagare viharati ānandacetiye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near the city of Bhoga, at the Ānanda Tree-shrine. 
‘asukasmiṁ nāma āvāse saṅgho viharati sathero sapāmokkho. 
‘In such-and-such monastery lives a Saṅgha with seniors and leaders. 
‘asukasmiṁ nāma āvāse saṅgho viharati sathero sapāmokkho. 
‘In such-and-such monastery lives a Saṅgha with seniors and leaders. 
‘asukasmiṁ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo. 
‘In such-and-such monastery there is a single senior mendicant who is very learned, an inheritor of the heritage, who has memorized the teachings, the monastic law, and the outlines. 
‘asukasmiṁ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo. 
‘In such-and-such monastery there is a single senior mendicant who is very learned, an inheritor of the heritage, who has memorized the teachings, the monastic law, and the outlines. 

an4.183viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

an4.185viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  Once the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

an4.187viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

an4.188viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  Once the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

an4.190viharati11Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … 
vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption … 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
Firstly, a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant—going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity—aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, he enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, he enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 
Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, he enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 

an4.192udāharati voharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

‘aññathā kho ayamāyasmā ekena eko voharati, aññathā dvīhi, aññathā tīhi, aññathā sambahulehi;  ‘This venerable deals with one person in one way. Then they deal with two, three, or many people each in different ways. 
‘yatheva kho ayamāyasmā ekena eko voharati, tathā dvīhi, tathā tīhi, tathā sambahulehi. 
‘This venerable deals with one person in one way. Then they deal with two, three, or many people each in the same way. 
Tathā hi ayamāyasmā na ceva gambhīraṁ atthapadaṁ udāharati santaṁ paṇītaṁ atakkāvacaraṁ nipuṇaṁ paṇḍitavedanīyaṁ. 
This venerable does not bring up a deep and meaningful saying that is peaceful, sublime, beyond the scope of logic, subtle, comprehensible to the astute. 
Tathā hi ayamāyasmā na ceva gambhīraṁ atthapadaṁ udāharati santaṁ paṇītaṁ atakkāvacaraṁ nipuṇaṁ paṇḍitavedanīyaṁ. 
 
Tathā hi ayamāyasmā gambhīrañceva atthapadaṁ udāharati santaṁ paṇītaṁ atakkāvacaraṁ nipuṇaṁ paṇḍitavedanīyaṁ. 
This venerable brings up a deep and meaningful saying that is peaceful, sublime, beyond the scope of logic, subtle, comprehensible to the astute. 
Tathā hi ayamāyasmā gambhīrañceva atthapadaṁ udāharati santaṁ paṇītaṁ atakkāvacaraṁ nipuṇaṁ paṇḍitavedanīyaṁ. 
 

an4.193viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an4.194viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando koliyesu viharati sāmugaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Sāpūga. 
Idha, byagghapajjā, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. 

an4.195viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 
So cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano; upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
Seeing a sight with the eye, they’re neither happy nor sad, but remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano; upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
Knowing an idea with the mind, they’re neither happy nor sad, but remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
So cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano; upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
Seeing a sight with the eye, they’re neither happy nor sad, but remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano; upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
Knowing an idea with the mind, they’re neither happy nor sad, but remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 

an4.196viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an4.197viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an4.198viharati14Pi En Ru dhamma

So neva attantapo na parantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṁvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati.  They live without wishes in this very life, quenched, cooled, experiencing bliss, with self become divine. 
ekāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti dvāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti …pe… sattāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti. Iti evarūpaṁ aḍḍhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
They eat once a day, once every second day, up to once a week, and so on, even up to once a fortnight. They live pursuing the practice of eating food at set intervals. 
sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
They’re devoted to ritual bathing three times a day, including the evening. 
Iti evarūpaṁ anekavihitaṁ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
And so they live pursuing these various ways of mortifying and tormenting the body. 
So anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṁvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati. 
living without wishes in this very life, quenched, cooled, experiencing bliss, with self become divine? 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno bhikkhūnaṁ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati. 
Once they’ve gone forth, they take up the training and livelihood of the mendicants. They give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 
Adinnādānaṁ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharati. 
They give up stealing. They take only what’s given, and expect only what’s given. They keep themselves clean by not thieving. 
So abhijjhaṁ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up covetousness for the world, they meditate with a heart rid of covetousness, cleansing the mind of covetousness. 
Byāpādapadosaṁ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādapadosā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up ill will and malevolence, they meditate with a mind rid of ill will, full of sympathy for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will. 
Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
Uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up restlessness and remorse, they meditate without restlessness, their mind peaceful inside, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse. 
Vicikicchaṁ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṅkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up doubt, they meditate having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful qualities, cleansing the mind of doubt. 
vivicceva kāmehi …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Then, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. 
So na attantapo na parantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṁvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati. 
living without wishes in this very life, quenched, cooled, experiencing bliss, with self become divine. 

an4.200viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati,  A time comes when a mendicant … enters and remains in the first absorption. 
Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
A time comes when a mendicant … enters and remains in the second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. 
Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, yampissa pemā pemaṁ jāyati tampissa pahīnaṁ hoti ucchinnamūlaṁ tālāvatthukataṁ anabhāvaṅkataṁ āyatiṁ anuppādadhammaṁ, yopissa pemā doso jāyati sopissa pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṁ anuppādadhammo, 
A time comes when a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an4.222pariharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṁ; bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati.  “When a foolish, incompetent untrue person has four qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati. 
When a foolish, incompetent untrue person has these four qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavati. 
When an astute, competent true person has four qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit. 
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo viññūnaṁ; bahuñca puññaṁ pasavatī”ti. 
When an astute, competent true person has these four qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit.” 

an4.223pariharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati.  “When a foolish, incompetent untrue person has four qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 

an4.230pariharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavatī”ti.  When an astute, competent true person has these four qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit.” 

an4.241viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  It’s a mendicant who realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an4.243viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 

an4.246viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato vivicceva kāmehi …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  It’s when a Realized One, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. 

an4.259viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.  It’s when a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 

an4.260viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.  It’s when a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an4.263pariharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati.  “When a foolish, incompetent untrue person has four qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati. 
When a foolish, incompetent untrue person has these four qualities they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavati. 
When an astute, competent true person has four qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit. 
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavatī”ti. 
When an astute, competent true person has these four qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit.” 

an4.274viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  Firstly, a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
vedanāsu …pe… citte …pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings … mind … principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

an5.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an5.2viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.  It’s when a noble disciple lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 

an5.3viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṁ viharati savighātaṁ saupāyāsaṁ sapariḷāhaṁ, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṁ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā.  “Mendicants, when a mendicant has five qualities they live unhappily in this very life—with distress, anguish, and fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a bad rebirth. 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṁ viharati savighātaṁ saupāyāsaṁ sapariḷāhaṁ, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṁ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā. 
When a mendicant has these five qualities they live unhappily in this very life—with distress, anguish, and fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a bad rebirth. 
Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṁ viharati avighātaṁ anupāyāsaṁ apariḷāhaṁ, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā. 
When a mendicant has five qualities they live happily in this very life—without distress, distress, or fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a good rebirth. 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṁ viharati avighātaṁ anupāyāsaṁ apariḷāhaṁ, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā”ti. 
When a mendicant has these five qualities they live happily in this very life—without distress, anguish, or fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a good rebirth.” 

an5.5carati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena assumukho rudamāno paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme pañca sahadhammikā pāsaṁsā ṭhānā āgacchanti.  Any monk or nun who lives the full and pure spiritual life in pain and sadness, weeping, with tearful face, deserves praise on five legitimate grounds in this very life. 
Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena assumukho rudamāno paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme ime pañca sahadhammikā pāsaṁsā ṭhānā āgacchantī”ti. 
Any monk or nun who lives the full and pure spiritual life in pain and sadness, weeping, with tearful face, deserves praise on these five legitimate grounds in this very life.” 

an5.14viharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.  It’s when a noble disciple lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
It’s when a noble disciple, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

an5.28paggharati parippharati viharati11Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  Firstly, a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption. It has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
So imameva kāyaṁ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. 
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṁsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṁ paripphosakaṁ sanneyya. Sāyaṁ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena, na ca paggharinī. 
It’s like when a deft bathroom attendant or their apprentice pours bath powder into a bronze dish, sprinkling it little by little with water. They knead it until the ball of bath powder is soaked and saturated with moisture, spread through inside and out; yet no moisture oozes out. 
nhāpako → nahāpako (bj, pts1ed) | nhānīyacuṇṇāni → nahāniyacuṇṇāni (bj, pts1ed); nhāniyacuṇṇāni (sya-all) | Sāyaṁ → saṁsā (si); sā’ssa (pts1ed) | nhānīyapiṇḍi → nahāniyapiṇḍi (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) | paggharinī → paggharati (sya-all, pts1ed) 
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; 
In the same way, a mendicant drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption. It has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
So imameva kāyaṁ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with rapture and bliss born of immersion. 
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; 
In the same way, a mendicant drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with rapture and bliss born of immersion. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption. They meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
So imameva kāyaṁ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with bliss free of rapture. 
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; 
In the same way, a mendicant drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with bliss free of rapture. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption. It is without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

an5.30viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe.  He stayed in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. 
“samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito icchānaṅgalaṁ anuppatto; icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. 
“It seems the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—has arrived at Icchānaṅgala. He is staying in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. 

an5.31viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yehi kho pana sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṁ viharati tyassa manāpeneva bahulaṁ kāyakammena samudācaranti appaṁ amanāpena, manāpeneva bahulaṁ vacīkammena samudācaranti appaṁ amanāpena, manāpeneva bahulaṁ manokammena samudācaranti appaṁ amanāpena, manāpaṁyeva bahulaṁ upahāraṁ upaharanti appaṁ amanāpaṁ.  When living with other spiritual practitioners, they usually find themselves treated agreeably by them by way of body, speech, and mind, and rarely disagreeably. And they are usually presented with agreeable things by them, rarely with disagreeable ones. 

an5.32viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

an5.33bharati carati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaddiye viharati jātiyā vane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Bhaddiya, in Jātiyā Wood. 
Yo naṁ bharati sabbadā, 
She’d never look down on her husband, 
Bhattu manāpaṁ carati, 
She’s agreeable to her husband, 

an5.34viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an5.41pariharati viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi attānaṁ sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṁ pariharati; 
Firstly, with his legitimate wealth—earned by his efforts and initiative, built up with his own hands, gathered by the sweat of the brow—a noble disciple makes himself happy and pleased, keeping himself properly happy. 
mātāpitaro sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṁ pariharati; 
He makes his mother and father happy … 
puttadāradāsakammakaraporise sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṁ pariharati. 
He makes his children, partners, bondservants, workers, and staff happy … 
Puna caparaṁ, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi mittāmacce sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṁ pariharati. 
Furthermore, with his legitimate wealth he makes his friends and colleagues happy … 

an5.43ratiyo1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ratiyo patthayānena,  long life, beauty, fame and reputation, 

an5.44viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 
Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. 
At that time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an5.45viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cīvaraṁ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṁvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattati.  When a mendicant enters and remains in a limitless immersion of heart while using a robe … 
Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṁvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattati. 
medicines and supplies for the sick, the overflowing of merit for the donor is limitless … 

an5.48jīrati6Pi En Ru dhamma

Assutavato, bhikkhave, puthujjanassa jarādhammaṁ jīrati.  An unlearned ordinary person has someone liable to old age who grows old. 
‘na kho mayhevekassa jarādhammaṁ jīrati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṁ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṁ sattānaṁ jarādhammaṁ jīrati. 
‘It’s not just me who has someone liable to old age who grows old. For as long as sentient beings come and go, pass away and are reborn, they all have someone liable to old age who grows old. 
Sutavato ca kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa jarādhammaṁ jīrati. 
A learned noble disciple has someone liable to old age who grows old. 
‘na kho mayhevekassa jarādhammaṁ jīrati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṁ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṁ sattānaṁ jarādhammaṁ jīrati. 
‘It’s not just me who has someone liable to old age who grows old. For as long as sentient beings come and go, pass away and are reborn, they all have someone liable to old age who grows old. 

an5.49viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an5.50jīrati viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā nārado pāṭaliputte viharati kukkuṭārāme.  At one time Venerable Nārada was staying near Pāṭaliputta, in the Chicken Monastery. 
“ayaṁ kho āyasmā nārado pāṭaliputte viharati kukkuṭārāme. 
“This Venerable Nārada is staying in the Chicken Monastery at Pāṭaliputta. 
“ayaṁ kho, deva, āyasmā nārado pāṭaliputte viharati kukkuṭārāme. 
“Sire, this Venerable Nārada is staying in the Chicken Monastery at Pāṭaliputta. 
Assutavato, mahārāja, puthujjanassa jarādhammaṁ jīrati. 
An unlearned ordinary person has someone liable to old age who grows old. 
‘na kho mayhevekassa jarādhammaṁ jīrati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṁ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṁ sattānaṁ jarādhammaṁ jīrati. 
‘It’s not just me who has someone liable to old age who grows old. For all sentient beings have someone liable to old age who grows old, as long as sentient beings come and go, pass away and are reborn. 
Sutavato ca kho, mahārāja, ariyasāvakassa jarādhammaṁ jīrati. 
A learned noble disciple has someone liable to old age who grows old. 
‘na kho mayhevekassa jarādhammaṁ jīrati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṁ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṁ sattānaṁ jarādhammaṁ jīrati. 
‘It’s not just me who has someone liable to old age who grows old. For all sentient beings have someone liable to old age who grows old, as long as sentient beings come and go, pass away and are reborn. 

an5.51viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an5.53viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu;  They live with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 

an5.54viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, saṅgho samaggo sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharati.  Furthermore, the Saṅgha lives comfortably, in harmony, appreciating each other, without quarreling, with one recitation. 

an5.55viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an5.56carati2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evañhetaṁ, bhikkhu, hoti indriyesu aguttadvārassa, bhojane amattaññuno, jāgariyaṁ ananuyuttassa, avipassakassa kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ, pubbarattāpararattaṁ bodhipakkhiyānaṁ dhammānaṁ bhāvanānuyogaṁ ananuyuttassa viharato, yaṁ madhurakajāto ceva kāyo hoti, disā cassa na pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca taṁ nappaṭibhanti, thinamiddhañcassa cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṁ carati, hoti cassa dhammesu vicikicchā.  “That’s how it is, mendicant, when your sense doors are unguarded, you eat too much, you’re not dedicated to wakefulness, you’re unable to discern skillful qualities, and you don’t pursue the development of the qualities that lead to awakening in the evening and toward dawn. Your body feels like it’s drugged. You’re disorientated, the teachings don’t spring to mind, and dullness and drowsiness fill your mind. You lead the spiritual life dissatisfied, and have doubts about the teachings. 
“Evañhetaṁ, bhikkhu, hoti indriyesu guttadvārassa, bhojane mattaññuno, jāgariyaṁ anuyuttassa, vipassakassa kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ, pubbarattāpararattaṁ bodhipakkhiyānaṁ dhammānaṁ bhāvanānuyogaṁ anuyuttassa viharato, yaṁ na ceva madhurakajāto kāyo hoti, disā cassa pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca taṁ paṭibhanti, thinamiddhañcassa cittaṁ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, abhirato ca brahmacariyaṁ carati, na cassa hoti dhammesu vicikicchā. 
“That’s how it is, mendicant, when your sense doors are guarded, you’re moderate in eating, you’re dedicated to wakefulness, you’re able to discern skillful qualities, and you pursue the development of the qualities that lead to awakening in the evening and toward dawn. Your body doesn’t feel like it’s drugged. You’re not disorientated, the teachings spring to mind, and dullness and drowsiness don’t fill your mind. You lead the spiritual life satisfied, and have no doubts about the teachings. 

an5.58viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an5.61anabhiratisaññā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Asubhasaññā, maraṇasaññā, ādīnavasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā—  The perceptions of ugliness, death, drawbacks, repulsiveness of food, and dissatisfaction with the whole world. 
anabhiratasaññā → anabhiratisaññā (mr) 

an5.69anabhiratisaññī viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī, maraṇasaññā kho panassa ajjhattaṁ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti.  A mendicant meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, observes the impermanence of all conditions, and has well established the perception of their own death. 
anabhiratasaññī → anabhiratisaññī (mr) 

an5.70viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī, maraṇasaññā kho panassa ajjhattaṁ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti.  A mendicant meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, observes the impermanence of all conditions, and has well established the perception of their own death. 

an5.71viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī, maraṇasaññā kho panassa ajjhattaṁ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti.  A mendicant meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, observes the impermanence of all conditions, and has well established the perception of their own death. 

an5.75ajjhottharati viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṁ araññagataṁ vā rukkhamūlagataṁ vā suññāgāragataṁ vā mātugāmo upasaṅkamitvā abhinisīdati abhinipajjati ajjhottharati.  It’s when a mendicant who has gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut is approached by a female. She sits right by him, lies down, or embraces him. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṁ araññagataṁ vā rukkhamūlagataṁ vā suññāgāragataṁ vā mātugāmo upasaṅkamitvā abhinisīdati abhinipajjati ajjhottharati. 
It’s when a mendicant who has gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut is approached by a female. She sits right by him, lies down, or embraces him. 
So abhijjhaṁ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up covetousness for the world, he meditates with a heart rid of covetousness, cleansing the mind of covetousness. 
byāpādapadosaṁ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī byāpādapadosā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up ill will and malevolence, he meditates with a mind rid of ill will, full of sympathy for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will. 
thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, he meditates with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up restlessness and remorse, he meditates without restlessness, his mind peaceful inside, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse. 
vicikicchaṁ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṅkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up doubt, he meditates having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful qualities, cleansing the mind of doubt. 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. 

an5.76otarati viharati16Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco yodhājīvo asicammaṁ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṁ saṅgāmaṁ otarati.  Firstly, one warrior dons his sword and shield, fastens his bow and arrows, and plunges into the thick of battle. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo asicammaṁ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṁ saṅgāmaṁ otarati. 
Furthermore, one warrior dons his sword and shield, fastens his bow and arrows, and plunges into the thick of battle. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo asicammaṁ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṁ saṅgāmaṁ otarati. 
Furthermore, one warrior dons his sword and shield, fastens his bow and arrows, and plunges into the thick of battle. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo asicammaṁ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṁ saṅgāmaṁ otarati. 
Furthermore, one warrior dons his sword and shield, fastens his bow and arrows, and plunges into the thick of battle. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo asicammaṁ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṁ saṅgāmaṁ otarati. 
Furthermore, one warrior dons his sword and shield, fastens his bow and arrows, and plunges into the thick of battle. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati. 
Firstly, a mendicant lives supported by a town or village. 
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṁ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṁ saṅgāmaṁ otarati, so tasmiṁ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare hananti pariyāpādenti; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti. 
I say that this person is like the warrior who is killed and finished off by his foes. Some people are like that. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives supported by a town or village. 
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṁ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṁ saṅgāmaṁ otarati, so tasmiṁ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṁ apanenti; apanetvā ñātakānaṁ nenti. So ñātakehi nīyamāno appatvāva ñātake antarāmagge kālaṁ karoti; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti. 
I say that this person is like the warrior who is taken to his relatives for care, but he dies on the road before he reaches them. Some people are like that. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives supported by a town or village. 
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṁ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṁ saṅgāmaṁ otarati, so tasmiṁ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṁ apanenti; apanetvā ñātakānaṁ nenti, tamenaṁ ñātakā upaṭṭhahanti paricaranti. So ñātakehi upaṭṭhahiyamāno paricariyamāno teneva ābādhena kālaṁ karoti; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti. 
I say that this person is like the warrior who dies of his injuries while in the care of his relatives. Some people are like that. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives supported by a town or village. 
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṁ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṁ saṅgāmaṁ otarati, so tasmiṁ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṁ ussahantaṁ vāyamantaṁ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṁ apanenti; apanetvā ñātakānaṁ nenti, tamenaṁ ñātakā upaṭṭhahanti paricaranti. So ñātakehi upaṭṭhahiyamāno paricariyamāno vuṭṭhāti tamhā ābādhā; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi. 
I say that this person is like the warrior who recovers from his injuries while in the care of his relatives. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives supported by a town or village. 
vivicceva kāmehi …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Then, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, he enters and remains in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. 
Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṁ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṁ saṅgāmaṁ otarati, so taṁ saṅgāmaṁ abhivijinitvā vijitasaṅgāmo tameva saṅgāmasīsaṁ ajjhāvasati; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi. 
I say that this person is like the warrior who dons his sword and shield, fastens his bow and arrows, and plunges into the thick of battle. He wins victory in battle, establishing himself as foremost in battle. 

an5.78viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘etarahi kho saṅgho samaggo sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharati.  ‘Currently, the Saṅgha lives comfortably, in harmony, appreciating each other, without quarreling, with one recitation. 

an5.87viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati. Ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu;  They’re ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an5.90viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu saṁsaṭṭho viharati gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi ananulomikena gihisaṁsaggena;  Furthermore, a mendicant trainee mixes closely with laypeople and renunciates, socializing inappropriately like a layperson. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu asaṁsaṭṭho viharati gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi ananulomikena gihisaṁsaggena; 
Furthermore, a mendicant trainee doesn’t mix closely with laypeople and renunciates, socializing inappropriately like a layperson. 

an5.94viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati;  It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ … tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ … catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption … 
āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an5.100viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 

an5.103harati pariharati paṭisantharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro sandhimpi chindati, nillopampi harati, ekāgārikampi karoti, paripanthepi tiṭṭhati.  “Mendicants, a master thief with five factors breaks into houses, plunders wealth, steals from isolated buildings, and commits highway robbery. 
Sace naṁ koci kiñci āha, tato bhogena paṭisantharati. 
And that’s exactly what happens. 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro sandhimpi chindati nillopampi harati ekāgārikampi karoti paripanthepi tiṭṭhati. 
A master thief with these five factors breaks into houses, plunders wealth, steals from isolated buildings, and commits highway robbery. 
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato pāpabhikkhu khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavati. 
In the same way, when a bad mendicant has five qualities, they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness. 
Sace naṁ koci kiñci āha, tato lābhena paṭisantharati. 
And that’s exactly what happens. 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato pāpabhikkhu khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṁ, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavatī”ti. 
When a bad mendicant has these five qualities, they keep themselves broken and damaged. They deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much wickedness.” 

an5.104viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yehi kho pana sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṁ viharati, tyassa manāpeneva bahulaṁ kāyakammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṁ vacīkammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṁ manokammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena;  When living with other spiritual practitioners, they usually find themselves treated agreeably by them by way of body, speech, and mind, and rarely disagreeably. 
āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
And they realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an5.105viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṁvattanikāni, tathārūpehi sīlehi sīlasāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca.  They live according to the precepts shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. Those precepts are intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. 
Yāyaṁ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca. 
They live according to the view shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. That view is noble and emancipating, and brings one who practices it to the complete ending of suffering. 

an5.106viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 
āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; 
And they realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an5.109viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu;  It’s when mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an5.110viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

āraddhavīriyo viharati thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu;  They live with energy roused up. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an5.114viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā magadhesu viharati andhakavinde.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Magadhans at Andhakavinda. 

an5.121viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī, maraṇasaññā kho panassa ajjhattaṁ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. 
It’s when a mendicant meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, observes the impermanence of all conditions, and has well established the perception of their own death. 

an5.122viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ajjhattaññeva sati sūpaṭṭhitā hoti dhammānaṁ udayatthagāminiyā paññāya, asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī.  It’s when a mendicant has well established mindfulness inside themselves in order to understand the arising and passing away of phenomena, meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, and observes the impermanence of all conditions. 

an5.127viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena piṇḍapātena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, kāmasaṅkappabahulo ca viharati.  It’s when a mendicant is not content with any kind of robe, almsfood, lodging, and medicines and supplies for the sick. And they have a lot of sensual thoughts. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena, santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena piṇḍapātena, santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena, santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, nekkhammasaṅkappabahulo ca viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant is content with any kind of robe, almsfood, lodging, and medicines and supplies for the sick. And they think a lot about renunciation. 

an5.128carati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena piṇḍapātena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṁ carati.  It’s when a mendicant is not content with any kind of robe, almsfood, lodging, and medicines and supplies for the sick. And they lead the spiritual life dissatisfied. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena, santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena piṇḍapātena, santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena, santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, abhirato ca brahmacariyaṁ carati. 
It’s when a mendicant is content with any kind of robe, almsfood, lodging, and medicines and supplies for the sick. And they lead the spiritual life satisfied. 

an5.134viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto yassaṁ yassaṁ disāyaṁ viharati, sakasmiṁyeva vijite viharati.  “Mendicants, with five factors an anointed aristocratic king lives in his own realm, no matter what region he lives in. 
So iminā yasapañcamena dhammena samannāgato yassaṁ yassaṁ disāyaṁ viharati, sakasmiṁyeva vijite viharati. 
With these five qualities, including fame, an anointed aristocratic king lives in his own realm, no matter what direction he lives in. 
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yassaṁ yassaṁ disāyaṁ viharati, vimuttacittova viharati. 
In the same way, a mendicant with five qualities lives with mind freed, no matter what region they live in. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu— 
It’s when mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu— 
They live with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
So iminā vimuttipañcamena dhammena samannāgato yassaṁ yassaṁ disāyaṁ viharati vimuttacittova viharati. 
With these five qualities, including freedom, they live in their own realm, no matter what region they live in. 

an5.135viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu;  They live with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 

an5.136viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu;  They live with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 

an5.143viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an5.144viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sākete viharati tikaṇḍakīvane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāketa, in Tikaṇḍakī Wood. 

an5.146viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Kammantaṁ kāreti, adhikaraṇaṁ ādiyati, pāmokkhesu bhikkhūsu paṭiviruddho hoti, dīghacārikaṁ anavatthacārikaṁ anuyutto viharati, nappaṭibalo hoti kālena kālaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ.  They start up work projects. They take up disciplinary issues. They conflict with leading mendicants. They like long and aimless wandering. They’re unable to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire you from time to time with a Dhamma talk. 
Na kammantaṁ kāreti, na adhikaraṇaṁ ādiyati, na pāmokkhesu bhikkhūsu paṭiviruddho hoti, na dīghacārikaṁ anavatthacārikaṁ anuyutto viharati, paṭibalo hoti kālena kālaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ. 
They don’t start up work projects. They don’t take up disciplinary issues. They don’t conflict with leading mendicants. They don’t like long and aimless wandering. They’re able to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire you from time to time with a Dhamma talk. 

an5.156viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, saṅgho samaggo sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsuṁ viharati.  Furthermore, the Saṅgha lives comfortably, in harmony, appreciating each other, without quarreling, with one recitation. 

an5.159viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 

an5.166viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an5.170viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 

an5.171viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an5.176viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Yasmiṁ, bhante, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṁ pītiṁ upasampajja viharati, pañcassa ṭhānāni tasmiṁ samaye na honti.  At a time when a noble disciple enters and dwells in the rapture of seclusion, five things aren’t present in him. 
Yasmiṁ, bhante, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṁ pītiṁ upasampajja viharati, imānissa pañca ṭhānāni tasmiṁ samaye na hontī”ti. 
At a time when a noble disciple enters and dwells in the rapture of seclusion, these five things aren’t present in him.” 
Yasmiṁ, sāriputta, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṁ pītiṁ upasampajja viharati, pañcassa ṭhānāni tasmiṁ samaye na honti. 
At a time when a noble disciple enters and dwells in the rapture of seclusion, five things aren’t present in him. 
Yasmiṁ, sāriputta, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṁ pītiṁ upasampajja viharati, imānissa pañca ṭhānāni tasmiṁ samaye na hontī”ti. 
At a time when a noble disciple enters and dwells in the rapture of seclusion, these five things aren’t present in him.” 

an5.180carati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ.  At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. 

an5.192carati viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṁ carati mante adhīyamāno.  For forty-eight years he leads the boy’s spiritual life studying the hymns. 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
Then they meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṁ carati mante adhīyamāno. 
 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno vivicceva kāmehi …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
When he has gone forth, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, he enters and remains in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. 
So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṁ carati mante adhīyamāno. 
 
So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṁ carati mante adhīyamāno. 
 
So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṁ carati mante adhīyamāno. 
For forty-eight years he leads the virginal spiritual life studying the hymns. 

an5.193viharati20Pi En Ru dhamma

Yasmiṁ, brāhmaṇa, samaye kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.  “Brahmin, there’s a time when your heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire and you don’t truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen. At that time you don’t truly know or see what is good for yourself, good for another, or good for both. Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
In the same way, when your heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire … Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
Furthermore, when your heart is overcome and mired in ill will … Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
In the same way, when your heart is overcome and mired in ill will … Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
Furthermore, when your heart is overcome and mired in dullness and drowsiness … Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
In the same way, when your heart is overcome and mired in dullness and drowsiness … Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
Furthermore, when your heart is overcome and mired in restlessness and remorse … Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
In the same way, when your heart is overcome and mired in restlessness and remorse … Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
Furthermore, when your heart is overcome and mired in doubt … Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
In the same way, there’s a time when your heart is overcome and mired in doubt and you don’t truly understand the escape from doubt that has arisen. At that time you don’t truly know or see what is good for yourself, good for another, or good for both. Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Yasmiñca kho, brāhmaṇa, samaye na kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti passati, paratthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti passati, dīgharattaṁ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. 
There’s a time when your heart is not overcome and mired in sensual desire and you truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen. At that time you truly know and see what is good for yourself, good for another, and good for both. Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati …pe…. 
In the same way, when your heart is not overcome and mired in sensual desire … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati …pe… 
Furthermore, when your heart is not overcome and mired in ill will … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati …pe…. 
In the same way, when your heart is not overcome and mired in ill will … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati …pe… 
Furthermore, when your heart is not overcome and mired in dullness and drowsiness … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati …pe…. 
In the same way, when your heart is not overcome and mired in dullness and drowsiness … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati …pe… 
Furthermore, when your heart is not overcome and mired in restlessness and remorse … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati …pe…. 
In the same way, when your heart is not overcome and mired in restlessness and remorse … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti passati, paratthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti passati, dīgharattaṁ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. 
Furthermore, when your heart is not overcome and mired in doubt … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti passati, dīgharattaṁ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. 
In the same way, there’s a time when your heart is not overcome and mired in doubt and you truly understand the escape from doubt that has arisen. At that time you truly know and see what is good for yourself, good for another, and good for both. Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 

an5.194viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an5.195viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an5.201viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati veḷuvane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimbilā in the Freshwater Mangrove Wood. 

an5.202vitarati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Assutaṁ suṇāti, sutaṁ pariyodāpeti, kaṅkhaṁ vitarati, diṭṭhiṁ ujuṁ karoti, cittamassa pasīdati.  You learn new things, clarify what you’ve learned, get over uncertainty, correct your views, and inspire confidence in your mind. 
vitarati → vihanati (sya-all, km, pts1ed, mr) 

an5.206carati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

yāvadatthaṁ udarāvadehakaṁ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto viharati …pe…  They eat as much as they like until their belly is full, then indulge in the pleasures of sleeping, lying down, and drowsing … 
aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti. 
They lead the spiritual life hoping to be reborn in one of the orders of gods, thinking: ‘By this precept or observance or fervent austerity or spiritual life, may I become one of the gods!’ 
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. 
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving. 

an5.223viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Bahubhaṇḍo hoti bahubhaṇḍasannicayo, bahubhesajjo hoti bahubhesajjasannicayo, bahukicco hoti bahukaraṇīyo byatto kiṅkaraṇīyesu, saṁsaṭṭho viharati gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi ananulomikena gihisaṁsaggena, tamhā ca āvāsā pakkamanto sāpekkho pakkamati.  You have a lot of stuff and store it up. You have a lot of medicine and store it up. You have a lot of duties and responsibilities, and become capable in whatever needs to be done. You mix closely with laypeople and renunciates, socializing inappropriately like a layperson. And when you leave that monastery, you miss it. 
Na bahubhaṇḍo hoti na bahubhaṇḍasannicayo, na bahubhesajjo hoti na bahubhesajjasannicayo, na bahukicco hoti na bahukaraṇīyo na byatto kiṅkaraṇīyesu, asaṁsaṭṭho viharati gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi ananulomikena gihisaṁsaggena, tamhā ca āvāsā pakkamanto anapekkho pakkamati. 
You don’t have a lot of stuff and store it up. You don’t have a lot of medicine and store it up. You don’t have a lot of duties and responsibilities, or become capable in whatever needs to be done. You don’t mix closely with laypeople and renunciates, socializing inappropriately like a layperson. And when you leave that monastery, you don’t miss it. 

an5.225viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Anāmantacāre āpajjati, raho nisajjāya āpajjati, paṭicchanne āsane āpajjati, mātugāmassa uttari chappañcavācāhi dhammaṁ desento āpajjati, kāmasaṅkappabahulo viharati.  You fall into an offense for wandering without leave. You fall into an offense for sitting in a private place with someone of the opposite sex. You fall into an offense for sitting in a hidden place with someone of the opposite sex. You fall into an offense for teaching more than five or six sentences to someone of the opposite sex. You have a lot of sensual thoughts. 

an5.227pariharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhoge nissāya attānaṁ sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṁ pariharati, mātāpitaro sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṁ pariharati, puttadāradāsakammakaraporise sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṁ pariharati, mittāmacce sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṁ pariharati, samaṇabrāhmaṇesu uddhaggikaṁ dakkhiṇaṁ patiṭṭhāpeti sovaggikaṁ sukhavipākaṁ saggasaṁvattanikaṁ.  Riches enable you to make yourself happy and pleased, to make your mother and father; your children, partners, bondservants, workers, and staff, and your friends and colleagues happy and pleased, and to keep them all happy. And they enable you to establish an uplifting religious donation for ascetics and brahmins that’s conducive to heaven, ripens in happiness, and leads to heaven. 

an5.232viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu;  They’re ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an5.272pariharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako sammato na pesetabbo …pe… sammato pesetabbo … bālo veditabbo … paṇḍito veditabbo … khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati … akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati … yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ niraye … yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ sagge.  A person with five qualities who has been appointed as meal designator should not be called upon … should be called upon … should be known as a fool … should be known as astute … they keep themselves broken and damaged … they keep themselves unbroken and undamaged … is cast down to hell … is raised up to heaven. 

an5.273-285pariharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāmaṇerapesako bālo veditabbo …pe… paṇḍito veditabbo … khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati … akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati … yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ niraye … yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ sagge.   

an6.1viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
It’s a mendicant who, when they see a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
When they know an idea with their mind, they’re neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 

an6.2anussarati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe…. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati.  They recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an6.3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Saddhindriyena, vīriyindriyena, satindriyena, samādhindriyena, paññindriyena, āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  The faculties of faith, energy, mindfulness, immersion, and wisdom. And they realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an6.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Saddhābalena, vīriyabalena, satibalena, samādhibalena, paññābalena, āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  The powers of faith, energy, mindfulness, immersion, and wisdom. And they realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an6.10anussarati nimmānaratino viharati26Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 
“Yo so, mahānāma, ariyasāvako āgataphalo viññātasāsano, so iminā vihārena bahulaṁ viharati. 
“Mahānāma, when a noble disciple has reached the fruit and understood the instructions they frequently practice this kind of meditation. 
Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati: 
Firstly, a noble disciple recollects the Realized One: 
Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the Realized One their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. 
‘ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṁ samāpanno buddhānussatiṁ bhāveti’. 
a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and develop the recollection of the Buddha. 
Puna caparaṁ, mahānāma, ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati: 
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the teaching: 
Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the teaching their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … 
‘ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṁ samāpanno dhammānussatiṁ bhāveti’. 
a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and develop the recollection of the teaching. 
Puna caparaṁ, mahānāma, ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati: 
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha: 
Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … 
‘ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṁ samāpanno saṅghānussatiṁ bhāveti’. 
a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and develop the recollection of the Saṅgha. 
Puna caparaṁ, mahānāma, ariyasāvako attano sīlāni anussarati akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṁvattanikāni. 
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects their own ethical conduct, which is intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. 
Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako sīlaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects their ethical conduct their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … 
‘ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṁ samāpanno sīlānussatiṁ bhāveti’. 
a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and develop the recollection of ethics. 
Puna caparaṁ, mahānāma, ariyasāvako attano cāgaṁ anussarati: 
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects their own generosity: 
Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako cāgaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects their own generosity their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … 
‘ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṁ samāpanno cāgānussatiṁ bhāveti’. 
a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and develop the recollection of generosity. 
‘santi devā cātumahārājikā, santi devā tāvatiṁsā, santi devā yāmā, santi devā tusitā, santi devā nimmānaratino, santi devā paranimmitavasavattino, santi devā brahmakāyikā, santi devā tatuttari. 
‘There are the gods of the four great kings, the gods of the thirty-three, the gods of Yama, the joyful gods, the gods who love to imagine, the gods who control what is imagined by others, the gods of the Divinity’s host, and gods even higher than these. 
Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako attano ca tāsañca devatānaṁ saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom of both themselves and the deities their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. 
‘ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṁ samāpanno devatānussatiṁ bhāveti’. 
a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and develop the recollection of the deities. 

an6.11viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṁvattanikāni tathārūpehi sīlehi sīlasāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo.  Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the precepts shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. Those precepts are intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. This too is a warm-hearted quality. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāyaṁ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the view shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. That view is noble and emancipating, and delivers one who practices it to the complete ending of suffering. This too is a warm-hearted quality. 

an6.12viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṁvattanikāni tathārūpehi sīlehi sīlasāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṁvattati.  Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the precepts shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. Those precepts are intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. This too is a warm-hearted quality. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāyaṁ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the view shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. That view is noble and emancipating, and delivers one who practices it to the complete ending of suffering. 

an6.13arati aratiyā3Pi En Ru dhamma

atha ca pana me arati cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti.  Yet somehow discontent still occupies my mind.’ 
atha ca panassa arati cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. 
 
Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, aratiyā yadidaṁ muditācetovimuttī’ti. 
For it is the heart’s release by rejoicing that is the escape from discontent.’ 

an6.16viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
Yassa kho panassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā—ayaṁ so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye—taṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā pucchatu. 
Whoever doubts this can go and ask the Buddha. He is staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
Yassa kho panassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā—ayaṁ so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye—taṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā pucchatu. 
Whoever doubts this can go and ask the Buddha. He is staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
Yassa kho panassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā—ayaṁ so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye—taṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā pucchatu. 
Whoever doubts this can go and ask the Buddha. He is staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 

an6.17viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an6.18carati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ.  At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. 

an6.19viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe.  At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 

an6.20viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe.  At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 

an6.21viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati sāmagāmake pokkharaṇiyāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans near the little village of Sāma, by a lotus pond. 

an6.25anussarati nimmānaratino12Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati:  Firstly, a noble disciple recollects the Realized One: 
Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the Realized One their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati: 
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the teaching: 
Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the teaching their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati: 
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha: 
Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako attano sīlāni anussarati akhaṇḍāni …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikāni. 
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects their own ethical precepts, which are intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. 
Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako sīlaṁ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects their ethical precepts their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako attano cāgaṁ anussarati: 
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects their own generosity: 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako devatā anussarati: 
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the deities: 
‘santi devā cātumahārājikā, santi devā tāvatiṁsā, santi devā yāmā, santi devā tusitā, santi devā nimmānaratino, santi devā paranimmitavasavattino, santi devā brahmakāyikā, santi devā tatuttari. 
‘There are the gods of the four great kings, the gods of the thirty-three, the gods of Yama, the joyful gods, the gods who love to imagine, the gods who control what is imagined by others, the gods of the Divinity’s host, and gods even higher than these. 
Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako attano ca tāsañca devatānaṁ saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom of both themselves and the deities their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. 

an6.26anussarati viharati18Pi En Ru dhamma

Idhāvuso, ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati:  Firstly, a noble disciple recollects the Realized One: 
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the Realized One their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. 
Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. 
That noble disciple meditates with a heart just like space, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati: 
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the teaching: 
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the teaching their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … 
Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati: 
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha: 
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … 
Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, ariyasāvako attano sīlāni anussarati akhaṇḍāni …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikāni. 
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects their own ethical precepts, which are intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. 
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako attano sīlaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects their ethical precepts their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … 
Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, ariyasāvako attano cāgaṁ anussarati: 
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects their own generosity: 
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako attano cāgaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects their own generosity their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … 
Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, ariyasāvako devatā anussarati: 
Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the deities: 
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako attano ca tāsañca devatānaṁ saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom of both themselves and the deities their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. 
Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. 
That noble disciple meditates with a heart just like space, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 

an6.27viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo:  Firstly, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire, and they don’t truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen. On that occasion they should go to an esteemed mendicant and say: 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo: 
Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in ill will … 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo: 
Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in dullness and drowsiness … 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo: 
Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in restlessness and remorse … 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo: 
Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in doubt … 

an6.28samudācarati viharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito vihārapacchāyāyaṁ nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, yadevassa divā samādhinimittaṁ manasikataṁ hoti tadevassa tasmiṁ samaye samudācarati.  For at that time they are still practicing the same meditation subject as a basis of immersion that they focused on during the day. 
Idha, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo: 
Firstly, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire, and they don’t truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen. On that occasion they should go to an esteemed mendicant and say: 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati …pe…. 
Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in ill will … 
Thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati …. 
dullness and drowsiness … 
Uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati …. 
restlessness and remorse … 
Vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati …. 
doubt … 

an6.29anussarati anussarati—seyyathidaṁ—ekampi upasaṁharati viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhante, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati—Seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe…. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati.  It’s when a mendicant recollects many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Idha, bhante, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Firstly, a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption. 
So imameva kāyaṁ evaṁ upasaṁharati: 
They’d compare it with their own body: 
So imameva kāyaṁ evaṁ upasaṁharati: 
They’d compare it with their own body: 
So imameva kāyaṁ evaṁ upasaṁharati: 
They’d compare it with their own body: 
Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

an6.30anussarati paricarati14Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco khattiyampi paricarati, brāhmaṇampi paricarati, gahapatimpi paricarati, uccāvacaṁ vā pana paricarati, samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā micchādiṭṭhikaṁ micchāpaṭipannaṁ paricarati.  Some people serve an aristocrat, a brahmin, a householder, or a diverse spectrum of people; or they serve ascetics and brahmins of wrong view and wrong practice. 
Yo ca kho, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ vā tathāgatasāvakaṁ vā paricarati niviṭṭhasaddho niviṭṭhapemo ekantagato abhippasanno, etadānuttariyaṁ, bhikkhave, pāricariyānaṁ sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṁ tathāgataṁ vā tathāgatasāvakaṁ vā paricarati niviṭṭhasaddho niviṭṭhapemo ekantagato abhippasanno. 
The unsurpassable service is when someone with settled faith and love, sure and devoted, serves a Realized One or their disciple. … 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puttalābhampi anussarati, dāralābhampi anussarati, dhanalābhampi anussarati, uccāvacaṁ vā pana lābhaṁ anussarati, samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā micchādiṭṭhikaṁ micchāpaṭipannaṁ anussarati. 
Some people recollect a child, a wife, wealth, or a diverse spectrum of things; or they recollect an ascetic or brahmin of wrong view and wrong practice. 
Yo ca kho, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ vā tathāgatasāvakaṁ vā anussarati niviṭṭhasaddho niviṭṭhapemo ekantagato abhippasanno, etadānuttariyaṁ, bhikkhave, anussatīnaṁ sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṁ tathāgataṁ vā tathāgatasāvakaṁ vā anussarati niviṭṭhasaddho niviṭṭhapemo ekantagato abhippasanno. 
The unsurpassable recollection is when someone with settled faith and love, sure and devoted, recollects a Realized One or their disciple. … 

an6.34viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an6.36viharati11Pi En Ru dhamma

Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kodhano hoti upanāhī so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti.  Such a mendicant lacks respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and they don’t fulfill the training. 
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso, dhamme agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghe agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāya na paripūrakārī so saṅghe vivādaṁ janeti, yo hoti vivādo bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṁ. 
They create a dispute in the Saṅgha, which is for the detriment and suffering of the people, against the people, for the harm, detriment, and suffering of gods and humans. 
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī, so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti. 
Such a mendicant lacks respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and they don’t fulfill the training. 
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso, dhamme … saṅghe agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāya na paripūrakārī, so saṅghe vivādaṁ janeti, yo hoti vivādo bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṁ. 
They create a dispute in the Saṅgha, which is for the detriment and unhappiness of the people, against the people, for the harm, detriment, and suffering of gods and humans. 

an6.37viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an6.40viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati niculavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimbilā in the Freshwater Mangrove Wood. 

an6.41viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

an6.42viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe.  He stayed in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. 
“samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito icchānaṅgalaṁ anuppatto icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. 
“It seems the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—has arrived at Icchānaṅgala. He is staying in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. 

an6.43paccuttarati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Tena kho pana samayena rañño pasenadissa kosalassa seto nāma nāgo mahātūriyatāḷitavāditena pubbakoṭṭhakā paccuttarati. 
Now, at that time King Pasenadi had a giant bull elephant called “White”. It emerged from the eastern gate to the beating and playing of musical instruments. 
buddho loke viharati; 
and lives in the world, 

an6.45carati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Sa kho so, bhikkhave, daliddo assako anāḷhiko saddhāya asati kusalesu dhammesu, hiriyā asati kusalesu dhammesu, ottappe asati kusalesu dhammesu, vīriye asati kusalesu dhammesu, paññāya asati kusalesu dhammesu, kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati.  Since they have no faith, conscience, prudence, energy, or wisdom when it comes to skillful qualities, they do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

an6.46viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahācundo cetīsu viharati sayaṁjātiyaṁ.  At one time Venerable Mahācunda was staying in the land of the Cetis at Sahajāti. 

an6.49viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an6.54viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

an6.55samīrati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā soṇo rājagahe viharati sītavanasmiṁ. 
Now at that time Venerable Soṇa was staying near Rājagaha in the Cool Grove. 
vātena na samīrati; 
a solid mass of rock, 

an6.57carati viharati13Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 
So kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati. 
And they do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
So kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati. 
But they do good things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
So kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati. 
But they do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
So kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati. 
And they do good things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

an6.58viharati vihiṁsūparatiyā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso cakkhundriyasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati.  Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, lives restraining the eye faculty. 
manindriyasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati. 
the mind faculty. 
‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya, vihiṁsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya, iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro ca’. 
‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 

an6.59viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe.  At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 

an6.60viharati25Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 
Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo tāvadeva soratasorato hoti, nivātanivāto hoti, upasantupasanto hoti, yāva satthāraṁ upanissāya viharati aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ. 
Take a person who is the sweetest of the sweet, the most even-tempered of the even-tempered, the calmest of the calm, so long as they live relying on the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role. 
Yato ca kho so vapakassateva satthārā, vapakassati garuṭṭhāniyehi sabrahmacārīhi, so saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi. 
But when they’re separated from the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role, they mix closely with monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen; with rulers and their chief ministers, and with monastics of other religions and their disciples. 
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo tāvadeva soratasorato hoti, nivātanivāto hoti, upasantupasanto hoti yāva satthāraṁ upanissāya viharati aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ. 
“In the same way, take a person who is the sweetest of the sweet … 
Yato ca kho so vapakassateva satthārā, vapakassati garuṭṭhāniyehi sabrahmacārīhi, so saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi. 
 
Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And take a person who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. 
So ‘lābhimhi paṭhamassa jhānassā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi …pe… 
Thinking, ‘I get the first absorption!’ they mix closely with monks … 
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“In the same way, take a person who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. 
So ‘lābhimhi paṭhamassa jhānassā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi …pe… 
Thinking, ‘I get the first absorption!’ they mix closely with monks … 
Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And take a person who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled … enters and remains in the second absorption. 
So ‘lābhimhi dutiyassa jhānassā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi …pe… 
Thinking, ‘I get the second absorption!’ they mix closely with monks … 
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“In the same way, take a person who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled … enters and remains in the second absorption. 
So ‘lābhimhi dutiyassa jhānassā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi …pe… 
Thinking, ‘I get the second absorption!’ they mix closely with monks … 
Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And take a person who, with the fading away of rapture … enters and remains in the third absorption. 
So ‘lābhimhi tatiyassa jhānassā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi …pe… 
Thinking, ‘I get the third absorption!’ they mix closely with monks … 
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“In the same way, take a person who, with the fading away of rapture … enters and remains in the third absorption. 
So ‘lābhimhi tatiyassa jhānassā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi …pe… 
Thinking, ‘I get the third absorption!’ they mix closely with monks … 
Idha, panāvuso, ekacco puggalo sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And take a person who, giving up pleasure and pain … enters and remains in the fourth absorption. 
So ‘lābhimhi catutthassa jhānassā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi …pe… 
Thinking, ‘I get the fourth absorption!’ they mix closely with monks … 
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“In the same way, take a person who, giving up pleasure and pain … enters and remains in the fourth absorption. 
So ‘lābhimhi catutthassa jhānassā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi …pe… 
Thinking, ‘I get the fourth absorption!’ they mix closely with monks … 
Idha, panāvuso, ekacco puggalo sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And take a person who, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart. 
So ‘lābhimhi animittassa cetosamādhissā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi. 
Thinking, ‘I get the signless immersion of the heart!’ they mix closely with monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen; with rulers and their chief ministers, and with monastics of other religions and their disciples. 
Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“In the same way, take a person who, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart … 
So ‘lābhimhi animittassa cetosamādhissā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi. 
 

an6.61viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 

an6.63voharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yathā yathā naṁ sañjānāti tathā tathā voharati, evaṁ saññī ahosinti.  You communicate something in whatever manner you perceive it, saying ‘That’s what I perceived.’ 

an6.64anussarati viharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ, dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati.  Furthermore, the Realized One recollects many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. He remembers: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so he recollects his many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ, dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, idampi, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti. 
Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. … 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, the Realized One has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And he lives having realized it with his own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, idampi, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti. 
Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. Relying on this he claims the bull’s place, roars his lion’s roar in the assemblies, and turns the divine wheel. 

an6.75viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṁ viharati savighātaṁ saupāyāsaṁ sapariḷāhaṁ, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā.  “Mendicants, when a mendicant has six qualities they live unhappily in this very life—with distress, anguish, and fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a bad rebirth. 
imehi, kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṁ viharati savighātaṁ saupāyāsaṁ sapariḷāhaṁ, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā. 
When a mendicant has these six qualities they live unhappily in this very life—with distress, anguish, and fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a bad rebirth. 
Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṁ viharati avighātaṁ anupāyāsaṁ apariḷāhaṁ, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā. 
When a mendicant has six qualities they live happily in this very life—without distress, anguish, or fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a good rebirth. 
imehi, kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṁ viharati avighātaṁ anupāyāsaṁ apariḷāhaṁ, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā”ti. 
When a mendicant has these six qualities they live happily in this very life—without distress, anguish, or fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a good rebirth.” 

an6.78viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhasomanassabahulo viharati, yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānaṁ khayāya.  “Mendicants, when a mendicant has six things they’re full of joy and happiness in this very life, and they have laid the groundwork for ending the defilements. 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhasomanassabahulo viharati, yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānaṁ khayāyā”ti. 
When a mendicant has these six things they’re full of joy and happiness in this very life, and they have laid the groundwork for ending the defilements.” 

an6.113arati aratisutta aratiyā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Aratisutta  Discontent 
Arati, vihiṁsā, adhammacariyā. 
Discontent, cruelty, and unprincipled conduct. 
Aratiyā pahānāya muditā bhāvetabbā, vihiṁsāya pahānāya avihiṁsā bhāvetabbā, adhammacariyāya pahānāya dhammacariyā bhāvetabbā. 
You should develop rejoicing to give up discontent, harmlessness to give up cruelty, and principled conduct to give up unprincipled conduct. 

an6.116assādaaratituṭṭhi1Pi En Ru dhamma

Assādaaratituṭṭhi,  " 

an7.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an7.3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme …pe…  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. … 

an7.4viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.  It’s when a noble disciple lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

an7.15patarati viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ummujjitvā patarati;  One person rises up then crosses over. 
Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo ummujjitvā patarati? 
And what kind of person rises up then crosses over? 
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo ummujjitvā patarati. 
This kind of person rises up then crosses over. 
So āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an7.16viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī viharati, aniccasaññī, aniccapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno.  First, take a person who meditates observing impermanence in all conditions. They perceive impermanence and experience impermanence. Constantly, continually, and without interruption, they apply the mind and fathom with wisdom. 
So āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They’ve realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī viharati, aniccasaññī, aniccapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. 
Next, take a person who meditates observing impermanence in all conditions. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī viharati, aniccasaññī, aniccapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. 
Next, take a person who meditates observing impermanence in all conditions. 

an7.17viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabbasaṅkhāresu dukkhānupassī viharati …pe….  First, take a person who meditates observing suffering in all conditions. They perceive suffering and experience suffering. Constantly, continually, and without interruption, they apply the mind and fathom with wisdom. …” 

an7.18viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sabbesu dhammesu anattānupassī viharati …pe….  “First, take a person who meditates observing not-self in all things. They perceive not-self and experience not-self. Constantly, continually, and without interruption, they apply the mind and fathom with wisdom. …” 

an7.19viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Nibbāne sukhānupassī viharati sukhasaññī sukhapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno.  “First, take a person who meditates observing the happiness in extinguishment. They perceive happiness and experience happiness. Constantly, continually, and without interruption, they apply the mind and fathom with wisdom. 
So āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They’ve realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo nibbāne sukhānupassī viharati sukhasaññī sukhapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. 
Next, take a person who meditates observing the happiness in extinguishment. They perceive happiness and experience happiness. Constantly, continually, and without interruption, they apply the mind and fathom with wisdom. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo nibbāne sukhānupassī viharati sukhasaññī sukhapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. 
Next, take a person who meditates observing the happiness in extinguishment. They perceive happiness and experience happiness. Constantly, continually, and without interruption, they apply the mind and fathom with wisdom. 

an7.21viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati sārandade cetiye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Sārandada Tree-shrine. 

an7.22viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

an7.23viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

an7.28viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an7.39viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato sāriputto catasso paṭisambhidā sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  “Mendicants, having seven qualities, Sāriputta realized the four kinds of textual analysis and lives having achieved them with his own insight. 

an7.42carati6Pi En Ru dhamma

“yo hi koci, āvuso, dvādasavassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāyā”ti.  “Reverends, anyone who lives the full and pure spiritual life for twelve years is qualified to be called a ‘graduate mendicant’.” 
‘yo hi koci, āvuso, dvādasavassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, niddaso bhikkhūti alaṁvacanāyā’ti. 
 
Imehi kho, sāriputta, sattahi niddasavatthūhi samannāgato bhikkhu dvādasa cepi vassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāya; 
A mendicant who has these seven qualifications for graduation is qualified to be called a ‘graduate mendicant’. This is so whether they have lived the full and pure spiritual life for twelve years, 
catubbīsati cepi vassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāya; 
twenty-four years, 
chattiṁsati cepi vassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāya, aṭṭhacattārīsañcepi vassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāyā”ti. 
thirty-six years, or forty-eight years.” 

an7.43carati viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 
“yo hi koci, āvuso, dvādasavassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāyā”ti. 
“Reverends, anyone who lives the full and pure spiritual life for twelve years is qualified to be called a ‘graduate mendicant’.” 
‘yo hi koci, āvuso, dvādasavassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, niddaso bhikkhūti alaṁvacanāyā’ti. 
 
Imehi kho, ānanda, sattahi niddasavatthūhi samannāgato bhikkhu dvādasa cepi vassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāya; 
A mendicant who has these seven qualifications for graduation is qualified to be called a ‘graduate mendicant’. This is so whether they have lived the full and pure spiritual life for twelve years, 
catubbīsati cepi vassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāya; 
twenty-four years, 
chattiṁsati cepi vassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāya, aṭṭhacattārīsañcepi vassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāyā”ti. 
thirty-six years, or forty-eight years.” 

an7.47carati viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena uggatasarīrassa brāhmaṇassa mahāyañño upakkhaṭo hoti.  Now at that time the brahmin Uggatasarīra had prepared a large sacrifice. 
Tena → ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena (bj, sya-all) 
Ratto kho, brāhmaṇa, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati. 
A greedy person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
Duṭṭho kho, brāhmaṇa, dosena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati. 
A hateful person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
Mūḷho kho, brāhmaṇa, mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati. 
A deluded person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

an7.50anussarati carati5Pi En Ru dhamma

Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, aparisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, saṁyutto methunena saṁyogena na parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, na parimuccati dukkhasmāti vadāmi.  This is called one who lives the celibate life impurely, yoked by the yoke of sex. They’re not freed from rebirth, old age, death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. They’re not freed from suffering, I say. 
api ca kho yānissa tāni pubbe mātugāmena saddhiṁ hasitalapitakīḷitāni tāni anussarati …pe…. 
they recall when they used to laugh, chat, and have fun with females … 
Napi yānissa tāni pubbe mātugāmena saddhiṁ hasitalapitakīḷitāni tāni anussarati; 
 
api ca kho aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vāti. 
However, they live the celibate life wishing to be reborn in one of the orders of gods. They think: ‘By this precept or observance or fervent austerity or spiritual life, may I become one of the gods!’ 
Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, aparisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati saṁyutto methunena saṁyogena, na parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, na parimuccati dukkhasmāti vadāmi. 
This is called one who lives the celibate life impurely, yoked by the yoke of sex. They’re not free from rebirth, old age, death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. They’re not free from suffering, I say. 

an7.52viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond. 

an7.55viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

So āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  They’ve realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an7.56viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 
“Idha, moggallāna, bhikkhu sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“Moggallāna, take the case of a mendicant who, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart. 
‘ayaṁ kho āyasmā sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
‘This venerable, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart. 

an7.57viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an7.59viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati niculavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimbilā in the Freshwater Mangrove Wood. 

an7.61viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
So tāsu vedanāsu aniccānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati, paṭinissaggānupassī viharati. 
they meditate observing impermanence, dispassion, cessation, and letting go in those feelings. 

an7.64carati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Kodhanoyaṁ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati.  When an individual is irritable, overcome and overwhelmed by anger, they do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

an7.66viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati ambapālivane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, in Ambapālī’s Mango Grove. 

an7.67pariharati ratiyā viharati24Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahuṁ tiṇakaṭṭhodakaṁ sannicitaṁ hoti abbhantarānaṁ ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya.  Firstly, a king’s frontier citadel has much hay, wood, and water stored up for the enjoyment, relief, and comfort of those within and to repel those outside. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahuṁ sāliyavakaṁ sannicitaṁ hoti abbhantarānaṁ ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. 
Furthermore, a king’s frontier citadel has much rice and barley stored up for those within. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahuṁ tilamuggamāsāparaṇṇaṁ sannicitaṁ hoti abbhantarānaṁ ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. 
Furthermore, a king’s frontier citadel has much food such as sesame, green gram, and black gram stored up for those within. 
sappi navanītaṁ telaṁ madhu phāṇitaṁ loṇaṁ abbhantarānaṁ ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. 
ghee, butter, oil, honey, molasses, and salt—stored up for the enjoyment, relief, and comfort of those within and to repel those outside. 
suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. 
and they keep themselves pure. 
suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. 
and they keep themselves pure. 
suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. 
and they keep themselves pure. 
suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. 
and they keep themselves pure. 
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
in the same way a noble disciple is energetic. They live with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. 
and they keep themselves pure. 
suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. 
and they keep themselves pure. 
suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. 
and they keep themselves pure. 
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahuṁ tiṇakaṭṭhodakaṁ sannicitaṁ hoti abbhantarānaṁ ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. 
Just as a king’s frontier citadel has much hay, wood, and water stored up for the enjoyment, relief, and comfort of those within and to repel those outside, 
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati 
in the same way a noble disciple, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
attano ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. 
This is for their own enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. 
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahuṁ sāliyavakaṁ sannicitaṁ hoti abbhantarānaṁ ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. 
Just as a king’s frontier citadel has much rice and barley stored up, 
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati 
in the same way, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a noble disciple enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
attano ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. 
This is for their own enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. 
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahuṁ tilamuggamāsāparaṇṇaṁ sannicitaṁ hoti abbhantarānaṁ ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. 
Just as a king’s frontier citadel has much food such as sesame, green gram, and black gram stored up, 
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati 
in the same way with the fading away of rapture, a noble disciple enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
attano ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. 
This is for their own enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. 
sappi navanītaṁ telaṁ madhu phāṇitaṁ loṇaṁ abbhantarānaṁ ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. 
ghee, butter, oil, honey, molasses, and salt—stored up for the enjoyment, relief, and comfort of those within and to repel those outside, 
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati 
in the same way, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a noble disciple enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
attano ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. 
This is for their own enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. 

an7.69viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati,  When a noble disciple, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected, 
Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
When, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a noble disciple enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected, 
Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
When, with the fading away of rapture, a noble disciple enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss’, 
Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
When, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a noble disciple enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness, 
Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, 
When a noble disciple realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements, 

an7.72carati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ.  At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. 

an7.74dharati tharati uddharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, nadī pabbateyyā dūraṅgamā sīghasotā hārahārinī, natthi so khaṇo vā layo vā muhutto vā yaṁ sā āvattati, atha kho sā gacchateva vattateva sandateva;  It’s like a mountain river traveling far, flowing fast, carrying all before it. It doesn’t turn back—not for a moment, a second, an hour—but runs, rolls, and flows on. 
sā → yāya (mr) | āvattati → tharati (bj); dharati (sya-all); āramati (pts1ed); avatiṭṭheyya (?) 
Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, gāvī vajjhā āghātanaṁ nīyamānā yaṁ yadeva pādaṁ uddharati, santikeva hoti vadhassa santikeva maraṇassa; 
It’s like a cow being led to the slaughterhouse. With every step she comes closer to the slaughter, closer to death. 

an7.75viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

sīlavā hoti pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu,  They’re ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an7.76viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an7.77viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an7.78anussarati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ, dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati.  They recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an7.79viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an7.80viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an7.81viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an7.82anussarati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ, dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati,  They recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an7.95viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo cakkhusmiṁ aniccānupassī viharati aniccasaññī aniccapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno.  First, take a person who meditates observing impermanence in the eye. They perceive impermanence and experience impermanence. Constantly, continually, and without interruption, they apply the mind and fathom with wisdom. 
So āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo cakkhusmiṁ aniccānupassī viharati aniccasaññī aniccapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. 
Next, take a person who meditates observing impermanence in the eye. … 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo cakkhusmiṁ aniccānupassī viharati aniccasaññī aniccapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. 
Next, take a person who meditates observing impermanence in the eye. … 

an7.96-614viharati15Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo cakkhusmiṁ dukkhānupassī viharati …pe…  First, take a person who meditates observing suffering in the eye. … 
cakkhusmiṁ anattānupassī viharati …pe… 
observing not-self in the eye. … 
cakkhusmiṁ khayānupassī viharati …pe… 
observing ending in the eye. … 
cakkhusmiṁ vayānupassī viharati …pe… 
observing vanishing in the eye. … 
cakkhusmiṁ virāgānupassī viharati …pe… 
observing fading away in the eye. … 
cakkhusmiṁ nirodhānupassī viharati …pe… 
observing cessation in the eye. … 
cakkhusmiṁ paṭinissaggānupassī viharati …pe…. 
observing letting go in the eye. … 
viññāṇakkhandhe aniccānupassī viharati …pe… 
the aggregate of consciousness … 
dukkhānupassī viharati … 
meditates observing suffering … 
anattānupassī viharati … 
not-self … 
khayānupassī viharati … 
ending … 
vayānupassī viharati … 
vanishing … 
virāgānupassī viharati … 
fading away … 
nirodhānupassī viharati … 
cessation … 
paṭinissaggānupassī viharati …pe… 
letting go …” 

an8.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an8.2viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthāraṁ upanissāya viharati aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ, yatthassa tibbaṁ hirottappaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti pemañca gāravo ca.  It’s when a mendicant lives relying on the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role. And they set up a keen sense of conscience and prudence for them, with warmth and respect. 
Sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
A mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
They live with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
Pañcasu kho pana upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati: 
They meditate observing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates. 
‘ayaṁ kho āyasmā satthāraṁ upanissāya viharati aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ, yatthassa tibbaṁ hirottappaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti pemañca gāravo ca. 
‘This venerable lives relying on the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role. They set up a keen sense of conscience and prudence for them, with warmth and respect. 
‘Sīlavā kho panāyamāyasmā pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
‘This venerable is ethical … 
‘Āraddhavīriyo kho panāyamāyasmā viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
‘This venerable lives with energy roused up … 
‘Pañcasu kho panāyamāyasmā upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati— 
‘They meditate observing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates. … 

an8.7viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain, not long after Devadatta had left. 

an8.8viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā uttaro mahisavatthusmiṁ viharati saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṁ.  At one time Venerable Uttara was staying on the Saṅkheyyaka Mountain in the Mahisa region near Dhavajālikā. 
Ekamidaṁ, bhante uttara, samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte. 
At one time, Honorable Uttara, the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain, not long after Devadatta had left. 

an8.9vihiṁsūparatiyā1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṁsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti.  ‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 

an8.10paṭicarati viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond. 
So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno aññenāññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. 
The accused mendicant dodged the issue, distracted the discussion with irrelevant points, and displayed annoyance, hate, and bitterness. 

an8.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā verañjāyaṁ viharati naḷerupucimandamūle.  At one time the Buddha was staying in Verañjā at the root of a neem tree dedicated to Naḷeru. 

an8.12viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an8.13viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.  It’s when a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Āraddhavīriyo viharati: 
They’re energetic: 

an8.14paṭicarati paṭippharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno codakaṁyeva paṭippharati:  But the accused mendicant objects to the accuser: 
So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno aññenāññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. 
But the accused mendicant dodges the issue, distracts the discussion with irrelevant points, and displays annoyance, hate, and bitterness. 

an8.19viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā verañjāyaṁ viharati naḷerupucimandamūle.  At one time the Buddha was staying in Verañjā at the root of a neem tree dedicated to Naḷeru. 

an8.20viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 

an8.21viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an8.22viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vajjīsu viharati hatthigāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Vajjis at Elephant Village. 

an8.23viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā āḷaviyaṁ viharati aggāḷave cetiye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Āḷavī, at the Aggāḷava Tree-shrine. 

an8.24viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā āḷaviyaṁ viharati aggāḷave cetiye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Āḷavī, at the Aggāḷava Tree-shrine. 

an8.25viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 

an8.26viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati jīvakambavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in Jīvaka’s Mango Grove. 

an8.30nippapañcaratino papañcaratino papañcaratino’ti ratiyā viharati17Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati suṁsumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anuruddho cetīsu viharati pācīnavaṁsadāye. 
And at that time Venerable Anuruddha was staying in the land of the Cetīs in the Eastern Bamboo Park. 
‘nippapañcārāmassāyaṁ dhammo nippapañcaratino, nāyaṁ dhammo papañcārāmassa papañcaratino’ti. 
‘This teaching is for those who don’t enjoy proliferating and don’t like to proliferate, not for those who enjoy proliferating and like to proliferate.’ 
evamevaṁ te paṁsukūlacīvaraṁ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. 
It will be for your enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. 
evamevaṁ te piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṁ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. 
It will be for your enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. 
evamevaṁ te rukkhamūlasenāsanaṁ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. 
It will be for your enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. 
evamevaṁ te tiṇasanthārakasayanāsanaṁ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. 
It will be for your enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. 
evamevaṁ te pūtimuttabhesajjaṁ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. 
It will be for your enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. 
nippapañcārāmassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo nippapañcaratino, nāyaṁ dhammo papañcārāmassa papañcaratino. 
It’s for those who don’t enjoy proliferating and don’t like to proliferate, not for those who enjoy proliferating and like to proliferate. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
It’s for a mendicant who lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s for a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. 
‘Nippapañcārāmassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo nippapañcaratino, nāyaṁ dhammo papañcārāmassa papañcaratino’ti, 
‘This teaching is for those who don’t enjoy proliferating and don’t like to proliferate, not for those who enjoy proliferating and like to proliferate.’ 
‘Nippapañcārāmassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nippapañcaratino, nāyaṁ dhammo papañcārāmassa papañcaratino’ti, 
‘This teaching is for those who don’t enjoy proliferating and don’t like to proliferate, not for those who enjoy proliferating and like to proliferate.’ 

an8.41viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an8.43viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 

an8.44viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an8.45viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an8.46bharati carati viharati āharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 
Yaṁ bhattu āharati dhanaṁ vā dhaññaṁ vā jātarūpaṁ vā taṁ ārakkhena guttiyā sampādeti, tattha ca hoti adhuttī athenī asoṇḍī avināsikā. 
She ensures that any income her husband earns is guarded and protected, whether money, grain, silver, or gold. She doesn’t overspend, steal, waste, or lose it. 
Yo naṁ bharati sabbadā, 
She’d never look down on her husband, 
Bhattu manāpaṁ carati, 
She’s agreeable to her husband, 

an8.47bharati carati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 
Yo naṁ bharati sabbadā, 
She’d never look down on her husband, 
Bhattu manāpaṁ carati, 
She’s agreeable to her husband, 

an8.48bharati carati viharati āharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
Yaṁ bhattā āharati dhanaṁ vā dhaññaṁ vā rajataṁ vā jātarūpaṁ vā taṁ ārakkhena guttiyā sampādeti, tattha ca hoti adhuttī athenī asoṇḍī avināsikā. 
She ensures that any income her husband earns is guarded and protected, whether money, grain, silver, or gold. She doesn’t overspend, steal, waste, or lose it. 
Yo naṁ bharati sabbadā, 
She’d never look down on her husband, 
Bhattu manāpaṁ carati, 
She’s agreeable to her husband, 

an8.49ajjhācarati carati viharati āharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 
Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo susaṁvihitakammanto hoti, saṅgahitaparijano, bhattu manāpaṁ carati, sambhataṁ anurakkhati. 
It’s when a female is well-organized at work, manages the domestic help, acts lovingly toward her husband, and preserves his earnings. 
Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo bhattu manāpaṁ carati? 
And how does a female act lovingly toward her husband? 
Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo yaṁ bhattu amanāpasaṅkhātaṁ taṁ jīvitahetupi na ajjhācarati. 
It’s when a female would not transgress in any way that her husband would not consider agreeable, even for the sake of her own life. 
Evaṁ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo bhattu manāpaṁ carati. 
That’s how a female acts lovingly toward her husband. 
Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo yaṁ bhattā āharati dhanaṁ vā dhaññaṁ vā rajataṁ vā jātarūpaṁ vā taṁ ārakkhena guttiyā sampādeti, tattha ca hoti adhuttī athenī asoṇḍī avināsikā. 
It’s when she ensures that any income her husband earns is guarded and protected, whether money, grain, silver, or gold. She doesn’t overspend, steal, waste, or lose it. 
Bhattu manāpaṁ carati, 
She’s agreeable to her husband, 

an8.50ajjhācarati carati āharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo susaṁvihitakammanto hoti, saṅgahitaparijano, bhattu manāpaṁ carati, sambhataṁ anurakkhati.  It’s when a female is well-organized at work, manages the domestic help, acts lovingly toward her husband, and preserves his earnings. 
Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo bhattu manāpaṁ carati? 
And how does a female act lovingly toward her husband? 
Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo yaṁ bhattu amanāpasaṅkhātaṁ taṁ jīvitahetupi na ajjhācarati. 
It’s when a female would not transgress in any way that her husband would not consider agreeable, even for the sake of her own life. 
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo bhattu manāpaṁ carati. 
That’s how a female acts lovingly toward her husband. 
Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo yaṁ bhattā āharati …pe… 
It’s when she tries to guard and protect any income her husband earns … 
Bhattu manāpaṁ carati, 
She’s agreeable to her husband, 

an8.51viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. 
where he stayed at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an8.52viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an8.53viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an8.54viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati kakkarapattaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Kakkarapatta. 

an8.57anussarati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati;  They recollect many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an8.58aratiratisaho aratiṁ viharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

āraddhavīriyo viharati thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu;  They live with energy roused up. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
aratiratisaho hoti, uppannaṁ aratiṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharati; 
They prevail over desire and discontent, and live having mastered desire and discontent whenever they arose. 
bhayabheravasaho hoti, uppannaṁ bhayabheravaṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharati; 
They prevail over fear and dread, and live having mastered fear and dread whenever they arose. 
āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an8.61viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, socī ca paridevī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’.  a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they do not acquire material things, they sorrow and lament. They’ve fallen from the true teaching. 
‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca madī ca pamādī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’. 
a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when they acquire material things, they become intoxicated and negligent. They’ve fallen from the true teaching. 
‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati na ghaṭati na vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, socī ca paridevī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’. 
a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when they do not acquire material things, they sorrow and lament. They’ve fallen from the true teaching. 
‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati na ghaṭati na vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca madī ca, pamādī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’. 
a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they acquire material things, they become intoxicated and negligent. They’ve fallen from the true teaching. 
‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, na ca socī na ca paridevī, accuto ca saddhammā’. 
a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they do not acquire material things, they don’t sorrow and lament. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching. 
‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, na ca madī na ca pamādī, accuto ca saddhammā’. 
a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they acquire material things, they don’t become intoxicated and negligent. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching. 
‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, na ca socī na ca paridevī, accuto ca saddhammā’. 
a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when they do not acquire material things, they don’t sorrow and lament. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching. 
‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, na ca madī na ca pamādī, accuto ca saddhammā’. 
a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when they acquire material things, they don’t become intoxicated and negligent. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching. 

an8.64viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā gayāyaṁ viharati gayāsīse.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Gayā on Gayā Head. 

an8.66viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  Going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space. 
Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. 
Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling. 

an8.70viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an8.71viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, no ca āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati;  they don’t realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṁ deseti, catunnañca jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; 
When they’re faithful, ethical, and learned, a Dhamma speaker, one who frequents assemblies, one who teaches Dhamma to the assembly with assurance, one who gets the four absorptions when they want, and one who lives having realized the ending of defilements, 

an8.72viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

visārado ca parisāya dhammaṁ deseti, no ca ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena phusitvā viharati …pe…  they don’t have direct meditative experience of the peaceful liberations that are formless, transcending form … 
ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena phusitvā viharati, no ca āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; 
they don’t realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṁ deseti. Ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te ca kāyena phusitvā viharati, āsavānañca khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; 
When they’re faithful, ethical, and learned, a Dhamma speaker, one who frequents assemblies, one who teaches Dhamma to the assembly with assurance, one who gets the formless liberations, and one who lives having realized the ending of defilements, 

an8.73viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe.  At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 

an8.74viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe.  At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 

an8.77viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati, ghaṭati, vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, socī ca paridevī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’.  This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they do not acquire material things, they sorrow and lament. They’ve fallen from the true teaching. 
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, madī ca pamādī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’. 
This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when they acquire material things, they become intoxicated and negligent. They’ve fallen from the true teaching. 
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, socī ca paridevī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’. 
This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they do not acquire material things, they sorrow and lament. They’ve fallen from the true teaching. 
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati na ghaṭati na vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, madī ca pamādī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’. 
This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they acquire material things, they become intoxicated and negligent. They’ve fallen from the true teaching. 
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, na ca socī na ca paridevī, accuto ca saddhammā’. 
This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they do not acquire material things, they don’t sorrow and lament. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching. 
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati, ghaṭati, vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, na ca madī na ca pamādī, accuto ca saddhammā’. 
This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they acquire material things, they don’t become intoxicated and negligent. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching. 
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, na ca socī na ca paridevī, accuto ca saddhammā’. 
This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when they do not acquire material things, they don’t sorrow and lament. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching. 
Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, na ca madī na ca pamādī, accuto ca saddhammā’. 
This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when they acquire material things, they don’t become intoxicated and negligent. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching. 

an8.84paharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Appaharantassa paharati, anavasesaṁ ādiyati, itthiṁ hanati, kumāriṁ dūseti, pabbajitaṁ vilumpati, rājakosaṁ vilumpati, accāsanne kammaṁ karoti, na ca nidhānakusalo hoti.  He attacks unprovoked. He steals everything without exception. He kills a woman. He rapes a girl. He robs a monk. He robs the royal treasury. He works close to home. He’s not skilled at hiding his booty. 
Na appaharantassa paharati, na anavasesaṁ ādiyati, na itthiṁ hanati, na kumāriṁ dūseti, na pabbajitaṁ vilumpati, na rājakosaṁ vilumpati, na accāsanne kammaṁ karoti, nidhānakusalo ca hoti. 
He doesn’t attack unprovoked. He doesn’t steal everything without exception. He doesn’t kill a woman. He doesn’t rape a girl. He doesn’t rob a monk. He doesn’t rob the royal treasury. He doesn’t work close to home. He’s skilled at hiding his booty. 

an8.86viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe.  He stayed in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. 
“samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito icchānaṅgalaṁ anuppatto icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. 
“It seems the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—has arrived at Icchānaṅgala. He is staying in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. 

an8.120viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

Rūpī rūpāni passati, ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati, subhanteva adhimutto hoti, sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati—  Having physical form, they see forms … not perceiving form internally, they see forms externally … they’re focused only on beauty … going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space … going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness … going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness … going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception … going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling … 

an9.1viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 

an9.3viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā cālikāyaṁ viharati cālikāpabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Cālikā, on the Cālikā mountain. 
Puna caparaṁ, meghiya, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Puna caparaṁ, meghiya, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 

an9.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an9.7viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

an9.8viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

an9.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an9.12viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an9.15paggharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Tato yaṁ kiñci paggharati—  Whatever oozes out of them 
asuciyeva paggharati, duggandhaṁyeva paggharati, jegucchiyaṁyeva paggharati; 
is filthy, stinking, and disgusting. 

an9.16anabhiratisaññā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Asubhasaññā, maraṇasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā—  The perceptions of ugliness, death, repulsiveness of food, dissatisfaction with the whole world, impermanence, suffering in impermanence, not-self in suffering, giving up, and fading away. 
paṭikūlasaññā → paṭikkūlasaññā (bj, sya1ed, sya2ed, pts1ed) | anabhiratasaññā → anabhiratisaññā (mr) 

an9.18viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 

an9.20viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an9.22viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  It’s a mendicant who realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an9.30carati3Pi En Ru dhamma

‘anatthaṁ me carati, taṁ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṁ paṭivineti;  Thinking: ‘They are harming me …’ … 
anatthaṁ carati …pe… 
‘They are harming someone I love …’ 
atthaṁ carati …pe… 
‘They are helping someone I dislike …’ … 

an9.33viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  ‘Reverend, it’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
‘It’s when a mendicant, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
‘It’s when a mendicant, with the fading away of rapture, enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, “Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss”. 
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
‘It’s when a mendicant, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that “space is infinite”, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma anantaṁ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that “consciousness is infinite”, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that “there is nothing at all”, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. 

an9.34viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, enters and remains in the second absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, with the fading away of rapture, enters and remains in the third absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, enters and remains in the fourth absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma anantaṁ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma, natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 

an9.35viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhikkhu bālo abyatto akhettaññū akusalo vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati;  In the same way, some foolish, incompetent, unskillful mendicant, lacking common sense, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhikkhu paṇḍito byatto khettaññū kusalo vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
In the same way, some astute, competent, skillful mendicant, using common sense, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
So dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ anabhihiṁsamāno vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā … dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Without charging at the second absorption, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption. 
So tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ anabhihiṁsamāno pītiyā ca virāgā … tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Without charging at the third absorption, with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption. 
So catutthaṁ jhānaṁ anabhihiṁsamāno sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Without charging at the fourth absorption, with the giving up of pleasure and pain, and the ending of former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption. 
So ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ anabhihiṁsamāno sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā …pe… ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Without charging at the dimension of infinite space, with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space. 
So viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ anabhihiṁsamāno sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Without charging at the dimension of infinite consciousness, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
So ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ anabhihiṁsamāno sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Without charging at the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. 
So nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ anabhihiṁsamāno sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Without charging at the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
So saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ anabhihiṁsamāno sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Without charging at the cessation of perception and feeling, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling. 

an9.36upasaṁharati viharati14Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  Take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption. 
So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁharati: 
and apply it to freedom from death: 
evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
In the same way a noble disciple, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, enters and remains in the first absorption. 
So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁharati: 
and apply it to freedom from death: 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
 
So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁharati: 
 
evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Take a mendicant who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁharati: 
and apply it to freedom from death: 
evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
In the same way, take a mendicant who enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. … 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 
So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁharati: 
and apply it to freedom from death: 
evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
In the same way, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 
So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁharati: 
and apply it to freedom from death: 

an9.37viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu, sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 

an9.38viharati12Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, brāhmaṇā, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  Take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma, lokassa ante viharati’. 
This is called a mendicant who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world. 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma lokassa ante viharati’. 
This is called a mendicant who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇā, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma lokassa ante viharati’. 
This is called a mendicant who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇā, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe… 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. … 
sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe… 
the dimension of nothingness … 
sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma lokassa ante viharati’. 
This is called a mendicant who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇā, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 
Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma lokassa ante viharati tiṇṇo loke visattikan’”ti. 
This is called a mendicant who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world. And they’ve crossed over clinging to the world.” 

an9.39viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati,  In the same way, there’s a time when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
‘bhīruttānagatena kho dāni bhikkhu etarahi attanā viharati akaraṇīyo mayhan’ti. 
‘Now the mendicant is in a secure location and we can’t do anything to them.’ 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
fourth absorption. 
‘bhīruttānagatena kho dāni bhikkhu etarahi attanā viharati, akaraṇīyo mayhan’ti. 
‘Now the mendicant is in a secure location and we can’t do anything to them.’ 
Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
There’s a time when a mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati … 
There’s a time when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. … 
sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati … 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. … 
sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati … 
Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. … 
sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 

an9.40saṁharati viharati20Pi En Ru dhamma

So aparena samayena eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharati, acchinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādati, obhaggobhaggañcassa sākhābhaṅgaṁ na khādanti, anāvilāni ca pānīyāni pivati, ogāhā cassa uttiṇṇassa na hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchanti.  After some time he lives alone, withdrawn from the herd, and he eats untrampled grass, and other elephants don’t eat the broken branches he has dragged down. He doesn’t drink muddy water, and the female elephants don’t bump into him after his bath. 
‘ahaṁ kho pubbe ākiṇṇo vihāsiṁ hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi, chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādiṁ, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ khādiṁsu, āvilāni ca pānīyāni apāyiṁ, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo agamaṁsu. Sohaṁ etarahi eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharāmi, acchinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ na khādanti, anāvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa na hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchantī’ti. So soṇḍāya sākhābhaṅgaṁ bhañjitvā sākhābhaṅgena kāyaṁ parimajjitvā attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati. 
‘Formerly I lived crowded by other males, females, younglings, and cubs. I ate the grass they’d trampled, and they ate the broken branches I’d dragged down. I drank muddy water, and after my bath the female elephants bumped into me. Now I live alone, and I’m free of all these things.’ He breaks off a branch and scratches his body, happily relieving his itches. 
ogāhā → ettha pisaddo sabbatthapi, parimajjitvā → parimadditvā (bj, pts1ed) | soṇḍaṁ saṁharati → kaṇḍuṁ saṁhanti (bj, pts1ed); kaṇḍuṁ saṁhanati (sya-all) 
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu ākiṇṇo viharati bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi, tasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhussa evaṁ hoti: 
In the same way, when a mendicant lives crowded by monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen; by rulers and their chief ministers, and by monastics of other religions and their disciples, they think: 
So abhijjhaṁ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up covetousness for the world, they meditate with a heart rid of covetousness, cleansing the mind of covetousness. 
byāpādapadosaṁ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādapadosā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up ill will and malevolence, they meditate with a mind rid of ill will, full of sympathy for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will. 
thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind free of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up restlessness and remorse, they meditate without restlessness, their mind peaceful inside, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse. 
vicikicchaṁ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṅkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up doubt, they meditate having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful qualities, cleansing the mind of doubt. 
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Then, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
So attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati. 
They happily relieve their itches. 
soṇḍaṁ saṁharati → kaṇḍuṁ saṁhanti (bj, pts1ed); kaṇḍuṁ saṁhanati (sya-all) 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
So attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati. 
They happily relieve their itches. 
Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space. 
So attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati. 
They happily relieve their itches. 
Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati … 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. … 
sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati … 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. … 
sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati … 
Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. … 
sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 

an9.41viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town named Uruvelakappa. 

an9.42viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Now, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled … enters and remains in the second absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, with the fading away of rapture … enters and remains in the third absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, giving up pleasure and pain … enters and remains in the fourth absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 

an9.43viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  “First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. 
Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṁ tathā tathā naṁ kāyena phusitvā viharati. 
They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way. 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṁ tathā tathā naṁ kāyena phusitvā viharati. 
They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṁ tathā tathā naṁ kāyena phusitvā viharati. 
They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 
Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṁ tathā tathā naṁ kāyena phusitvā viharati. 
They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way. 

an9.44viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati,  “First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti, 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 

an9.45viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  “First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. 
Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṁ tathā tathā naṁ kāyena phusitvā viharati, paññāya ca naṁ pajānāti. 
They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way. And they understand that with wisdom. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 
Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṁ tathā tathā naṁ kāyena phusitvā viharati, paññāya ca naṁ pajānāti. 
They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way. And they understand that with wisdom. 

an9.46viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  “First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 

an9.47viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  “First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 

an9.51viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  “First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 

an9.52viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  “First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 

an9.61viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  “First, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 

an9.63viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

an9.64viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

an9.72carati viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

yāvadatthaṁ udarāvadehakaṁ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto viharati …  They eat as much as they like until their belly is full, then indulge in the pleasures of sleeping, lying down, and drowsing … 
aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti. 
They lead the spiritual life wishing to be reborn in one of the orders of gods: ‘By this precept or observance or fervent austerity or spiritual life, may I become one of the gods!’ 
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. 
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

an10.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an10.8viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

catunnañca jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, no ca āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  they don’t realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṁ deseti, vinayadharo ca, āraññiko ca pantasenāsano, catunnañca jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; 
When they’re faithful, ethical, and learned, a Dhamma speaker, one who frequents assemblies, one who teaches Dhamma to the assembly with assurance, an expert in the training, one who lives in the wilderness, in remote lodgings, one who gets the four absorptions when they want, and one who lives having realized the ending of defilements, 

an10.9viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

āraññiko ca pantasenāsano, no ca ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena phusitvā viharati …  they don’t have direct meditative experience of the peaceful liberations that are formless, transcending form … 
ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te ca kāyena phusitvā viharati, no ca āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
they don’t realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṁ deseti, vinayadharo ca, āraññiko ca pantasenāsano, ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te ca kāyena phusitvā viharati, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; 
When they’re faithful, ethical, and learned, a Dhamma speaker, one who frequents assemblies, one who teaches Dhamma to the assembly with assurance, an expert in the monastic law, one who lives in the wilderness, in remote lodgings, one who gets the formless liberations, and one who lives having realized the ending of defilements, 

an10.10anussarati viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

no ca anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. Anekavihitañca …pe… pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati,  they don’t recollect their many kinds of past lives … 
yathākammūpage satte pajānāti, no ca āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
they don’t realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṁ deseti, vinayadharo ca, anekavihitañca pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, dibbena ca cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena …pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
When they are faithful, ethical, and learned, a Dhamma speaker, one who frequents assemblies, one who teaches Dhamma to the assembly with assurance, an expert in the training, one who recollects their many kinds of past lives, one who with clairvoyance that surpasses the human sees sentient beings passing away and being reborn, and one who lives having realized the ending of defilements, 

an10.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

āraddhavīriyo viharati, akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya; thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu;  They live with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 

an10.14carati viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

yāvadatthaṁ udarāvadehakaṁ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto viharati …  They eat as much as they like until their belly is full, then indulge in the pleasures of sleeping, lying down, and drowsing … 
aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti. 
They lead the spiritual life wishing to be reborn in one of the orders of gods: ‘By this precept or observance or fervent austerity or spiritual life, may I become one of the gods!’ 
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. 
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving. 
na yāvadatthaṁ udarāvadehakaṁ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto viharati, 
They don’t eat as much as they like until their belly is full, then indulge in the pleasures of sleeping, lying down, and drowsing … 
na aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti. 
They don’t lead the spiritual life wishing to be reborn in one of the orders of gods: ‘By this precept or observance or fervent austerity or spiritual life, may I become one of the gods!’ 

an10.17viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

Dukkhaṁ, bhikkhave, anātho viharati.  Living without a protector is suffering. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
Firstly, a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
Yampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu, 
 
Dukkhaṁ, bhikkhave, anātho viharati. 
Living without a protector is suffering. 

an10.18viharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Dukkhaṁ, bhikkhave, anātho viharati. 
Living without a protector is suffering. 
‘Sīlavā vatāyaṁ bhikkhu pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesū’ti therāpi naṁ bhikkhū vattabbaṁ anusāsitabbaṁ maññanti, majjhimāpi bhikkhū … navāpi bhikkhū vattabbaṁ anusāsitabbaṁ maññanti. 
Knowing this, the mendicants—whether senior, middle, or junior—think that mendicant is worth advising and instructing. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu ‘āraddhavīriyo vatāyaṁ bhikkhu viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesū’ti therāpi naṁ bhikkhū vattabbaṁ anusāsitabbaṁ maññanti, majjhimāpi bhikkhū … 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
Dukkhaṁ, bhikkhave, anātho viharati. 
Living without a protector is suffering. 

an10.20viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
It’s when a mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
Knowing an idea with their mind, they’re neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

an10.21anussarati viharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe, ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti, iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati.  Furthermore, the Realized One recollects many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. He remembers: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ Thus he recollects his many past lives, with features and details. 
Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, idampi, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti. 
Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. … 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, the Realized One has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and lives having realized it with his own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, idampi, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti. 
Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. … 

an10.22anussarati viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, tathāgato anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati.  Furthermore, the Realized One recollects many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, tathāgato āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, the Realized One has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and lives having realized it with his own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Yampānanda, tathāgato āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Idampānanda, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti. 
Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. … 

an10.24viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahācundo cetīsu viharati sahajātiyaṁ.  At one time Venerable Mahācunda was staying in the land of the Cetīs at Sahajāti. 

an10.26viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati kuraraghare pavatte pabbate.  At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying in the land of the Avantis near Kuraraghara on Steep Mountain. 

an10.27viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an10.28viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kajaṅgalāyaṁ viharati veḷuvane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kajaṅgalā in a bamboo grove. 

an10.29viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, paramatthavisuddhiṁ paññapentānaṁ yadidaṁ sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  This is the best of the advocates of the ultimate purity of the spirit, that is, when someone, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 

an10.30anussarati viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
“kahaṁ nu kho, bhante, bhagavā etarahi viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho. 
“Sirs, where is the Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha? 
Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhagavā anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
Furthermore, the Buddha recollects many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. He remembers: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so he recollects his many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi. 
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhagavā āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, the Buddha has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and lives having realized it with his own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi. 
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love. 

an10.33viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idhupāli, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti; pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu;  It’s when a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 

an10.34anabhiratiṁ viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idhupāli, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu;  It’s when a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
paṭibalo hoti anabhiratiṁ vūpakāsetuṁ vā vūpakāsāpetuṁ vā; 
They’re able to settle dissatisfaction or get someone else to do so. 

an10.35anabhiratiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

paṭibalo hoti anabhiratiṁ vūpakāsetuṁ vā vūpakāsāpetuṁ vā;  They’re able to settle dissatisfaction or get someone else to do so. 

an10.36anabhiratiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

paṭibalo hoti anabhiratiṁ vūpakāsetuṁ vā vūpakāsāpetuṁ vā;  They’re able to settle dissatisfaction or get someone else to do so. 

an10.44viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati baliharaṇe vanasaṇḍe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kusinārā, in the Forest of Offerings. 

an10.45sarati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, rājā bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo aññataraṁ itthiṁ gantvā na sarati:  Furthermore, a king has many duties, and much to do. He has sex with one of the women but doesn’t remember. 

an10.46viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 

an10.47viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

an10.50viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
Firstly, a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. … 
Yampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu, 
 

an10.51viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an10.60anabhiratisaññā viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Aniccasaññā, anattasaññā, asubhasaññā, ādīnavasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā, nirodhasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, sabbasaṅkhāresu anicchāsaññā, ānāpānassati. 
The perceptions of impermanence, not-self, ugliness, drawbacks, giving up, fading away, cessation, dissatisfaction with the whole world, impermanence of all conditions, and mindfulness of breathing. 
anabhiratasaññā → anabhiratisaññā (mr) 
Iti imesu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu aniccānupassī viharati. 
And so they meditate observing impermanence in the five grasping aggregates. 
Iti imesu chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu anattānupassī viharati. 
And so they meditate observing not-self in the six interior and exterior sense fields. 
Iti imasmiṁ kāye asubhānupassī viharati. 
And so they meditate observing ugliness in this body. 
Iti imasmiṁ kāye ādīnavānupassī viharati. 
And so they meditate observing drawbacks in this body. 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu ye loke upādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā, te pajahanto viharati anupādiyanto. 
It’s when a mendicant lives giving up and not grasping on to the attraction and grasping to the world, the mental fixation, insistence, and underlying tendencies. 

an10.65viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto magadhesu viharati nālakagāmake.  At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying in the land of the Magadhans near the little village of Nālaka. 

an10.66abhirati abhiratiyā anabhirati anabhiratiyā viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto magadhesu viharati nālakagāmake.  At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying in the land of the Magadhans near the little village of Nālaka. 
“Anabhirati kho, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye dukkhā, abhirati sukhā. 
“Reverend, in this teaching and training dissatisfaction is suffering and satisfaction is happiness. 
Anabhiratiyā, āvuso, sati idaṁ dukkhaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ— 
When you’re dissatisfied, you can expect this kind of suffering. 
Anabhiratiyā, āvuso, sati idaṁ dukkhaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ. 
When you’re dissatisfied, this is the kind of suffering you can expect. 
Abhiratiyā, āvuso, sati idaṁ sukhaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ— 
When you’re satisfied, you can expect this kind of happiness. 
Abhiratiyā, āvuso, sati idaṁ sukhaṁ pāṭikaṅkhan”ti. 
When you’re satisfied, this is the kind of happiness you can expect.” 

an10.67viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā naḷakapāne viharati palāsavane.  There the Buddha stayed near Naḷakapāna in the grove of flame-of-the-forest trees. 

an10.68viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā naḷakapāne viharati palāsavane.  At one time the Buddha stayed near Naḷakapāna in the grove of flame-of-the-forest trees. 

an10.69viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an10.70viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an10.71aratirati aratiratisaho aratiratiṁ viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘aratiratisaho assaṁ, na ca maṁ aratirati saheyya, uppannaṁ aratiratiṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyyan’ti, sīlesvevassa …pe… brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. 
A mendicant might wish: ‘May I prevail over desire and discontent, and may desire and discontent not prevail over me. May I live having mastered desire and discontent whenever they have arisen.’ So let them fulfill their precepts … 

an10.72viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ sambahulehi abhiññātehi abhiññātehi therehi sāvakehi saddhiṁ—  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof, together with several well-known senior disciples. 

an10.75viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an10.80carati3Pi En Ru dhamma

‘anatthaṁ me carati, taṁ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṁ paṭivineti,  Thinking: ‘They are harming me …’ … 
carati …pe… 
‘They are harming someone I love …’ 
atthaṁ carati …pe… 
‘They are helping someone I dislike …’ … 

an10.81viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond. 
“Dasahi kho, vāhana, dhammehi tathāgato nissaṭo visaṁyutto vippamutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharati. 
“Bāhuna, the Realized One has escaped from ten things, so that he lives detached, liberated, his mind free of limits. 
Rūpena kho, vāhana, tathāgato nissaṭo visaṁyutto vippamutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharati, 
Form … 
kilesehi kho, vāhana, tathāgato nissaṭo visaṁyutto vippamutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharati. 
defilements … 

an10.84viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

kodhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharati.  and often lives with a heart full of anger. 
upanāhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharati. 
 
makkhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharati. 
 
paḷāsapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharati. 
 
issāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharati. 
 
maccherapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharati. 
 
sāṭheyyapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharati. 
 
māyāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharati. 
 
icchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharati. 
and often lives with a heart full of desire. 

an10.85viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahācundo cetīsu viharati sahajātiyaṁ.  At one time Venerable Mahācunda was staying in the land of the Cetīs at Sahajāti. 

an10.86viharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākassapo rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time Venerable Mahākassapa was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
abhijjhāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharati. 
and often lives with a heart full covetousness. 
byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharati. 
 
thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharati. 
 
uddhaccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharati. 
 
vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharati. 
 

an10.88carati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Anadhigataṁ nādhigacchati, adhigatā parihāyati, saddhammassa na vodāyanti, saddhammesu vā adhimāniko hoti anabhirato vā brahmacariyaṁ carati, aññataraṁ vā saṅkiliṭṭhaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjati, gāḷhaṁ vā rogātaṅkaṁ phusati, ummādaṁ vā pāpuṇāti cittakkhepaṁ, sammūḷho kālaṁ karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati.  They don’t achieve the unachieved. What they have achieved falls away. They don’t refine their good qualities. They overestimate their good qualities, or lead the spiritual life dissatisfied, or commit a corrupt offense, or contract a severe illness, or go mad and lose their mind. They feel lost when they die. And when their body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. 

an10.91viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an10.93viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an10.94viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond. 

an10.96viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando rājagahe viharati tapodārāme.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Rājagaha in the Hot Springs Monastery. 

an10.97anussarati viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.  It’s when a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhapaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhapaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti, iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives, that is, one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ Thus they recollect their many past lives, with features and details. 
Āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an10.98viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Dasahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu yassaṁ yassaṁ disāyaṁ viharati, phāsuyeva viharati.  “Mendicants, a senior mendicant with ten qualities lives comfortably in whatever region they live. 
āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dasahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu yassaṁ yassaṁ disāyaṁ viharati, phāsuyeva viharatī”ti. 
A senior mendicant with these ten qualities lives comfortably in whatever region they live.” 

an10.99viharati15Pi En Ru dhamma

So evaṁ pabbajito samāno bhikkhūnaṁ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati.  Once they’ve gone forth, they take up the training and livelihood of the mendicants. They give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 
Adinnādānaṁ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī; athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharati. 
They give up stealing. They take only what’s given, and expect only what’s given. They keep themselves clean by not thieving. 
So abhijjhaṁ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up covetousness for the world, they meditate with a heart rid of covetousness, cleansing the mind of covetousness. 
Byāpādapadosaṁ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādapadosā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up ill will and malevolence, they meditate with a mind rid of ill will, full of sympathy for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will. 
Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
Uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up restlessness and remorse, they meditate without restlessness, their mind peaceful inside, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse. 
Vicikicchaṁ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṅkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up doubt, they meditate having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful qualities, cleansing the mind of doubt. 
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Then, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, upāli, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, upāli, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption. They meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Puna caparaṁ, upāli, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“Furthermore, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, a mendicant enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Puna caparaṁ, upāli, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe…. 
Furthermore, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, a mendicant enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. …” … 
Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe…. 
“Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. …” … 
Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘santametaṁ paṇītametan’ti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, aware that ‘this is peaceful, this is sublime’, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Puna caparaṁ, upāli, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati; paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 

an10.101viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Santatakārī hoti santatavutti sīlesu, anabhijjhālu hoti, abyāpajjo hoti, anatimānī hoti, sikkhākāmo hoti, “idamatthan”tissa hoti jīvitaparikkhāresu, āraddhavīriyo ca viharati.  Their deeds and behavior are always consistent with the precepts. They’re content, kind-hearted, and humble. They want to train. They use the necessities of life after reflecting on their purpose. They’re energetic. 

an10.102anussarati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati,  It’s when a mendicant recollects their many kinds of past lives. 
seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

an10.117tatrābhiratimiccheyya1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatrābhiratimiccheyya,  find delight there, 

an10.118tatrābhiratimiccheyya1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatrābhiratimiccheyya,  you should try to find delight there, 

an10.169tatrābhiratimiccheyya1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatrābhiratimiccheyya,  you should try to find delight there, 

an10.170tatrābhiratimiccheyya1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatrābhiratimiccheyya,  you should try to find delight there, 

an10.176paricarati viharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā pāvāyaṁ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Pāvā in Cunda the smith’s mango grove. 
Aggiñcepi paricarati, asuciyeva hoti, no cepi aggiṁ paricarati, asuciyeva hoti. 
Whether or not you serve the sacred flame, you’re still impure. 
Idha, cunda, ekacco pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho, lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati. 
It’s when a certain person gives up killing living creatures. They renounce the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 
Aggiñcepi paricarati, suciyeva hoti; no cepi aggiṁ paricarati, suciyeva hoti. 
Whether or not you serve the sacred flame, you’re still pure. 

an10.211viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati.  It’s when a certain person gives up killing living creatures. They renounce the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 

an10.212viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati.  It’s when a certain person gives up killing living creatures. They renounce the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 

an10.216viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho, lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati.  Take a certain person who gives up killing living creatures. They renounce the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 

an10.217viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati …pe….  It’s when a certain person gives up killing living creatures. They renounce the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 

an10.219viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Sa kho so, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  That noble disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and mindful. They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. 
Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 

an10.225-228pariharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Dasahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati …pe…  “Someone with ten qualities keeps themselves broken and damaged … 
akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati …pe… 
keeps themselves healthy and whole … 
cattārīsāya, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati …pe…. 
forty …” 

an11.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

an11.6carati2Pi En Ru dhamma

anabhirato vā brahmacariyaṁ carati,  Or they lead the spiritual life dissatisfied. 
anabhirato vā brahmacariyaṁ carati, 
Or they lead the spiritual life dissatisfied. 

an11.9viharati11Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe.  At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
Evamevaṁ kho, saddha, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko araññagatopi rukkhamūlagatopi suññāgāragatopi kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti. 
In the same way, take a certain wild person who has gone to the forest, the root of a tree, or an empty hut. Their heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire, and they don’t truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen. 
byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati … 
Their heart is overcome by ill will … 
thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati … 
dullness and drowsiness … 
uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati … 
restlessness and remorse … 
vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti. 
doubt … 
Evamevaṁ kho, saddha, bhadro purisājānīyo araññagatopi rukkhamūlagatopi suññāgāragatopi na kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, 
In the same way, take a certain fine thoroughbred person who has gone to the forest, the root of a tree, or an empty hut. Their heart is not overcome and mired in sensual desire, and they truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen. 
na byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati … 
Their heart is not overcome by ill will … 
na thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati … 
dullness and drowsiness … 
na uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati … 
restlessness and remorse … 
na vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. 
doubt … 

an11.10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati moranivāpe paribbājakārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, at the monastery of the wanderers in the peacocks’ feeding ground. 

an11.11anussarati nimmānaratino viharati20Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 
Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the Realized One their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. 
Ayaṁ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotasamāpanno buddhānussatiṁ bhāveti. 
This is called a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and developed the recollection of the Buddha. 
Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the teaching their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … 
Ayaṁ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotasamāpanno dhammānussatiṁ bhāveti. 
This is called a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and developed the recollection of the teaching. 
Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … 
Ayaṁ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotasamāpanno saṅghānussatiṁ bhāveti. 
This is called a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and developed the recollection of the Saṅgha. 
Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako sīlaṁ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects their ethical conduct their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … 
Ayaṁ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotasamāpanno sīlānussatiṁ bhāveti. 
This is called a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and developed the recollection of their ethical conduct. 
Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako cāgaṁ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects their own generosity their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … 
Ayaṁ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotasamāpanno cāgānussatiṁ bhāveti. 
This is called a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and developed the recollection of generosity. 
‘santi devā cātumahārājikā, santi devā tāvatiṁsā, santi devā yāmā, santi devā tusitā, santi devā nimmānaratino, santi devā paranimmitavasavattino, santi devā brahmakāyikā, santi devā tatuttari. 
‘There are the gods of the four great kings, the gods of the thirty-three, the gods of Yama, the joyful gods, the gods who love to imagine, the gods who control what is imagined by others, the gods of the Divinity’s host, and gods even higher than these. 
Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako attano ca tāsañca devatānaṁ saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarati, nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom of both themselves and the deities their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. 
Ayaṁ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotasamāpanno devatānussatiṁ bhāvetī”ti. 
This is called a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and developed the recollection of the deities.” 

an11.12anussarati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 
Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the Realized One their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. 
Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako attano ca tāsañca devatānaṁ saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarati, nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; 
When a noble disciple recollects the faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom of both themselves and the deities their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. 

an11.13viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 

an11.14anussarati viharati14Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idha, subhūti, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.  “Firstly, a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Puna caparaṁ, subhūti, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
Yampi, subhūti, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu, idampi, subhūti, saddhassa saddhāpadānaṁ hoti. 
When a mendicant is energetic, this is evidence of faith. 
Puna caparaṁ, subhūti, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, 
Furthermore, a mendicant recollects many kinds of past lives. 
seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattārīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Yampi, subhūti, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. Idampi, subhūti, saddhassa saddhāpadānaṁ hoti. 
When a mendicant recollects many kinds of past lives, this is evidence of faith. 
Puna caparaṁ, subhūti, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and lives having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Yampi, subhūti, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, idampi, subhūti, saddhassa saddhāpadānaṁ hotī”ti. 
When a mendicant has ended the defilements, this is evidence of faith.” 
Ayaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
This mendicant is ethical … 
Ayaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati …pe… thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
This mendicant is energetic … 
Ayaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
This mendicant recollects their many kinds of past lives … 
Ayaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
This mendicant has ended the defilements … 

an11.16viharati13Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṁ viharati beluvagāmake.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Vesālī in the little village of Beluva. 
“kahaṁ nu kho, bhante, āyasmā ānando etarahi viharati? 
“Sir, where is Venerable Ānanda now staying? 
“Eso, gahapati, āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṁ viharati beluvagāmake”ti. 
“Householder, Venerable Ānanda is staying near Vesālī in the little village of Beluva.” 
“Idha, gahapati, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“Householder, it’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, gahapati, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. 
Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
Puna caparaṁ, gahapati, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Puna caparaṁ, gahapati, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe… 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. … 
sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. … 

dn1anabhirati anussarati hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ nānussarati viharati29Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte (…) anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati.  It’s when some ascetic or brahmin—by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind—experiences an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect their many kinds of past lives. 
Seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekānipi jātisatāni anekānipi jātisahassāni anekānipi jātisatasahassāni: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
It’s when some ascetic or brahmin—by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind—experiences an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect their many kinds of past lives. 
Seyyathidaṁ—ekampi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭaṁ dvepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni tīṇipi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni cattāripi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni pañcapi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni dasapi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
That is: one eon of the cosmos contracting and expanding; two, three, four, five, or ten eons of the cosmos contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
It’s when some ascetic or brahmin—by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind—experiences an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect their many kinds of past lives. 
Seyyathidaṁ—dasapi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni vīsampi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni tiṁsampi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni cattālīsampi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
That is: ten eons of the cosmos contracting and expanding; twenty, thirty, or forty eons of the cosmos contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Tassa tattha ekakassa dīgharattaṁ nivusitattā anabhirati paritassanā uppajjati: 
But after staying there all alone for a long time, they become dissatisfied and anxious: 
Agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito samāno ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte taṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, tato paraṁ nānussarati. 
By dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind, they experience an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect that past life, but no further. 
Santi, bhikkhave, khiḍḍāpadosikā nāma devā, te ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharanti. Tesaṁ ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati sammussati. Satiyā sammosā te devā tamhā kāyā cavanti. 
There are gods named ‘depraved by play.’ They spend too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. And in doing so, they lose their mindfulness, and they pass away from that host of gods. 
Agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito samāno ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte taṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, tato paraṁ nānussarati. 
By dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind, they experience an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect that past life, but no further. 
‘ye kho te bhonto devā na khiḍḍāpadosikā, te na ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharanti. Tesaṁ na ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati na sammussati. Satiyā asammosā te devā tamhā kāyā na cavanti; 
‘The gods not depraved by play don’t spend too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. So they don’t lose their mindfulness, and don’t pass away from that host of gods. 
Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā khiḍḍāpadosikā, te mayaṁ ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharimhā. Tesaṁ no ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati sammussati. Satiyā sammosā evaṁ mayaṁ tamhā kāyā cutā 
But we who were depraved by play spent too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. In doing so, we lost our mindfulness, and passed away from that host of gods. 
Agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito samāno ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte taṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, tato paraṁ nānussarati. 
By dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind, they experience an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect that past life, but no further. 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte antasaññī lokasmiṁ viharati. 
It’s when some ascetic or brahmin—by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind—experiences an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they meditate perceiving the cosmos as finite. 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte anantasaññī lokasmiṁ viharati. 
It’s when some ascetic or brahmin—by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind—experiences an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they meditate perceiving the cosmos as infinite. 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte uddhamadho antasaññī lokasmiṁ viharati, tiriyaṁ anantasaññī. 
It’s when some ascetic or brahmin—by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind—experiences an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they meditate perceiving the cosmos as finite vertically but infinite horizontally. 
Agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito samāno ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte saññuppādaṁ anussarati, tato paraṁ nānussarati. 
By dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind, they experience an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect the arising of perception, but no further. 
Yato kho, bho, ayaṁ attā vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, ettāvatā kho, bho, ayaṁ attā paramadiṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ patto hotī’ti. 
Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, this self enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. That’s how this self attains ultimate extinguishment in the present life.’ 
Yato kho, bho, ayaṁ attā vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, ettāvatā kho, bho, ayaṁ attā paramadiṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ patto hotī’ti. 
But when the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, this self enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. That’s how this self attains ultimate extinguishment in the present life.’ 
Yato kho, bho, ayaṁ attā pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati, sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti “upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī”ti, tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, ettāvatā kho, bho, ayaṁ attā paramadiṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ patto hotī’ti. 
But with the fading away of rapture, this self enters and remains in the third absorption, where it meditates with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, “Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss”. That’s how this self attains ultimate extinguishment in the present life.’ 
Yato kho, bho, ayaṁ attā sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, ettāvatā kho, bho, ayaṁ attā paramadiṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ patto hotī’ti. 
But giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, this self enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. That’s how this self attains ultimate extinguishment in the present life.’ 

dn2abhinīharati anussarati parippharati viharati47Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati jīvakassa komārabhaccassa ambavane mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ aḍḍhateḷasehi bhikkhusatehi.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Komārabhacca, together with a large Saṅgha of 1,250 mendicants. 
“Ayaṁ, deva, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho amhākaṁ ambavane viharati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ aḍḍhateḷasehi bhikkhusatehi. 
“Sire, the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha is staying in my mango grove together with a large Saṅgha of 1,250 mendicants. 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno kāyena saṁvuto viharati, vācāya saṁvuto viharati, manasā saṁvuto viharati, ghāsacchādanaparamatāya santuṭṭho, abhirato paviveke’ti. 
 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno kāyena saṁvuto viharati, vācāya saṁvuto viharati, manasā saṁvuto viharati, ghāsacchādanaparamatāya santuṭṭho, abhirato paviveke’ti. 
 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu, kāyakammavacīkammena samannāgato kusalena, parisuddhājīvo sīlasampanno, indriyesu guttadvāro, satisampajaññena samannāgato, santuṭṭho. 
Once they’ve gone forth, they live restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. They act skillfully by body and speech. They’re purified in livelihood and accomplished in ethical conduct. They guard the sense doors, have mindfulness and situational awareness, and are content. 
Idha, mahārāja, bhikkhu pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti. Nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant gives up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 
Adinnādānaṁ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharati. 
They give up stealing. They take only what’s given, and expect only what’s given. They keep themselves clean by not thieving. 
So abhijjhaṁ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up covetousness for the world, they meditate with a heart rid of covetousness, cleansing the mind of covetousness. 
Byāpādapadosaṁ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādapadosā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up ill will and malevolence, they meditate with a mind rid of ill will, full of sympathy for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will. 
Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī, sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
Uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahāya anuddhato viharati, ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up restlessness and remorse, they meditate without restlessness, their mind peaceful inside, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse. 
Vicikicchaṁ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati, akathaṅkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up doubt, they meditate having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful qualities, cleansing the mind of doubt. 
So vivicceva kāmehi, vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
So imameva kāyaṁ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. 
evameva kho, mahārāja, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
In the same way, a mendicant drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. 
Puna caparaṁ, mahārāja, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without applying the mind and keeping it connected. 
So imameva kāyaṁ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with rapture and bliss born of immersion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of immersion. 
Evameva kho, mahārāja, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
In the same way, a mendicant drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with rapture and bliss born of immersion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of immersion. 
Puna caparaṁ, mahārāja, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti, tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
So imameva kāyaṁ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with bliss free of rapture. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with bliss free of rapture. 
evameva kho, mahārāja, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
In the same way, a mendicant drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with bliss free of rapture. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with bliss free of rapture. 
Puna caparaṁ, mahārāja, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte ñāṇadassanāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward knowledge and vision. 
Evameva kho, mahārāja, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte ñāṇadassanāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
In the same way, when their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward knowledge and vision. 
So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmānāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward the creation of a mind-made body. 
Evameva kho, mahārāja, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmānāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
In the same way, when their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward the creation of a mind-made body. 
So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte iddhividhāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward psychic power. 
Evameva kho, mahārāja, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte iddhividhāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
In the same way, when their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward psychic power. 
So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte dibbāya sotadhātuyā cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward clairaudience. 
Evameva kho, mahārāja, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte dibbāya sotadhātuyā cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
In the same way, when their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward clairaudience. 
So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte cetopariyañāṇāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward comprehending the minds of others. 
evameva kho, mahārāja, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte cetopariyañāṇāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
In the same way, when their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward comprehending the minds of others. 
So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward recollection of past lives. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe, ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives, that is, one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Evameva kho, mahārāja, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
In the same way, when their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward recollection of past lives. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe, ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
 
So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte sattānaṁ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward knowledge of the death and rebirth of sentient beings. 
Evameva kho, mahārāja, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte sattānaṁ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
In the same way, when their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward knowledge of the death and rebirth of sentient beings. 
So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṁ khayañāṇāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward knowledge of the ending of defilements. 
Evameva kho, mahārāja, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṁ khayañāṇāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
In the same way, when their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward knowledge of the ending of defilements. 

dn3abhinīharati viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe.  He stayed in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. 
“samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi icchānaṅgalaṁ anuppatto icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. 
“It seems the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—has arrived at Icchānaṅgala and is staying in a forest nearby. 
“ayaṁ, tāta ambaṭṭha, samaṇo gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi icchānaṅgalaṁ anuppatto icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. 
“Dear Ambaṭṭha, the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—has arrived at Icchānaṅgala and is staying in a forest nearby. 
“kahaṁ nu kho, bho, etarahi so bhavaṁ gotamo viharati? 
“Good sirs, where is Mister Gotama at present? 
So vivicceva kāmehi, vivicca akusalehi dhammehi, savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe… 
Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption … 
Puna caparaṁ, ambaṭṭha, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe… 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption … 
Puna caparaṁ, ambaṭṭha, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti, tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe… 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption … 
Puna caparaṁ, ambaṭṭha, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe… 
Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption … 
So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte ñāṇadassanāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti …pe… 
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward knowledge and vision. 

dn4abhinīharati viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre.  where he stayed by the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond. 
“samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito aṅgesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi campaṁ anuppatto campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre. 
“It seems the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—has arrived at Campā and is staying on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond. 
“Atthi kho, bho, samaṇo gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito aṅgesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi campaṁ anuppatto campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre. 
“The ascetic Gotama has arrived at Campā and is staying on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond. 
Samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo campaṁ anuppatto, campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre. 
The ascetic Gotama has arrived at Campā and is staying at the Gaggarā Lotus Pond. 
Yampi, bho, samaṇo gotamo campaṁ anuppatto campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre, atithimhākaṁ samaṇo gotamo; 
 
“yathā kho bhavaṁ soṇadaṇḍo samaṇassa gotamassa vaṇṇe bhāsati ito cepi so bhavaṁ gotamo yojanasate viharati, alameva saddhena kulaputtena dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ api puṭosenā”ti. 
“According to Soṇadaṇḍa’s praises, if Mister Gotama were staying within a hundred leagues, it’d be worthwhile for a faithful gentleman to go to see him, even if he had to carry his own provisions in a knapsack.” 
paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati … 
They enter and remain in the first absorption … 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe… 
fourth absorption … 
ñāṇadassanāya cittaṁ abhinīharati, abhininnāmeti …pe… 
They project and extend the mind toward knowledge and vision … 

dn5abhinīharati viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā khāṇumate viharati ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ.  There he stayed nearby at Ambalaṭṭhikā. 
“samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito magadhesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi khāṇumataṁ anuppatto khāṇumate viharati ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ. 
“It seems the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—has arrived at Khāṇumata and is staying at Ambalaṭṭhikā. 
“Atthi kho, bho, samaṇo gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito magadhesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi khāṇumataṁ anuppatto, khāṇumate viharati ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ. 
“The ascetic Gotama has arrived at Khāṇumata and is staying at Ambalaṭṭhikā. 
Samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo khāṇumataṁ anuppatto khāṇumate viharati ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ. 
The ascetic Gotama has arrived at Khāṇumata and is staying at Ambalaṭṭhikā. 
Yampi, bho, samaṇo gotamo khāṇumataṁ anuppatto khāṇumate viharati ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ, atithimhākaṁ samaṇo gotamo. 
 
“yathā kho bhavaṁ kūṭadanto samaṇassa gotamassa vaṇṇe bhāsati, ito cepi so bhavaṁ gotamo yojanasate viharati, alameva saddhena kulaputtena dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ api puṭosenā”ti. 
“According to Kūṭadanta’s praises, if Mister Gotama were staying within a hundred leagues, it’d be worthwhile for a faithful gentleman to go to see him, even if he had to carry his own provisions in a knapsack.” 
paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
They enter and remain in the first absorption … 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
Ñāṇadassanāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti … 
They project and extend the mind toward knowledge and vision … 

dn6abhinīharati viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 
“samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. 
“It seems the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—is staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 
“kahaṁ nu kho, bho nāgita, etarahi so bhavaṁ gotamo viharati? 
“Mister Nāgita, where is Mister Gotama at present? 
“kahaṁ nu kho, bhante nāgita, etarahi so bhagavā viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, 
“Mister Nāgita, where is the Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha? 
Puna caparaṁ, mahāli, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and lives having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
They enter and remain in the first absorption. 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
ñāṇadassanāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti … 
They project and extend the mind toward knowledge and vision … 

dn7abhinīharati viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 
Paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
They enter and remain in the first absorption … 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
ñāṇadassanāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti … 
They project and extend the mind toward knowledge and vision … 

dn8abhinīharati viharati21Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruññāyaṁ viharati kaṇṇakatthale migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Ujuññā, in the deer park at Kaṇṇakatthala. 
ekāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, dvīhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti … sattāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti. Iti evarūpaṁ addhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
They eat once a day, once every second day, up to once a week, and so on, even up to once a fortnight. They live committed to the practice of eating food at set intervals. 
“Acelako cepi, kassapa, hoti, muttācāro, hatthāpalekhano …pe… iti evarūpaṁ addhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
“Kassapa, someone may practice all those forms of mortification, 
Yato kho, kassapa, bhikkhu averaṁ abyāpajjaṁ mettacittaṁ bhāveti, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
But take a mendicant who develops a heart of love, free of enmity and ill will. And they realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Yato kho, kassapa, bhikkhu averaṁ abyāpajjaṁ mettacittaṁ bhāveti, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
 
sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
 
Yato kho, kassapa, bhikkhu averaṁ abyāpajjaṁ mettacittaṁ bhāveti, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
 
Acelako cepi, kassapa, hoti, muttācāro, hatthāpalekhano …pe… iti evarūpaṁ addhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
But someone might practice all those forms of mortification. 
Yato kho, kassapa, bhikkhu averaṁ abyāpajjaṁ mettacittaṁ bhāveti, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
Take a mendicant who develops a heart of love, free of enmity and ill will. And they realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Yato kho, kassapa, bhikkhu averaṁ abyāpajjaṁ mettacittaṁ bhāveti, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
 
Sāṇāni cepi, kassapa, dhāreti, masāṇānipi dhāreti …pe… sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
 
Yato kho, kassapa, bhikkhu averaṁ abyāpajjaṁ mettacittaṁ bhāveti, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
 
Acelako cepi, kassapa, hoti, muttācāro, hatthāpalekhano …pe… iti evarūpaṁ addhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
But someone might practice all those forms of mortification. 
Yato kho, kassapa, bhikkhu averaṁ abyāpajjaṁ mettacittaṁ bhāveti, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
Take a mendicant who develops a heart of love, free of enmity and ill will. And they realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Yato kho, kassapa, bhikkhu averaṁ abyāpajjaṁ mettacittaṁ bhāveti, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
 
Sāṇāni cepi, kassapa, dhāreti, masāṇānipi dhāreti …pe… sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
 
Yato kho, kassapa, bhikkhu averaṁ abyāpajjaṁ mettacittaṁ bhāveti, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
 
Idha, kassapa, bhikkhu pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant gives up killing living creatures. They renounce the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 
paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
They enter and remain in the first absorption … 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
ñāṇadassanāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti … 
they project it and extend it toward knowledge and vision … 

dn9viharati voharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
So vivicceva kāmehi, vivicca akusalehi dhammehi, savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
“Puna caparaṁ, poṭṭhapāda, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
“Puna caparaṁ, poṭṭhapāda, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti, tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
“Puna caparaṁ, poṭṭhapāda, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
“Puna caparaṁ, poṭṭhapāda, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
“Puna caparaṁ, poṭṭhapāda, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
“Puna caparaṁ, poṭṭhapāda, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 
Imā kho, citta, lokasamaññā lokaniruttiyo lokavohārā lokapaññattiyo, yāhi tathāgato voharati aparāmasan”ti. 
These are the world’s common usages, terms, means of communication, and descriptions, which the Realized One uses to communicate without getting stuck on them.” 

dn10abhinīharati anussarati parippharati viharati46Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme aciraparinibbute bhagavati.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. It was not long after the Buddha had become fully quenched. 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati, ācāragocarasampanno, anumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu, kāyakammavacīkammena samannāgato kusalena, parisuddhājīvo, sīlasampanno, indriyesu guttadvāro, satisampajaññena samannāgato, santuṭṭho. 
Once they’ve gone forth, they live restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. They act skillfully by body and speech. They’re purified in livelihood and accomplished in ethical conduct. They guard the sense doors, have mindfulness and situational awareness, and are content. 
Idha, māṇava, bhikkhu pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant gives up killing living creatures. They renounce the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. … 
Yampi, māṇava, bhikkhu pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati; 
So abhijjhaṁ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati abhijjhāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up covetousness for the world, they meditate with a heart rid of covetousness, cleansing the mind of covetousness. 
Byāpādapadosaṁ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī byāpādapadosā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up ill will and malevolence, they meditate with a mind rid of ill will, full of sympathy for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will. 
Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
Uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up restlessness and remorse, they meditate without restlessness, their mind peaceful inside, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse. 
Vicikicchaṁ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṅkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up doubt, they meditate having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful qualities, cleansing the mind of doubt. 
So vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
So imameva kāyaṁ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. 
Evameva kho, māṇava, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
In the same way, a mendicant drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. 
Yampi, māṇava, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
So imameva kāyaṁ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
Puna caparaṁ, māṇava, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
So imameva kāyaṁ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with rapture and bliss born of immersion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of immersion. 
yampi, māṇava, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
So imameva kāyaṁ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
Puna caparaṁ, māṇava, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti, tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
So imameva kāyaṁ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with bliss free of rapture. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with bliss free of rapture. 
yampi, māṇava, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
So imameva kāyaṁ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
Puna caparaṁ, māṇava, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
yampi, māṇava, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte ñāṇadassanāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
“When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward knowledge and vision. 
Evameva kho, māṇava, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte ñāṇadassanāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
In the same way, when their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward knowledge and vision. 
āneñjappatte ñāṇadassanāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmānāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward the creation of a mind-made body. 
yampi, māṇava, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmānāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti …pe…. 
So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte iddhividhāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward psychic power. 
Evameva kho, māṇava, bhikkhu …pe… yampi māṇava bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte iddhividhāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
In the same way, when their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward psychic power. 
So evaṁ samāhite citte …pe… āneñjappatte dibbāya sotadhātuyā cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti 
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward clairaudience. 
yampi, māṇava, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte …pe… āneñjappatte dibbāya sotadhātuyā cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte cetopariyañāṇāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward comprehending the minds of others. 
yampi, māṇava, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite …pe… āneñjappatte cetopariyañāṇāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
So evaṁ samāhite citte …pe… āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti 
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward recollection of past lives. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. Seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto. So tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto; so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives, that is, one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Evameva kho, māṇava, bhikkhu …pe… yampi, māṇava, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte …pe… āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
In the same way, when their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward recollection of past lives. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. Seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
So evaṁ samāhite citte …pe… āneñjappatte sattānaṁ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward knowledge of the death and rebirth of sentient beings. 
yampi, māṇava, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte …pe… āneñjappatte sattānaṁ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṁ khayañāṇāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward knowledge of the ending of defilements. 
yampi, māṇava, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte …pe… āneñjappatte āsavānaṁ khayañāṇāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. 

dn11abhinīharati viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Nāḷandā in Pāvārika’s mango grove. 
paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
They enter and remain in the first absorption … 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
ñāṇadassanāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti …pe… 
They project and extend the mind toward knowledge and vision … 

dn12abhinīharati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati …  They enter and remain in the first absorption … 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
Ñāṇadassanāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti … 
They project and extend the mind toward knowledge and vision … 

dn13viharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā manasākaṭe viharati uttarena manasākaṭassa aciravatiyā nadiyā tīre ambavane.  He stayed in a mango grove on a bank of the river Aciravatī to the north of Manasākaṭa. 
“ayaṁ kho, bhāradvāja, samaṇo gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito manasākaṭe viharati uttarena manasākaṭassa aciravatiyā nadiyā tīre ambavane. 
“Bhāradvāja, the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—is staying in a mango grove on a bank of the river Aciravatī to the north of Manasākaṭa. 
So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 

dn14andhakāratimisā anussarati carati viharati56Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme karerikuṭikāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery, in the hut by the kareri tree. 
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, tathāgatasseva nu kho esā dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā, yassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati: ‘evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁnāmā evaṅgottā evaṁsīlā evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipī’ti, 
Is it because the Realized One has clearly comprehended the principle of the teachings that he can recollect all these things? 
udāhu devatā tathāgatassa etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ, yena tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati: ‘evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁnāmā evaṅgottā evaṁsīlā evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipī’”ti. 
Or did deities tell him?” 
Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, tathāgatasseva nu kho esā dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā, yassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati: 
 
Udāhu devatā tathāgatassa etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ, yena tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati: 
 
“Tathāgatassevesā, bhikkhave, dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā, yassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati: 
“It is because the Realized One has clearly comprehended the principle of the teachings that he can recollect all these things. 
Devatāpi tathāgatassa etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ, yena tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati: 
And the deities also told me. 
Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā, yatthapime candimasūriyā evaṁmahiddhikā evaṁmahānubhāvā ābhāya nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ. 
Even in the boundless void of interstellar space—so utterly dark that even the light of the moon and the sun, so mighty and powerful, makes no impression—an immeasurable, magnificent light appears, surpassing the glory of the gods. 
Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā, yatthapime candimasūriyā evaṁmahiddhikā evaṁmahānubhāvā ābhāya nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ. 
Even in the boundless void of interstellar space—so utterly dark that even the light of the moon and the sun, so mighty and powerful, makes no impression—an immeasurable, magnificent light appears, surpassing the glory of the gods. 
Tāya sudaṁ, bhikkhave, parisāya parivuto vipassī bodhisatto gāmanigamajanapadarājadhānīsu cārikaṁ carati. 
Escorted by that assembly, Vipassī wandered on tour among the villages, towns, and capital cities. 
vipassī, bhante, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bandhumatiṁ rājadhāniṁ anuppatto kheme migadāye viharati, so tumhākaṁ dassanakāmo’ti. 
“Sirs, the Blessed One Vipassī, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, has arrived at Bandhumatī and is staying in the deer park named Sanctuary. He wishes to see you.”’ 
‘vipassī, bhante, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bandhumatiṁ rājadhāniṁ anuppatto kheme migadāye viharati; so tumhākaṁ dassanakāmo’ti. 
 
‘vipassī kira bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bandhumatiṁ rājadhāniṁ anuppatto kheme migadāye viharati. 
that the Blessed One Vipassī, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, had arrived at Bandhumatī and was staying in the deer park named Sanctuary. 
‘vipassī kira bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bandhumatiṁ rājadhāniṁ anuppatto kheme migadāye viharati, dhammañca kira desetī’ti. 
‘It seems the Blessed One Vipassī, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, has arrived at Bandhumatī and is staying in the deer park named Sanctuary. And he is teaching the Dhamma!’ 
Iti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgatassevesā dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā, yassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati ‘evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ itipi. 
And that is how the Realized One is able to recollect the birth, names, clans, life-span, chief disciples, and gatherings of disciples of the Buddhas of the past who have become fully quenched, cut off proliferation, cut off the track, finished off the cycle, and transcended all suffering. It is both because I have clearly comprehended the principle of the teachings, 
Devatāpi tathāgatassa etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ, yena tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati ‘evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ itipi. 
and also because the deities told me.” 

dn15viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma. 
Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
Going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space. 
Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. 
Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
Going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling. 
Āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, ayaṁ vuccatānanda, bhikkhu ubhatobhāgavimutto. 
and when they realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements, they’re called a mendicant who is freed both ways. 

dn16viharati28Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ viharati rājāgārake. 
where he stayed in the royal rest-house. 
tatra sudaṁ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane. 
where he stayed in Pāvārika’s mango grove. 
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā koṭigāme viharati. 
and stayed there. 
Tatrapi sudaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. 
where he stayed in the brick house at Ñātika. 
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati ambapālivane. 
where he stayed in Ambapālī’s mango grove. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Assosi kho ambapālī gaṇikā: “bhagavā kira vesāliṁ anuppatto vesāliyaṁ viharati mayhaṁ ambavane”ti. 
Ambapālī the courtesan heard that the Buddha had arrived and was staying in her mango grove. 
Assosuṁ kho vesālikā licchavī: “bhagavā kira vesāliṁ anuppatto vesāliyaṁ viharati ambapālivane”ti. 
The Licchavis of Vesālī also heard that the Buddha had arrived and was staying in Ambapālī’s mango grove. 
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā veḷuvagāmake viharati. 
and stayed there. 
Yasmiṁ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā ekaccānaṁ vedanānaṁ nirodhā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati, phāsutaro, ānanda, tasmiṁ samaye tathāgatassa kāyo hoti. 
Sometimes the Realized One, not focusing on any signs, and with the cessation of certain feelings, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart. Only then does the Realized One’s body become more comfortable. 
Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? 
And how does a mendicant do this? 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati atāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Evaṁ kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo. 
That’s how a mendicant is their own island, their own refuge, with no other refuge. That’s how the teaching is their island and their refuge, with no other refuge. 
Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
Going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space. 
Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. 
Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
Going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling. 
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharati. 
and stayed there. 
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā bhoganagare viharati ānande cetiye. 
where he stayed at the Ānanda shrine. 
‘amukasmiṁ nāma āvāse saṅgho viharati sathero sapāmokkho. 
‘In such-and-such monastery lives a Saṅgha with seniors and leaders. 
‘amukasmiṁ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo. 
‘In such-and-such monastery there is a single senior mendicant who is very learned, an inheritor of the heritage, who has memorized the teachings, the monastic law, and the outlines. 
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā pāvāyaṁ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane. 
where he stayed in Cunda the smith’s mango grove. 
Assosi kho cundo kammāraputto: “bhagavā kira pāvaṁ anuppatto, pāvāyaṁ viharati mayhaṁ ambavane”ti. 
Cunda heard that the Buddha had arrived and was staying in his mango grove. 
Yo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṁ sakkaroti garuṁ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati, paramāya pūjāya. 
Any monk or nun or male or female lay follower who practices in line with the teachings, practicing properly, living in line with the teachings—they honor, respect, revere, venerate, and esteem the Realized One with the highest honor. 

dn17rattandhakāratimisāya viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ parinibbānasamaye.  At one time the Buddha was staying between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā at the time of his full extinguishment. 
Bhūtapubbaṁ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano tameva maṇiratanaṁ vīmaṁsamāno caturaṅginiṁ senaṁ sannayhitvā maṇiṁ dhajaggaṁ āropetvā rattandhakāratimisāya pāyāsi. 
Once it so happened that King Mahāsudassana, testing that same jewel-treasure, mobilized his army of four divisions and, with the jewel hoisted on his banner, set out in the dark of the night. 

dn18niccharati upasaṁharati viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe.  At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
Yathāparisaṁ kho pana, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro sarena viññāpeti; na cassa bahiddhā parisāya ghoso niccharati. 
He makes sure his voice is intelligible as far as the assembly goes, but the sound doesn’t extend outside the assembly. 
Atha kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro ekattena attānaṁ upasaṁharati, ekattena attānaṁ upasaṁharitvā sakkassa devānamindassa pallaṅke pallaṅkena nisīditvā deve tāvatiṁse āmantesi: 
Next the divinity Sanaṅkumāra merged into one corporeal form. Then he sat on the couch of Sakka, lord of gods, and addressed the gods of the thirty-three: 
Idha bho ekacco saṁsaṭṭho viharati kāmehi saṁsaṭṭho akusalehi dhammehi. 
First, take someone who lives mixed up with sensual pleasures and unskillful qualities. 
So ariyadhammassavanaṁ āgamma yonisomanasikāraṁ dhammānudhammappaṭipattiṁ asaṁsaṭṭho viharati kāmehi asaṁsaṭṭho akusalehi dhammehi. 
They live aloof from sensual pleasures and unskillful qualities. 
Idha, bho, bhikkhu ajjhattaṁ kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body internally—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Ajjhattaṁ vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati …pe… 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings internally … 
Ajjhattaṁ citte cittānupassī viharati …pe… 
They meditate observing an aspect of the mind internally … 
Ajjhattaṁ dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of principles internally—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

dn19carati niccharati sarati viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 
Te bhagavā apanujja ekārāmataṁ anuyutto viharati. 
The Buddha is committed to the joy of solitude, but doesn’t send them away. 
Yathāparisaṁ kho pana, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro sarena viññāpeti, na cassa bahiddhā parisāya ghoso niccharati. 
He makes sure his voice is intelligible as far as the assembly goes, but the sound doesn’t extend outside the assembly. 
Laddhasahāyo kho pana so bhagavā sekhānañceva paṭipannānaṁ khīṇāsavānañca vusitavataṁ, te bhagavā apanujja ekārāmataṁ anuyutto viharati. 
 
‘disampati kho, bho, rājā kālaṅkato, abhisitto bhavaṁ reṇu rajjena, sarati bhavaṁ taṁ vacanan’”ti? 
‘Sir, King Disampati has passed away, and you have been anointed as king. Do you remember what you said?’” 
“disampati kho, bho, rājā kālaṅkato, abhisitto bhavaṁ reṇu rajjena, sarati bhavaṁ taṁ vacanan”ti? 
“Sir, King Disampati has passed away, and you have been anointed as king. Do you remember what you said?” 
Idhekacco karuṇāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadhotiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ karuṇāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
It’s when someone meditates spreading a heart full of compassion to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of compassion to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
Tāya sudaṁ, bho, parisāya parivuto mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo gāmanigamarājadhānīsu cārikaṁ carati. 
Escorted by that assembly, the Great Steward wandered on tour among the villages, towns, and capital cities. 
Sarati taṁ bhagavā”ti? 
Do you remember this, Blessed One?” 

dn20nimmānaratino viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ mahāvane mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeheva arahantehi;  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, in the Great Wood near Kapilavatthu, together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants, all of whom were perfected ones. 
“ayaṁ kho bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ mahāvane mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeheva arahantehi; 
 
Nimmānaratino āguṁ, 
The gods who love to imagine came too, 

dn21sarati viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā magadhesu viharati, pācīnato rājagahassa ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tassuttarato vediyake pabbate indasālaguhāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Magadhans, where east of Rājagaha there is a brahmin village named Ambasaṇḍā, north of which, on Mount Vediyaka, is Indra’s hill cave. 
“kahaṁ nu kho bhagavā etarahi viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti? 
“Where is the Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?” 
“ayaṁ, mārisā, bhagavā magadhesu viharati, pācīnato rājagahassa ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tassuttarato vediyake pabbate indasālaguhāyaṁ. 
“Good sirs, the Buddha is staying in the land of the Magadhans at Indra’s hill cave. 
“ayaṁ, tāta pañcasikha, bhagavā magadhesu viharati pācīnato rājagahassa ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tassuttarato vediyake pabbate indasālaguhāyaṁ. 
“Dear Pañcasikha, the Buddha is staying in the land of the Magadhans at Indra’s hill cave. 
“Ekamidaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. 
“This one time, sir, when you were first awakened, you were staying in Uruvelā at the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River. 
Ekamidaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati salaḷāgārake. 
This one time, sir, the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the frankincense-tree hut. 
Sarati bhagavā tassā bhaginiyā vacanan”ti? 
Do you remember what she said?” 

dn22upasaṁharati viharati119Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ, 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ, 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ, 
They meditate observing an aspect of the mind—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of the body? 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of the body internally, externally, and both internally and externally. 
Samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati. 
They meditate observing the body as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to both originate and vanish. 
‘Atthi kāyo’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
Or mindfulness is established that the body exists, to the extent necessary for knowledge and mindfulness. They meditate independent, not grasping at anything in the world. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of the body internally, externally, and both internally and externally. 
Samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati. 
They meditate observing the body as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to both originate and vanish. 
‘Atthi kāyo’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
Or mindfulness is established that the body exists, to the extent necessary for knowledge and mindfulness. They meditate independent, not grasping at anything in the world. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
That too is how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
That too is how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
That too is how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati …pe… 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of the body internally … 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
That too is how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
So imameva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati: 
They’d compare it with their own body: 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
That too is how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
So imameva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati: 
They’d compare it with their own body: 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
That too is how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
So imameva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati: 
 
viharati. 
 
So imameva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati: 
They’d compare it with their own body: 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of the body internally, externally, and both internally and externally. 
Samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati. 
They meditate observing the body as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to both originate and vanish. 
‘Atthi kāyo’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
Or mindfulness is established that the body exists, to the extent necessary for knowledge and mindfulness. They meditate independent, not grasping at anything in the world. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
That too is how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of feelings? 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati. 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of feelings internally, externally, and both internally and externally. 
Samudayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati. 
They meditate observing feelings as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to both originate and vanish. 
‘Atthi vedanā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
Or mindfulness is established that feelings exist, to the extent necessary for knowledge and mindfulness. They meditate independent, not grasping at anything in the world. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of feelings. 
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of the mind? 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā citte cittānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā citte cittānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā citte cittānupassī viharati. 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of the mind internally, externally, and both internally and externally. 
Samudayadhammānupassī vā cittasmiṁ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā cittasmiṁ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā cittasmiṁ viharati. 
They meditate observing the mind as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to both originate and vanish. 
‘Atthi cittan’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
Or mindfulness is established that the mind exists, to the extent necessary for knowledge and mindfulness. They meditate independent, not grasping at anything in the world. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the mind. 
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of principles? 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu nīvaraṇesu. 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the five hindrances. 
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu nīvaraṇesu? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of principles with respect to the five hindrances? 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of principles internally, externally, and both internally and externally. 
Samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. 
They meditate observing the principles as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to both originate and vanish. 
‘Atthi dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya, anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
Or mindfulness is established that principles exist, to the extent necessary for knowledge and mindfulness. They meditate independent, not grasping at anything in the world. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu nīvaraṇesu. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the five hindrances. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the five grasping aggregates. 
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of principles with respect to the five grasping aggregates? 
iti ajjhattaṁ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of principles internally … 
Samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. 
 
‘Atthi dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya, anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the five grasping aggregates. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the six interior and exterior sense fields. 
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of principles with respect to the six interior and exterior sense fields? 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of principles internally … 
Samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. 
 
‘Atthi dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya, anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the six internal and external sense fields. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati sattasu bojjhaṅgesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the seven awakening factors. 
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati sattasu bojjhaṅgesu? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of principles with respect to the seven awakening factors? 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of principles internally, externally, and both internally and externally. 
Samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. 
They meditate observing the principles as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to both originate and vanish. 
‘Atthi dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya, anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
Or mindfulness is established that principles exist, to the extent necessary for knowledge and mindfulness. They meditate independent, not grasping at anything in the world. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati sattasu bojjhaṅgesu. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the seven awakening factors. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati catūsu ariyasaccesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the four noble truths. 
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati catūsu ariyasaccesu? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of principles with respect to the four noble truths? 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
They meditate observing an aspect of the mind—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati, sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of principles internally, externally, and both internally and externally. 
Samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. 
They meditate observing the principles as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to both originate and vanish. 
‘Atthi dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
Or mindfulness is established that principles exist, to the extent necessary for knowledge and mindfulness. They meditate independent, not grasping at anything in the world. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati catūsu ariyasaccesu. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the four noble truths. 

dn23viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra sudaṁ āyasmā kumārakassapo setabyāyaṁ viharati uttarena setabyaṁ siṁsapāvane.  He stayed in the grove of Indian Rosewood to the north of Setavyā. 
“samaṇo khalu bho kumārakassapo samaṇassa gotamassa sāvako kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi setabyaṁ anuppatto setabyāyaṁ viharati uttarena setabyaṁ siṁsapāvane. 
“It seems the ascetic Kassapa the Prince—a disciple of the ascetic Gotama—is staying in the grove of Indian Rosewood to the north of Setavyā. 
“Atthi kho, bho, samaṇo kumārakassapo, samaṇassa gotamassa sāvako kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi setabyaṁ anuppatto setabyāyaṁ viharati uttarena setabyaṁ siṁsapāvane. 
“The ascetic Kassapa the Prince—a disciple of the ascetic Gotama—is staying in the grove of Indian Rosewood to the north of Setavyā. 

dn24anabhirati anussarati hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ nānussarati viharati19Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati anupiyaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town named Anupiya. 
Tassa tattha ekakassa dīgharattaṁ nivusitattā anabhirati paritassanā uppajjati— 
But after staying there all alone for a long time, they become dissatisfied and anxious, 
Agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito samāno ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte taṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati; tato paraṁ nānussarati. 
By dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind, they experience an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect that past life, but no further. 
‘Santāvuso, khiḍḍāpadosikā nāma devā. Te ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharanti. Tesaṁ ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati sammussati, satiyā sammosā te devā tamhā kāyā cavanti. 
‘Reverends, there are gods named “depraved by play”. They spend too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. And in doing so, they lose their mindfulness, and they pass away from that host of gods. 
agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito samāno ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte taṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati; tato paraṁ nānussarati. 
By dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind, they experience an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect that past life, but no further. 
“ye kho te bhonto devā na khiḍḍāpadosikā te na ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharanti. Tesaṁ nātivelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati na sammussati, satiyā asammosā te devā tamhā kāyā na cavanti, 
“The gods not depraved by play don’t spend too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. So they don’t lose their mindfulness, and don’t pass away from that host of gods. 
Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā khiḍḍāpadosikā te mayaṁ ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharimhā, tesaṁ no ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati sammussati, satiyā sammosā evaṁ mayaṁ tamhā kāyā cutā, 
But we who were depraved by play spent too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. In doing so, we lost our mindfulness, and passed away from that host of gods. 
Agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito samāno ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte taṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, tato paraṁ nānussarati. 
By dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind, they experience an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect that past life, but no further. 
Agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito samāno ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte taṁ saññuppādaṁ anussarati, tato paraṁ nānussarati’. 
By dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind, they experience an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect the arising of perception, but no further. 
yasmiṁ samaye subhaṁ vimokkhaṁ upasampajja viharati, sabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye asubhantveva pajānātī’ti. 
“When one enters and remains in the liberation of the beautiful, at that time one only perceives what is ugly.”’ 
‘yasmiṁ samaye subhaṁ vimokkhaṁ upasampajja viharati, sabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye asubhantveva pajānātī’ti. 
 
‘yasmiṁ samaye subhaṁ vimokkhaṁ upasampajja viharati, subhantveva tasmiṁ samaye pajānātī’”ti. 
‘When one enters and remains in the liberation of the beautiful, at that time one only perceives what is beautiful.’” 

dn25abhiharati anussarati carati viharati23Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 
ekāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, dvīhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, sattāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, iti evarūpaṁ addhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
They eat once a day, once every second day, up to once a week, and so on, even up to once a fortnight. They live committed to the practice of eating food at set intervals. 
sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
They’re devoted to ritual bathing three times a day, including the evening. 
Puna caparaṁ, nigrodha, tapassī attānaṁ adassayamāno kulesu carati: 
Furthermore, a mortifier sneaks about among families, thinking, 
Puna caparaṁ, nigrodha, tapassī na attānaṁ adassayamāno kulesu carati: 
Furthermore, a mortifier doesn’t sneak about among families, thinking, 
So abhiharati no hīnāyāvattati. 
They step forward, not falling back. 
So abhijjhaṁ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up covetousness for the world, they meditate with a heart rid of covetousness, cleansing the mind of covetousness. 
Byāpādappadosaṁ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādappadosā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up ill will and malevolence, they meditate with a mind rid of ill will, full of sympathy for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will. 
Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
Uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up restlessness and remorse, they meditate without restlessness, their mind peaceful inside, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse. 
Vicikicchaṁ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṅkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up doubt, they meditate having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful qualities, cleansing the mind of doubt. 
mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
Then they meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
So abhiharati no hīnāyāvattati. 
 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
equanimity. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ, tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives, that is, one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
So abhiharati no hīnāyāvattati. 
 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
equanimity … 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. Seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 

dn26viharati17Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā magadhesu viharati mātulāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Magadhans at Mātulā. 
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? 
And how does a mendicant do this? 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo. 
That’s how a mendicant lives as their own island, their own refuge, with no other refuge. That’s how they let the teaching be their island and their refuge, with no other refuge. 
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? 
And how does a mendicant do this? 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo. 
That’s how a mendicant lives as their own island, their own refuge, with no other refuge. That’s how they let the teaching be their island and their refuge, with no other refuge. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
It’s when a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
It’s when a monk meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

dn27andhakāratimisā viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 
Ekodakībhūtaṁ kho pana, vāseṭṭha, tena samayena hoti andhakāro andhakāratimisā. 
But the single mass of water at that time was utterly dark. 

dn28anussarati viharati16Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Nāḷandā in Pāvārika’s mango grove. 
Idha, bhante, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
By these a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Idha, bhante, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya …pe… tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
Firstly, some ascetic or brahmin—by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind—experiences an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect many hundreds of thousands of past lives, 
Seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekānipi jātisatāni anekānipi jātisahassāni anekānipi jātisatasahassāni, ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
with features and details. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhante, idhekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya …pe… tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
Furthermore, some ascetic or brahmin—by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind—experiences an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect their past lives for as many as ten eons of the expansion and contraction of the cosmos, 
Seyyathidaṁ—ekampi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭaṁ dvepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni tīṇipi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni cattāripi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni pañcapi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni dasapi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni, ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
with features and details. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhante, idhekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya …pe… tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
Furthermore, some ascetic or brahmin—by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind—experiences an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect their past lives for as many as forty eons of the expansion and contraction of the cosmos, 
Seyyathidaṁ—dasapi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni vīsampi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni tiṁsampi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni cattālīsampi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni, ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
with features and details. 
Idha, bhante, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya …pe… tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
It’s when some ascetic or brahmin—by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind—experiences an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect their many kinds of past lives. 
‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Idha, bhante, bhikkhu sace ākaṅkhati: ‘paṭikūle appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, appaṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
It’s when, if a mendicant wishes: ‘May I meditate perceiving the unrepulsive in the repulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati: ‘appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the repulsive in the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati: ‘paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle ca appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, appaṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the unrepulsive in the repulsive and the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati: ‘paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle ca paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the repulsive in the unrepulsive and the repulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati: ‘paṭikūlañca appaṭikūlañca tadubhayaṁ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako vihareyyaṁ sato sampajāno’ti, upekkhako tattha viharati sato sampajāno. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate staying equanimous, mindful and aware, rejecting both the repulsive and the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 

dn29anussarati viharati vihiṁsūparatiyā14Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati vedhaññā nāma sakyā, tesaṁ ambavane pāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans in a stilt longhouse in a mango grove belonging to those Sakyans named Vedhaññā. 
sāvako ca tasmiṁ dhamme na dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati na sāmīcippaṭipanno na anudhammacārī, vokkamma ca tamhā dhammā vattati. 
A disciple in that teaching does not practice in line with the teachings, does not practice following that procedure, does not live in line with the teaching. They proceed having turned away from that teaching. 
sāvako ca tasmiṁ dhamme dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, samādāya taṁ dhammaṁ vattati. 
A disciple in that teaching practices in line with the teachings, practices following that procedure, lives in line with the teaching. They proceed having undertaken that teaching. 
sāvako ca tasmiṁ dhamme na dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati, na sāmīcippaṭipanno, na anudhammacārī, vokkamma ca tamhā dhammā vattati. 
A disciple in that teaching does not practice in line with the teachings, does not practice following that procedure, does not live in line with the teaching. They proceed having turned away from that teaching. 
sāvako ca tasmiṁ dhamme dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, samādāya taṁ dhammaṁ vattati. 
A disciple in that teaching practices in line with the teachings, practices following that procedure, lives in line with the teaching. They proceed having undertaken that teaching. 
yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṁsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya, iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro ca. 
only to sustain this body, avoid harm, and support spiritual practice; so that you will put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and will keep on living blamelessly and at ease. 
Idha, cunda, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, cunda, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption. It has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, cunda, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption. They meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Puna caparaṁ, cunda, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption. It is without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and lives having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
so yāvatakaṁ ākaṅkhati tāvatakaṁ anussarati. 
He recollects as far as he wants. 
Idha, cunda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

dn30khiḍḍāratiyo ratikhiḍḍāsamaṅgī uddharati viharati ācarati7Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Samaṁ pādaṁ bhūmiyaṁ nikkhipati, samaṁ uddharati, samaṁ sabbāvantehi pādatalehi bhūmiṁ phusati. 
He places his foot on the ground evenly, raises it evenly, and touches the ground evenly with the whole sole of his foot. 
Sukhañca khiḍḍāratiyo ca anvabhi; 
where he enjoyed happiness and merriment. 
Sukhañca khiḍḍāratiyo ca anvabhi; 
where he enjoyed happiness and merriment. 
Abhirucitāni guṇāni ācarati. 
he implements agreeable qualities. 
Sukhañca khiḍḍāratiyo ca anvabhi; 
where he enjoyed happiness and merriment. 
Abhiramati ratikhiḍḍāsamaṅgī. 
he enjoyed himself with pleasure and play. 

dn31paṭisandharati paṭisantharati viharati āpūrati6Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Āpūrati yaso tassa, 
your fame swells, 
Atītena paṭisantharati, anāgatena paṭisantharati, niratthakena saṅgaṇhāti, paccuppannesu kiccesu byasanaṁ dasseti. 
They’re hospitable in the past. They’re hospitable in the future. They’re full of meaningless pleasantries. When something needs doing in the present they point to their own misfortune. 
paṭisantharati → paṭisandharati (mr) 

dn32karatiyo viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 
puṇṇako karatiyo guḷo; 
Puṇṇaka, Karatiya, and Guḷa; 
puṇṇako karatiyo guḷo; 
 

dn33arati aratiyā bhāvanāratiyā carati pahānaratiyā upavicarati viharati87Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā pāvāyaṁ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane.  There he stayed in Cunda the smith’s mango grove. 
Assosuṁ kho pāveyyakā mallā: “bhagavā kira mallesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi pāvaṁ anuppatto pāvāyaṁ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane”ti. 
The Mallas of Pāvā also heard that the Buddha had arrived and was staying in Cunda’s mango grove. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
A mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati. 
A mendicant meditates observing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
A mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
A mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. 
Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu pahānārāmo hoti pahānarato, bhāvanārāmo hoti bhāvanārato; tāya ca pana pahānārāmatāya pahānaratiyā bhāvanārāmatāya bhāvanāratiyā nevattānukkaṁseti na paraṁ vambheti. 
Furthermore, a mendicant enjoys giving up and loves to give up. They enjoy meditation and love to meditate. But they don’t glorify themselves or put down others on account of their love for giving up and meditation. 
So anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṁvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati. 
They live without wishes in this very life, quenched, cooled, experiencing bliss, with self become divine. 
Āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
They live with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāvadatthaṁ udarāvadehakaṁ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto viharati …pe… 
They eat as much as they like until their bellies are full, then indulge in the pleasures of sleeping, lying down, and drowsing … 
puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti. 
They lead the spiritual life hoping to be reborn in one of the orders of gods, thinking: ‘By this precept or observance or fervent austerity or spiritual life, may I become one of the gods!’ 
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Yassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. 
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso; dhamme agāravo viharati appatisso; saṅghe agāravo viharati appatisso; sikkhāya agāravo viharati appatisso; appamāde agāravo viharati appatisso; paṭisanthāre agāravo viharati appatisso. 
A mendicant lacks respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, the training, diligence, and hospitality. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo viharati sappatisso; dhamme sagāravo viharati sappatisso; saṅghe sagāravo viharati sappatisso; sikkhāya sagāravo viharati sappatisso; appamāde sagāravo viharati sappatisso; paṭisanthāre sagāravo viharati sappatisso. 
A mendicant has respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, the training, diligence, and hospitality. 
Cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā somanassaṭṭhāniyaṁ rūpaṁ upavicarati; 
Seeing a sight with the eye, one is preoccupied with a sight that’s a basis for happiness. 
Manasā dhammaṁ viññāya somanassaṭṭhāniyaṁ dhammaṁ upavicarati. 
Knowing an idea with the mind, one is preoccupied with an idea that’s a basis for happiness. 
Cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā domanassaṭṭhāniyaṁ rūpaṁ upavicarati …pe… 
Seeing a sight with the eye, one is preoccupied with a sight that’s a basis for sadness. … 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya domanassaṭṭhāniyaṁ dhammaṁ upavicarati. 
Knowing an idea with the mind, one is preoccupied with an idea that’s a basis for sadness. 
Cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā upekkhāṭṭhāniyaṁ rūpaṁ upavicarati …pe… 
Seeing a sight with the eye, one is preoccupied with a sight that’s a basis for equanimity. … 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya upekkhāṭṭhāniyaṁ dhammaṁ upavicarati. 
Knowing an idea with the mind, one is preoccupied with an idea that’s a basis for equanimity. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṁvattanikāni, tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the precepts shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. Those precepts are intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāyaṁ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca. 
They live according to the view shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. That view is noble and emancipating, and brings one who practices it to the complete ending of suffering. 
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti upanāhī, so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti. 
Such a mendicant lacks respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and they don’t fulfill the training. 
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso, dhamme agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghe agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāya na paripūrakārī, so saṅghe vivādaṁ janeti. Yo hoti vivādo bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṁ. 
They create a dispute in the Saṅgha, which is for the detriment and suffering of the people, for the harm, detriment, and suffering of gods and humans. 
yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī, so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti. 
 
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso, dhamme agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghe agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāya na paripūrakārī, so saṅghe vivādaṁ janeti. Yo hoti vivādo bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṁ. 
 
Atha ca pana me arati cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti, 
Yet somehow discontent still occupies my mind.’ 
atha ca panassa arati cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. 
 
Nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, aratiyā, yadidaṁ muditā cetovimuttī’ti. 
For it is the heart’s release by rejoicing that is the escape from discontent.’ 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
A mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
Knowing an idea with their mind, they’re neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space. 
Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. 
Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling. 
‘anatthaṁ me carati, taṁ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṁ paṭivineti; 
Thinking: ‘They are doing wrong to me …’ … 
anatthaṁ carati …pe… 
‘They are doing wrong by someone I love …’ … 
atthaṁ carati …pe… 
‘They are helping someone I dislike …’ … 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
A mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā …pe… ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space. 
Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. 
Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti. Pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
Firstly, a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati, ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati …pe… anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
A mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
Knowing an idea with their mind, they’re neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

dn34anabhiratisaññā anussarati arati aratiyā carati viharati46Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants. 
idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
A mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
They live with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu, yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṁvattanikāni, tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo …pe… ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the precepts shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. Those precepts are intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāyaṁ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhi sāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the view shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. That view is noble and emancipating, and delivers one who practices it to the complete ending of suffering. 
idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso. Dhamme …pe… saṅghe … sikkhāya … appamāde … paṭisanthāre agāravo viharati appatisso. 
A mendicant lacks respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, the training, diligence, and hospitality. 
idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo viharati sappatisso. Dhamme …pe… saṅghe … sikkhāya … appamāde … paṭisanthāre sagāravo viharati sappatisso. 
A mendicant has respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, the training, diligence, and hospitality. 
atha ca pana me arati cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. 
Yet somehow discontent still occupies my mind.’ 
nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, aratiyā, yadidaṁ muditācetovimuttī’ti. 
For it is the heart’s release by rejoicing that is the escape from discontent.’ 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
A mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
Knowing an idea with their mind, they’re neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthāraṁ upanissāya viharati aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ, yatthassa tibbaṁ hirottappaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti pemañca gāravo ca. 
It’s when a mendicant lives relying on the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role. And they set up a keen sense of conscience and prudence for them, with warmth and respect. 
Taṁ kho pana satthāraṁ upanissāya viharati aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ, yatthassa tibbaṁ hirottappaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti pemañca gāravo ca. Te kālena kālaṁ upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati paripañhati: 
When a mendicant lives relying on the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role—with a keen sense of conscience and prudence for them, with warmth and respect—from time to time they go and ask them questions: 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu, udayabbayānupassī viharati: 
Furthermore, a mendicant meditates observing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates. 
Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space. 
Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. 
Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling. 
‘anatthaṁ me carati, taṁ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṁ paṭivineti; 
Thinking: ‘They are doing wrong to me …’ … 
anatthaṁ carati …pe… 
‘They are doing wrong by someone I love …’ … 
atthaṁ carati …pe… 
‘They are helping someone I dislike …’ … 
asubhasaññā, maraṇasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratisaññā, aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā. 
the perceptions of ugliness, death, repulsiveness in food, dissatisfaction with the whole world, impermanence, suffering in impermanence, not-self in suffering, giving up, and fading away. 
idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
A mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … 
Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
second absorption … 
Pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
third absorption … 
Sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā …pe… ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space. 
Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. 
Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling. 
idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
First, a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati …pe… kusalesu dhammesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant is energetic. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
A mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
Knowing an idea with their mind, they’re neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
asubhasaññā, maraṇasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratisaññā, aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā, nirodhasaññā. 
the perceptions of ugliness, death, repulsiveness in food, dissatisfaction with the whole world, impermanence, suffering in impermanence, not-self in suffering, giving up, fading away, and cessation. 

mn1viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā ukkaṭṭhāyaṁ viharati subhagavane sālarājamūle.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Ukkaṭṭhā, in the Subhaga Forest at the root of a magnificent sal tree. 
Yopi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sekkho appattamānaso anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ patthayamāno viharati, sopi pathaviṁ pathavito abhijānāti; 
A mendicant who is a trainee, who hasn’t achieved their heart’s desire, but lives aspiring to the supreme sanctuary from the yoke, directly knows earth as earth. 

mn2viharati vihiṁsūparatiyā9Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso cakkhundriyasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati. 
Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, lives restraining the faculty of the eye. 
Paṭisaṅkhā yoniso sotindriyasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati …pe… 
Reflecting rationally, they live restraining the faculty of the ear … 
ghānindriyasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati …pe… 
the nose … 
jivhindriyasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati …pe… 
the tongue … 
kāyindriyasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati …pe… 
the body … 
manindriyasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati. 
the mind. 
‘neva davāya, na madāya, na maṇḍanāya, na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya, vihiṁsūparatiyā, brahmacariyānuggahāya, iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro ca’. 
‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 
ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave: ‘bhikkhu sabbāsavasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati, acchecchi taṇhaṁ, vivattayi saṁyojanaṁ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā’”ti. 
They’re called a mendicant who lives having restrained all defilements, who has cut off craving, untied the fetters, and by rightly comprehending conceit has made an end of suffering.” 

mn3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn5viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn6arati aratiratisaho aratiṁ viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu: ‘aratiratisaho assaṁ, na ca maṁ arati saheyya, uppannaṁ aratiṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyyan’ti, sīlesvevassa paripūrakārī …pe… brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. 
A mendicant might wish: ‘May I prevail over desire and discontent, and may desire and discontent not prevail over me. May I live having mastered desire and discontent whenever they arose.’ So let them fulfill their precepts … 

mn7viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati; 
They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 

mn8viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn9viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn10upasaṁharati viharati115Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
They meditate observing an aspect of the mind—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of the body? 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati; 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of the body internally, externally, and both internally and externally. 
samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati. 
They meditate observing the body as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to both originate and vanish. 
‘Atthi kāyo’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
Or mindfulness is established that the body exists, to the extent necessary for knowledge and mindfulness. They meditate independent, not grasping at anything in the world. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati; 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of the body internally, externally, and both internally and externally. 
samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati. 
They meditate observing the body as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to both originate and vanish. 
‘Atthi kāyo’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
Or mindfulness is established that the body exists, to the extent necessary for knowledge and mindfulness. They meditate independent, not grasping at anything in the world. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
That too is how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati …pe… 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of the body internally … 
evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
That too is how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati …pe… 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of the body internally … 
evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
That too is how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati …pe… 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of the body internally … 
evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
That too is how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
So imameva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati: 
They’d compare it with their own body: 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati …pe… 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of the body internally … 
evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
That too is how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
So imameva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati: 
They’d compare it with their own body: 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati …pe… 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of the body internally … 
evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
That too is how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
So imameva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati: 
 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati …pe… 
 
evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
 
So imameva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati: 
They’d compare it with their own body: 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati; 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of the body internally, externally, and both internally and externally. 
samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati. 
They meditate observing the body as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to both originate and vanish. 
‘Atthi kāyo’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
Or mindfulness is established that the body exists, to the extent necessary for knowledge and mindfulness. They meditate independent, not grasping at anything in the world. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
That too is how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of feelings? 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati; 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of feelings internally, externally, and both internally and externally. 
samudayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati. 
They meditate observing feelings as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to both originate and vanish. 
‘Atthi vedanā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
Or mindfulness is established that feelings exist, to the extent necessary for knowledge and mindfulness. They meditate independent, not grasping at anything in the world. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of feelings. 
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of the mind? 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā citte cittānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā citte cittānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā citte cittānupassī viharati; 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of the mind internally, externally, and both internally and externally. 
samudayadhammānupassī vā cittasmiṁ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā cittasmiṁ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā cittasmiṁ viharati. 
They meditate observing the mind as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to both originate and vanish. 
‘Atthi cittan’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
Or mindfulness is established that the mind exists, to the extent necessary for knowledge and mindfulness. They meditate independent, not grasping at anything in the world. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the mind. 
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of principles? 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu nīvaraṇesu. 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the five hindrances. 
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu nīvaraṇesu? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of principles with respect to the five hindrances? 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati; 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of principles internally, externally, and both internally and externally. 
samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. 
They meditate observing the principles as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to both originate and vanish. 
‘Atthi dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
Or mindfulness is established that principles exist, to the extent necessary for knowledge and mindfulness. They meditate independent, not grasping at anything in the world. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu nīvaraṇesu. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the five hindrances. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the five grasping aggregates. 
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of principles with respect to the five grasping aggregates? 
iti ajjhattaṁ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati; 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of principles internally … 
samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. 
 
‘Atthi dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the five grasping aggregates. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the six interior and exterior sense fields. 
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of principles with respect to the six interior and exterior sense fields? 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati; 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of principles internally … 
samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. 
 
‘Atthi dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the six internal and external sense fields. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati sattasu bojjhaṅgesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the seven awakening factors. 
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati sattasu bojjhaṅgesu? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of principles with respect to the seven awakening factors? 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati; 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of principles internally, externally, and both internally and externally. 
samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. 
They meditate observing the principles as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to both originate and vanish. 
‘Atthi dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
Or mindfulness is established that principles exist, to the extent necessary for knowledge and mindfulness. They meditate independent, not grasping at anything in the world. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati sattasu bojjhaṅgesu. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the seven awakening factors. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati catūsu ariyasaccesu. 
Furthermore, a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the four noble truths. 
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati catūsu ariyasaccesu? 
And how does a mendicant meditate observing an aspect of principles with respect to the four noble truths? 
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati; 
And so they meditate observing an aspect of principles internally, externally, and both internally and externally. 
samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. 
They meditate observing the principles as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to both originate and vanish. 
‘Atthi dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti. Yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. 
Or mindfulness is established that principles exist, to the extent necessary for knowledge and mindfulness. They meditate independent, not grasping at anything in the world. 
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati catūsu ariyasaccesu. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles with respect to the four noble truths. 

mn11nippapañcaratino nippapañcaratino’ti papañcaratino papañcaratino’ti viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
‘Sā panāvuso, niṭṭhā papañcārāmassa papañcaratino udāhu nippapañcārāmassa nippapañcaratino’ti? 
‘But is that goal for those who enjoy proliferation or for those who enjoy non-proliferation?’ 
‘nippapañcārāmassāvuso, sā niṭṭhā nippapañcaratino, na sā niṭṭhā papañcārāmassa papañcaratino’ti. 
‘It’s for those who enjoy non-proliferation, not for those who enjoy proliferation.’ 
Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imāsaṁ dvinnaṁ diṭṭhīnaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti, ‘te sarāgā te sadosā te samohā te sataṇhā te saupādānā te aviddasuno te anuruddhappaṭiviruddhā te papañcārāmā papañcaratino; 
There are some ascetics and brahmins who don’t truly understand these two views’ origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape. They’re greedy, hateful, delusional, craving, grasping, and ignorant. They favor and oppose, and they enjoy proliferation. 
Ye ca kho keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imāsaṁ dvinnaṁ diṭṭhīnaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti, ‘te vītarāgā te vītadosā te vītamohā te vītataṇhā te anupādānā te viddasuno te ananuruddhaappaṭiviruddhā te nippapañcārāmā nippapañcaratino; 
There are some ascetics and brahmins who do truly understand these two views’ origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape. They’re rid of greed, hate, delusion, craving, grasping, and ignorance. They don’t favor and oppose, and they enjoy non-proliferation. 

mn12anussarati viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati bahinagare aparapure vanasaṇḍe.  At one time the Buddha was staying outside the city of Vesālī in a woodland grove west of the town. 
Puna caparaṁ, sāriputta, tathāgato anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
Furthermore, the Realized One recollects many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. He remembers: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so he recollects his many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Yampi, sāriputta, tathāgato anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, idampi, sāriputta, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti yaṁ balaṁ āgamma tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti. 
Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. … 
Puna caparaṁ, sāriputta, tathāgato āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, the Realized One has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and lives having realized it with his own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Yampi, sāriputta, tathāgato āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, idampi, sāriputta, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti yaṁ balaṁ āgamma tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti. 
Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. Relying on this he claims the bull’s place, roars his lion’s roar in the assemblies, and turns the divine wheel. 
yathā paṭipanno ca āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati tañca pajānāmi. 
And I understand how someone practicing that way realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and lives having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

mn13viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, neva tasmiṁ samaye attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti; 
At that time a mendicant doesn’t intend to hurt themselves, hurt others, or hurt both; 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe… 
Furthermore, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption … 
yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā, upekkhako ca viharati, sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe… 
third absorption … 
yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, neva tasmiṁ samaye attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti; 
fourth absorption. At that time a mendicant doesn’t intend to hurt themselves, hurt others, or hurt both; 

mn14viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 

mn15nappaṭippharati paṭicarati paṭippharati viharati11Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye.  At one time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakaṁ paṭippharati. 
When accused, they object to the accuser … 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakaṁ paṭippharati— 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. 
When accused, they dodge the issue, distract the discussion with irrelevant points, and display annoyance, hate, and bitterness … 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti— 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakaṁ nappaṭippharati. 
 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakaṁ nappaṭippharati— 
 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena na aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, na bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. 
 
Yaṁpāvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena na aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, na bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti— 
 
‘Yo khvāyaṁ puggalo codito codakena codakaṁ paṭippharati, ayaṁ me puggalo appiyo amanāpo; 
 
‘Yo khvāyaṁ puggalo codito codakena aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, ayaṁ me puggalo appiyo amanāpo; 
 

mn16carati viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāvadatthaṁ udarāvadehakaṁ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto viharati. 
They eat as much as they like until their belly is full, then indulge in the pleasures of sleeping, lying down, and drowsing … 
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāvadatthaṁ udarāvadehakaṁ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto viharati, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. 
 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti. 
They lead the spiritual life hoping to be reborn in one of the orders of gods, thinking: ‘By this precept or observance or fervent austerity or spiritual life, may I become one of the gods!’ 
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. 
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving. 
na yāvadatthaṁ udarāvadehakaṁ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto viharati. 
They don’t eat as much as they like until their belly is full, then indulge in the pleasures of sleeping, lying down, and drowsing … 
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na yāvadatthaṁ udarāvadehakaṁ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto viharati, tassa cittaṁ namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. 
 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti. 
They don’t lead the spiritual life hoping to be reborn in one of the orders of gods, thinking: ‘By this precept or observance or fervent austerity or spiritual life, may I become one of the gods!’ 
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti, tassa cittaṁ namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. 
This being so, their mind inclines toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving. 

mn17viharati13Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
“Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ vanapatthaṁ upanissāya viharati. 
“Mendicants, take the case of a mendicant who lives close by a jungle thicket. 
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ vanapatthaṁ upanissāya viharati. 
Take another case of a mendicant who lives close by a jungle thicket. 
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ vanapatthaṁ upanissāya viharati. 
Take another case of a mendicant who lives close by a jungle thicket. 
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ vanapatthaṁ upanissāya viharati. 
Take another case of a mendicant who lives close by a jungle thicket. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ gāmaṁ upanissāya viharati …pe… 
Take the case of a mendicant who lives supported by a village … 
aññataraṁ nigamaṁ upanissāya viharati …pe… 
town … 
aññataraṁ nagaraṁ upanissāya viharati …pe… 
city … 
aññataraṁ janapadaṁ upanissāya viharati …pe… 
country … 
aññataraṁ puggalaṁ upanissāya viharati. 
an individual. 
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ puggalaṁ upanissāya viharati. 
Take another case of a mendicant who lives supported by an individual. 
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ puggalaṁ upanissāya viharati. 
Take another case of a mendicant who lives supported by an individual. 
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṁ puggalaṁ upanissāya viharati. 
Take another case of a mendicant who lives supported by an individual. 

mn18viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 

mn19viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn20viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn21viharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno bhikkhunīhi saddhiṁ ativelaṁ saṁsaṭṭho viharati. 
Now at that time, Venerable Phagguna of the Top-Knot was spending too long mixing closely with some nuns. 
Evaṁ saṁsaṭṭho āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno bhikkhunīhi saddhiṁ viharati— 
So much so that 
Evaṁ saṁsaṭṭho āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno bhikkhunīhi saddhiṁ viharati. 
That’s how close Phagguna of the Top-Knot was with those nuns. 
“āyasmā, bhante, moḷiyaphagguno bhikkhunīhi saddhiṁ ativelaṁ saṁsaṭṭho viharati. 
 
Evaṁ saṁsaṭṭho, bhante, āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno bhikkhunīhi saddhiṁ viharati— 
 

mn22harati viharati voharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Evampi kho ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tehi bhikkhūhi samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno tadeva pāpakaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati: 
But even though the mendicants pursued, pressed, and grilled him in this way, Ariṭṭha obstinately stuck to his misconception and insisted on it. 
Evampi kho, bhante, ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo amhehi samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno tadeva pāpakaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati: 
 
‘amhe jano harati vā dahati vā yathāpaccayaṁ vā karotī’”ti? 
‘This person is carrying us off, burning us, or doing what they want with us’?” 

mn23viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā kumārakassapo andhavane viharati. 
Now at that time Venerable Kassapa the Prince was staying in the Dark Forest. 

mn24viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. 
where he stayed in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Assosi kho āyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto: “bhagavā kira sāvatthiṁ anuppatto; sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme”ti. 
Puṇṇa heard that the Buddha had arrived at Sāvatthī. 

mn25viharati11Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati. Paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 

mn26viharati11Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
In the same way, a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati, sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 

mn27anussarati viharati15Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno bhikkhūnaṁ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati. 
Once they’ve gone forth, they take up the training and livelihood of the mendicants. They give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 
Adinnādānaṁ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī. Athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharati. 
They give up stealing. They take only what’s given, and expect only what’s given. They keep themselves clean by not thieving. 
So abhijjhaṁ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up covetousness for the world, they meditate with a heart rid of covetousness, cleansing the mind of covetousness. 
Byāpādapadosaṁ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī byāpādapadosā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up ill will and malevolence, they meditate with a mind rid of ill will, full of sympathy for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will. 
Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
Uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahāya anuddhato viharati, ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up restlessness and remorse, they meditate without restlessness, their mind peaceful inside, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse. 
Vicikicchaṁ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṅkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up doubt, they meditate having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful qualities, cleansing the mind of doubt. 
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Then, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ, dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives, that is, one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. … They recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 

mn28viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn29viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain, not long after Devadatta had left. 
So tena lābhasakkārasilokena majjati pamajjati pamādaṁ āpajjati, pamatto samāno dukkhaṁ viharati. 
And so they become indulgent and fall into negligence on account of those possessions, honor, and popularity. And being negligent they live in suffering. 
So tena lābhasakkārasilokena majjati pamajjati pamādaṁ āpajjati, pamatto samāno dukkhaṁ viharati. 
 
So tāya sīlasampadāya majjati pamajjati pamādaṁ āpajjati, pamatto samāno dukkhaṁ viharati. 
And so they become indulgent and fall into negligence regarding their accomplishment in ethics. And being negligent they live in suffering. 
So tāya sīlasampadāya majjati pamajjati pamādaṁ āpajjati, pamatto samāno dukkhaṁ viharati. 
 
So tāya samādhisampadāya majjati pamajjati pamādaṁ āpajjati, pamatto samāno dukkhaṁ viharati. 
And so they become indulgent and fall into negligence regarding that accomplishment in immersion. And being negligent they live in suffering. 
So tāya samādhisampadāya majjati pamajjati pamādaṁ āpajjati, pamatto samāno dukkhaṁ viharati. 
 
So tena ñāṇadassanena majjati pamajjati pamādaṁ āpajjati, pamatto samāno dukkhaṁ viharati. 
And so they become indulgent and fall into negligence regarding that knowledge and vision. And being negligent they live in suffering. 
So tena ñāṇadassanena majjati pamajjati pamādaṁ āpajjati, pamatto samāno dukkhaṁ viharati. 
 

mn30viharati11Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati, sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 

mn31viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe.  At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
yattha tathāgato viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, ime ca tayo kulaputtā— 
that the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha stays there, as well as these three gentlemen, 
yattha tathāgato viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, ime ca tayo kulaputtā— 
 
yattha tathāgato viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, ime ca tayo kulaputtā— 
that the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha stays there, as well as these three gentlemen, 

mn32viharati15Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā gosiṅgasālavanadāye viharati sambahulehi abhiññātehi abhiññātehi therehi sāvakehi saddhiṁ—  At one time the Buddha was staying in the sal forest park at Gosiṅga, together with several well-known senior disciples, such as 
So yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharati; 
In the morning, they abide in whatever meditation or attainment they want. 
yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharati; 
At midday, 
yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati sāyanhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā sāyanhasamayaṁ viharati. 
and in the evening, they abide in whatever meditation or attainment they want. 
So yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharati; 
In the morning, they abide in whatever meditation or attainment they want. 
yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharati; 
At midday, 
yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati sāyanhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā sāyanhasamayaṁ viharati. 
and in the evening, they abide in whatever meditation or attainment they want. 
So yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharati; 
 
yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharati; 
 
yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati sāyanhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā sāyanhasamayaṁ viharati. 
 
So yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharati; 
 
yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharati; 
 
yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati sāyanhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā sāyanhasamayaṁ viharati. 
 
So yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharati; 
 
yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharati; 
 

mn33viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn34viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vajjīsu viharati ukkacelāyaṁ gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Vajjis near Ukkacelā on the bank of the Ganges river. 

mn35viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 
“kahaṁ nu kho, bho, etarahi so bhavaṁ gotamo viharati? 
“Good sirs, where is Mister Gotama at present? 

mn36viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

mn37viharati14Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 
sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā, so tāsu vedanāsu aniccānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati, paṭinissaggānupassī viharati. 
they meditate observing impermanence, dispassion, cessation, and letting go in those feelings. 
“atibāḷhaṁ kho ayaṁ yakkho pamatto viharati. 
“This spirit lives much too negligently. 
So tāsu vedanāsu aniccānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati, paṭinissaggānupassī viharati. 
they meditate observing impermanence, dispassion, cessation, and letting go in those feelings. 
So tāsu vedanāsu aniccānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati, paṭinissaggānupassī viharati. 
 

mn38pariharati saṁsarati viharati voharati29Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
“tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati anaññan”ti. 
“As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, it is this very same consciousness that roams and transmigrates, not another.” 
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’”ti. 
 
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’”ti? 
‘As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, it is this very same consciousness that roams and transmigrates, not another’?” 
“Evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan”ti. 
“Absolutely, reverends. As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, it is this very same consciousness that roams and transmigrates, not another.” 
Evampi kho sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto tehi bhikkhūhi samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno tadeva pāpakaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati: 
But even though the mendicants pressed him in this way, Sāti obstinately stuck to his misconception and insisted on it. 
“evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati anaññan”ti. 
 
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’ti. 
 
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’ti. 
 
“tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan”’ti? 
 
‘evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’ti. 
 
Evampi kho, bhante, sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto amhehi samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno tadeva pāpakaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ thāmasā parāmasā abhinivissa voharati: 
 
‘evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’ti. 
 
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’”ti? 
‘As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, it is this very same consciousness that roams and transmigrates, not another’?” 
“Evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan”ti. 
“Absolutely, sir. As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, it is this very same consciousness that roams and transmigrates, not another.” 
Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, mātā nava vā dasa vā māse gabbhaṁ kucchinā pariharati mahatā saṁsayena garubhāraṁ. 
The mother nurtures the embryo in her womb for nine or ten months at great risk to her heavy burden. 
So cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā piyarūpe rūpe sārajjati, appiyarūpe rūpe byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyasati ca viharati parittacetaso. 
When they see a sight with their eyes, if it’s pleasant they desire it, but if it’s unpleasant they dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body unestablished and their heart restricted. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme sārajjati, appiyarūpe dhamme byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyasati ca viharati parittacetaso. 
When they know an idea with their mind, if it’s pleasant they desire it, but if it’s unpleasant they dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body unestablished and their heart restricted. 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno bhikkhūnaṁ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati. 
Once they’ve gone forth, they take up the training and livelihood of the mendicants. They give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 
Adinnādānaṁ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharati. 
They give up stealing. They take only what’s given, and expect only what’s given. They keep themselves clean by not thieving. 
So abhijjhaṁ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up covetousness for the world, they meditate with a heart rid of covetousness, cleansing the mind of covetousness. 
byāpādapadosaṁ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādapadosā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up ill will and malevolence, they meditate with a mind rid of ill will, full of sympathy for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will. 
thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī, sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up restlessness and remorse, they meditate without restlessness, their mind peaceful inside, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse. 
vicikicchaṁ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṅkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up doubt, they meditate having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful qualities, cleansing the mind of doubt. 
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Then, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
So cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā piyarūpe rūpe na sārajjati, appiyarūpe rūpe na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyasati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso. 
When they see a sight with their eyes, if it’s pleasant they don’t desire it, and if it’s unpleasant they don’t dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body established and a limitless heart. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme na sārajjati, appiyarūpe dhamme na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyasati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso, 
When they know an idea with their mind, if it’s pleasant they don’t desire it, and if it’s unpleasant they don’t dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body established and a limitless heart. 

mn39anussarati parippharati viharati vihiṁsūparatiyā22Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā aṅgesu viharati assapuraṁ nāma aṅgānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Aṅgas, near the Aṅgan town named Assapura. 
neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya, vihiṁsūparatiyā, brahmacariyānuggahāya, iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāma navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāma, yātrā ca no bhavissati, anavajjatā ca, phāsu vihāro cā’ti evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṁ. 
We will eat not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, we shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and we will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 
So abhijjhaṁ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up covetousness for the world, they meditate with a heart rid of covetousness, cleansing the mind of covetousness. 
byāpādapadosaṁ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādapadosā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up ill will and malevolence, they meditate with a mind rid of ill will, full of sympathy for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will. 
thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati, ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahāya anuddhato viharati, ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up restlessness and remorse, they meditate without restlessness, their mind peaceful inside, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse. 
vicikicchaṁ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati, akathaṅkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up doubt, they meditate having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful qualities, cleansing the mind of doubt. 
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi, savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Then, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
So imameva kāyaṁ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. 
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
In the same way, a mendicant drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
So imameva kāyaṁ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with rapture and bliss born of immersion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of immersion. 
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
In the same way, a mendicant drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with rapture and bliss born of immersion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of immersion. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati, sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
So imameva kāyaṁ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with bliss free of rapture. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with bliss free of rapture. 
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
In the same way, a mendicant drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with bliss free of rapture. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with bliss free of rapture. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ, dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
In the same way, a mendicant recollects their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 

mn40viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā aṅgesu viharati assapuraṁ nāma aṅgānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Aṅgas, near the Aṅgan town named Assapura. 
So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
So ca āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
and they realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Āsavānaṁ khayā samaṇo hoti. Brāhmaṇakulā cepi …pe… vessakulā cepi … suddakulā cepi … yasmā kasmā cepi kulā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito hoti, so ca āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Āsavānaṁ khayā samaṇo hotī”ti. 
They’re an ascetic because of the ending of defilements.” 

mn41viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati.  It’s when a certain person gives up killing living creatures. They renounce the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 

mn42viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
“samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. 
“It seems the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—is staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati. 
 

mn43viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati— 
“Reverend, it’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. 
Firstly, a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart. 

mn44viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Idhāvuso visākha, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Idhāvuso visākha, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā, dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Take a mendicant who, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

mn45carati viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Ekāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, dvīhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti … sattāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti. Iti evarūpaṁ addhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
They eat once a day, once every second day, up to once a week, and so on, even up to once a fortnight. They live committed to the practice of eating food at set intervals. 
sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
They’re devoted to ritual bathing three times a day, including the evening. 
Iti evarūpaṁ anekavihitaṁ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
And so they live committed to practicing these various ways of mortifying and tormenting the body. 
So sahāpi dukkhena, sahāpi domanassena, assumukhopi rudamāno paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati. 
They lead the full and pure spiritual life in pain and sadness, weeping, with tearful faces. 
So vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption … 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 

mn46viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn47viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn48paṭisaṁharati viharati vivarati7Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṁvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the precepts shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. Those precepts are intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. … 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāyaṁ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the view shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. That view is noble and emancipating, and delivers one who practices it to the complete ending of suffering. 
Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanajāto kalahajāto vivādāpanno aññamaññaṁ mukhasattīhi vitudanto viharati, pariyuṭṭhitacittova hoti. 
or arguing, quarreling, and disputing, continually wounding others with barbed words, it’s their mind that’s overcome. 
kiñcāpi tathārūpiṁ āpattiṁ āpajjati, yathārūpāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṁ paññāyati, atha kho naṁ khippameva satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu deseti vivarati uttānīkaroti; 
Though they may fall into a kind of offense for which resolution is possible, they quickly disclose, clarify, and reveal it to the Teacher or a sensible spiritual companion. 
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, daharo kumāro mando uttānaseyyako hatthena vā pādena vā aṅgāraṁ akkamitvā khippameva paṭisaṁharati; 
Suppose there was a little baby boy. If he puts his hand or foot on a burning coal, he quickly pulls it back. 
kiñcāpi tathārūpiṁ āpattiṁ āpajjati yathārūpāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṁ paññāyati, atha kho naṁ khippameva satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu deseti vivarati uttānīkaroti; 
Though they may still fall into a kind of offense for which resolution is possible, they quickly reveal it to the Teacher or a sensible spiritual companion. 

mn49viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn50anabhiratisaññino viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye.  At one time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
Etha, tumhe, bhikkhave, asubhānupassino kāye viharatha, āhāre paṭikūlasaññino, sabbaloke anabhiratisaññino, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassino’ti. 
Come, all you mendicants, meditate observing the ugliness of the body, perceiving the repulsiveness of food, perceiving dissatisfaction with the whole world, and observing the impermanence of all conditions.’ 
Atha kho te, pāpima, bhikkhū kakusandhena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena evaṁ ovadiyamānā evaṁ anusāsiyamānā araññagatāpi rukkhamūlagatāpi suññāgāragatāpi asubhānupassino kāye vihariṁsu, āhāre paṭikūlasaññino, sabbaloke anabhiratisaññino, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassino. 
When those mendicants were instructed and advised by the Buddha Kakusandha in this way, they went to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, where they meditated observing the ugliness of the body, perceiving the repulsiveness of food, perceiving dissatisfaction with the whole world, and observing the impermanence of all conditions. 

mn51anussarati viharati26Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. 
Idha, kandaraka, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
They meditate observing an aspect of the mind—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassan”ti. 
They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.” 
So anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṁvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati. 
They live without wishes in this very life, quenched, cooled, experiencing bliss, with self become divine. 
Yo ca kho ayaṁ, bhante, puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṁvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati— 
 
Yo ca kho ayaṁ, bhante, puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṁvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati; 
The person who doesn’t mortify either themselves or others—living without wishes, quenched, cooled, experiencing bliss, with self become divine—does not torment themselves or others, both of whom want to be happy and recoil from pain. 
ekāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, dvīhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti …pe… sattāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti—iti evarūpaṁ aḍḍhamāsikaṁ pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
They eat once a day, once every second day, up to once a week, and so on, even up to once a fortnight. They live committed to the practice of eating food at set intervals. 
sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati— 
They’re devoted to ritual bathing three times a day, including the evening. 
iti evarūpaṁ anekavihitaṁ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
And so they live committed to practicing these various ways of mortifying and tormenting the body. 
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṁvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati? 
And what person doesn’t mortify either themselves or others, but lives without wishes, quenched, cooled, experiencing bliss, with self become divine? 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno bhikkhūnaṁ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho, lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati. 
Once they’ve gone forth, they take up the training and livelihood of the mendicants. They give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 
Adinnādānaṁ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharati. 
They give up stealing. They take only what’s given, and expect only what’s given. They keep themselves clean by not thieving. 
So abhijjhaṁ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṁ parisodheti, 
Giving up covetousness for the world, they meditate with a heart rid of covetousness, cleansing the mind of covetousness. 
byāpādapadosaṁ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādapadosā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up ill will, they meditate with a mind rid of ill will, full of sympathy for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will and malevolence. 
thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up restlessness and remorse, they meditate without restlessness, their mind peaceful inside, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse. 
vicikicchaṁ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṅkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up doubt, they meditate having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful qualities, cleansing the mind of doubt. 
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
Then, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives, that is, one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 

mn52viharati14Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṁ viharati beluvagāmake.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Vesālī in the little village of Beluva. 
“kahaṁ nu kho, bhante, āyasmā ānando etarahi viharati? 
“Sir, where is Venerable Ānanda now staying? 
“Eso, gahapati, āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṁ viharati beluvagāmake”ti. 
“Householder, Venerable Ānanda is staying near Vesālī in the little village of Beluva.” 
“Idha, gahapati, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
“Householder, it’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, gahapati, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption … 
Puna caparaṁ, gahapati, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
third absorption … 
Puna caparaṁ, gahapati, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption … 
Puna caparaṁ, gahapati, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. 
equanimity … 
Puna caparaṁ, gahapati, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, householder, a mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Puna caparaṁ, gahapati, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. … 
Puna caparaṁ, gahapati, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 

mn53anussarati viharati vihiṁsūparatiyā14Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 
Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
It’s when a noble disciple is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya; yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṁsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya. Iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti. 
‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 
Āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. 
They live with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
It’s when a noble disciple, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … 
vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
second absorption … 
pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
third absorption … 
sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
Sa kho so, mahānāma, ariyasāvako imaṁyeva anuttaraṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ āgamma anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, 
Relying on this supreme purity of mindfulness and equanimity, that noble disciple recollects their many kinds of past lives. 
seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, 
That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. … And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Sa kho so, mahānāma, ariyasāvako imaṁyeva anuttaraṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ āgamma āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, 
Relying on this supreme purity of mindfulness and equanimity, that noble disciple realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Yañca kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, idampissa hoti vijjāya; 
A noble disciple’s knowledge includes the following: recollecting their past lives, 
Yampi, mahānāma, ariyasāvako āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, idampissa hoti vijjāya. 
and realizing the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life due to the ending of defilements. 

mn54anussarati viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā aṅguttarāpesu viharati āpaṇaṁ nāma aṅguttarāpānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Aṅguttarāpans, near the town of theirs named Āpaṇa. 
Sa kho so, gahapati, ariyasāvako imaṁyeva anuttaraṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ āgamma anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, 
Relying on this supreme purity of mindfulness and equanimity, that noble disciple recollects their many kinds of past lives. 
seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. … They recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Sa kho so, gahapati, ariyasāvako imaṁyeva anuttaraṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ āgamma āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
Relying on this supreme purity of mindfulness and equanimity, that noble disciple realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

mn55arativā viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati jīvakassa komārabhaccassa ambavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Komārabhacca. 
Idha, jīvaka, bhikkhu aññataraṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati. 
Take the case of a mendicant living supported by a town or village. 
So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
“Idha, jīvaka, bhikkhu aññataraṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati. 
“Take the case, Jīvaka, of a mendicant living supported by a town or village. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. 
Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. 
In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
“Yena kho, jīvaka, rāgena yena dosena yena mohena vihesavā assa arativā assa paṭighavā assa so rāgo so doso so moho tathāgatassa pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṁ anuppādadhammo. 
“Any greed, hate, or delusion that might give rise to cruelty, discontent, or repulsion has been given up by the Realized One, cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and is unable to arise in the future. 

mn56viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Nāḷandā in Pāvārika’s mango grove. 

mn57viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati haliddavasanaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Haliddavasana. 

mn58viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

mn59viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. … 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ … 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. … 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā, paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā, nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. … 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. … 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. … 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. 

mn60anussarati viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṁvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati.  They live without wishes in this very life, quenched, cooled, experiencing bliss, with self become divine. 
iti evarūpaṁ anekavihitaṁ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
And so they live committed to practicing these various ways of mortifying and tormenting the body. 
so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṁvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati? 
living without wishes in this very life, quenched, cooled, experiencing bliss, with self become divine? 
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Then, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption … 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 

mn61viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā rāhulo ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ viharati. 
Now at that time Venerable Rāhula was staying at Ambalaṭṭhikā. 

mn62ajjhoharati arati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
kaṇṇacchiddaṁ nāsacchiddaṁ mukhadvāraṁ, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ ajjhoharati, yattha ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ santiṭṭhati, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ adhobhāgaṁ nikkhamati, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ ākāsaṁ ākāsagataṁ, aghaṁ aghagataṁ, vivaraṁ vivaragataṁ, asamphuṭṭhaṁ, maṁsalohitehi upādinnaṁ— 
the ear canals, nostrils, and mouth; and the space for swallowing what is eaten and drunk, the space where it stays, and the space for excreting it from the nether regions; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s space, spacious, and appropriated. 
Muditañhi te, rāhula, bhāvanaṁ bhāvayato yā arati sā pahīyissati. 
For when you meditate on rejoicing any discontent will be given up. 

mn63viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn64upasaṁharati viharati18Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
sakkāyadiṭṭhipariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati sakkāyadiṭṭhiparetena; 
Their heart is overcome and mired in substantialist view, 
Vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati vicikicchāparetena; 
Their heart is overcome and mired in doubt, 
Sīlabbataparāmāsapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati sīlabbataparāmāsaparetena; 
Their heart is overcome and mired in misapprehension of precepts and observances, 
Kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena; 
Their heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire, 
Byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati byāpādaparetena; 
Their heart is overcome and mired in ill will, 
Sutavā ca kho, ānanda, ariyasāvako ariyānaṁ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto, sappurisānaṁ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto na sakkāyadiṭṭhipariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na sakkāyadiṭṭhiparetena; 
But a learned noble disciple has seen the noble ones, and is skilled and trained in the teaching of the noble ones. They’ve seen true persons, and are skilled and trained in the teaching of the true persons. Their heart is not overcome and mired in substantialist view, 
Na vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na vicikicchāparetena; 
Their heart is not overcome and mired in doubt, 
Na sīlabbataparāmāsapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na sīlabbataparāmāsaparetena; 
Their heart is not overcome and mired in misapprehension of precepts and observances, 
Na kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na kāmarāgaparetena; 
Their heart is not overcome and mired in sensual desire, 
Na byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na byāpādaparetena; 
Their heart is not overcome and mired in ill will, 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu upadhivivekā akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānā sabbaso kāyaduṭṭhullānaṁ paṭippassaddhiyā vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant—due to the seclusion from attachments, the giving up of unskillful qualities, and the complete settling of physical discomforts—quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁharati: 
and apply it to the element free of death: 
Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe… 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption … 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 

mn65anussarati paṭicarati viharati17Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
‘bhagavā kho sāvatthiyaṁ viharati, bhagavāpi maṁ jānissati— 
‘The Buddha is staying in Sāvatthī, and he’ll know me 
So vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhaddāli, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhaddāli, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati, sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Puna caparaṁ, bhaddāli, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives, that is, one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. … They recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, na sammā vattati, na lomaṁ pāteti, na netthāraṁ vattati, ‘yena saṅgho attamano hoti taṁ karomī’ti nāha. 
When admonished by the monks, he dodges the issue, distracting the discussion with irrelevant points. He displays annoyance, hate, and bitterness. He doesn’t proceed properly, he doesn’t fall in line, he doesn’t proceed to get past it, and he doesn’t say: ‘I’ll do what pleases the Saṅgha.’ 
So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, na sammā vattati, na lomaṁ pāteti, na netthāraṁ vattati, “yena saṅgho attamano hoti taṁ karomī”ti nāha. 
When admonished by the monks, he dodges the issue, distracting the discussion with irrelevant points. He displays annoyance, hate, and bitterness. He doesn’t proceed properly, he doesn’t fall in line, he doesn’t proceed to get past it, and he doesn’t say: “I’ll do what pleases the Saṅgha.” 
So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno nāññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ na apanāmeti, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, sammā vattati, lomaṁ pāteti, netthāraṁ vattati, ‘yena saṅgho attamano hoti taṁ karomī’ti āha. 
When admonished by the monks, he doesn’t dodge the issue, distracting the discussion with irrelevant points. He doesn’t display annoyance, hate, and bitterness. He proceeds properly, he falls in line, he proceeds to get past it, and he says: ‘I’ll do what pleases the Saṅgha.’ 
So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno nāññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ na apanāmeti, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, sammā vattati, lomaṁ pāteti, netthāraṁ vattati, “yena saṅgho attamano hoti taṁ karomī”ti āha. 
When admonished by the monks, he doesn’t dodge the issue, distracting the discussion with irrelevant points. He doesn’t display annoyance, hate, and bitterness. He proceeds properly, he falls in line, he proceeds to get past it, and he says: “I’ll do what pleases the Saṅgha.” 
So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, na sammā vattati, na lomaṁ pāteti, na netthāraṁ vattati, ‘yena saṅgho attamano hoti taṁ karomī’ti nāha. 
When admonished by the monks, he dodges the issue … 
So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, na sammā vattati, na lomaṁ pāteti, na netthāraṁ vattati, “yena saṅgho attamano hoti taṁ karomī”ti nāha. 
When admonished by the monks, he dodges the issue … 
So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno nāññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, na bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, sammā vattati, lomaṁ pāteti, netthāraṁ vattati, ‘yena saṅgho attamano hoti taṁ karomī’ti āha. 
When admonished by the monks, he doesn’t dodge the issue … 
So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno nāññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, na bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, sammā vattati, lomaṁ pāteti, netthāraṁ vattati, “yena saṅgho attamano hoti taṁ karomī”ti āha. 
When admonished by the monks, he doesn’t dodge the issue … 

mn66rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ viharati21Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā aṅguttarāpesu viharati āpaṇaṁ nāma aṅguttarāpānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Aṅguttarāpans, near the town of theirs named Āpaṇa. 
Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhante, bhikkhū rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ piṇḍāya carantā candanikampi pavisanti, oligallepi papatanti, kaṇṭakāvāṭampi ārohanti, suttampi gāviṁ ārohanti, māṇavehipi samāgacchanti katakammehipi akatakammehipi, mātugāmopi te asaddhammena nimanteti. 
In the past, mendicants went wandering for alms in the dark of the night. They walked into a swamp, or fell into a sewer, or collided with a thorn bush, or collided with a sleeping cow, or encountered youths escaping a crime or on their way to commit one, or were invited by a female to commit a lewd act. 
Bhūtapubbāhaṁ, bhante, rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ piṇḍāya carāmi. 
Once it so happened that I was wandering for alms in the dark of the night. 
Varaṁ te, bhikkhu, tiṇhena govikantanena kucchi parikanto, na tveva varaṁ yaṁ rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ kucchihetu piṇḍāya carasī’ti. 
Better to have your belly sliced open with a sharp meat cleaver than to wander for alms in the dark of night for the sake of your belly!’ 
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati 
Take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … 
vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
second absorption … 
pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
third absorption … 
sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
Take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption. 
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
Take a mendicant who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, enters and remains in the second absorption. 
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
Take a mendicant who, with the fading away of rapture, enters and remains in the third absorption. 
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
Take a mendicant who, giving up pleasure and pain, enters and remains in the fourth absorption. 
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
Take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption. 
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, ayaṁ tassa samatikkamo; 
Take a mendicant who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, enters and remains in the second absorption. That goes beyond it. 
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, ayaṁ tassa samatikkamo; 
Take a mendicant who, with the fading away of rapture, enters and remains in the third absorption. That goes beyond it. 
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, ayaṁ tassa samatikkamo; 
Take a mendicant who, giving up pleasure and pain, enters and remains in the fourth absorption. That goes beyond it. 
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, ayaṁ tassa samatikkamo; 
Take a mendicant who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. That goes beyond it. 
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, ayaṁ tassa samatikkamo; 
Take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. That goes beyond it. 
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, ayaṁ tassa samatikkamo; 
Take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. That goes beyond it. 
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, ayaṁ tassa samatikkamo; 
Take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. That goes beyond it. 
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, ayaṁ tassa samatikkamo; 
Take a mendicant who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. That goes beyond it. 

mn67viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā cātumāyaṁ viharati āmalakīvane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Cātumā in a myrobalan grove. 

mn68upasaṁharati viharati15Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati naḷakapāne palāsavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans near Naḷakapāna in the grove of flame-of-the-forest trees. 
So tassa saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussaranto tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati. 
Recollecting that monk’s faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom, he applies his mind to that end. 
So tassa saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussaranto tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati. 
Recollecting that monk’s faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom, he applies his mind to that end. 
So tassa saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussaranto tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati. 
Recollecting that monk’s faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom, he applies his mind to that end. 
So tassa saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussaranto tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati. 
Recollecting that monk’s faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom, he applies his mind to that end. 
Sā tassā saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarantī tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati. 
Recollecting that nun’s faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom, she applies her mind to that end. 
Sā tassā saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarantī tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati. 
Recollecting that nun’s faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom, she applies her mind to that end. 
Sā tassā saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarantī tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati. 
Recollecting that nun’s faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom, she applies her mind to that end. 
Sā tassā saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarantī tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati. 
Recollecting that nun’s faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom, she applies her mind to that end. 
So tassa saddhañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussaranto tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati. 
Recollecting that layman’s faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom, he applies his mind to that end. 
So tassa saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussaranto tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati. 
Recollecting that layman’s faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom, he applies his mind to that end. 
So tassa saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussaranto tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati. 
Recollecting that layman’s faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom, he applies his mind to that end. 
Sā tassā saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarantī tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati. 
Recollecting that laywoman’s faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom, she applies her mind to that end. 
Sā tassā saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarantī tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati. 
Recollecting that laywoman’s faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom, she applies her mind to that end. 
Sā tassā saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarantī tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati. 
Recollecting that laywoman’s faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom, she applies her mind to that end. 

mn69viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

mn70carati viharati11Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kāsīsu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ.  At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kāsis together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. 
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā kīṭāgirismiṁ viharati kāsīnaṁ nigame. 
and stayed there. 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena phusitvā viharati paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
It’s a person who has direct meditative experience of the peaceful liberations that are formless, transcending form. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements have come to an end. 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te na kāyena phusitvā viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
It’s a person who does not have direct meditative experience of the peaceful liberations that are formless, transcending form. Nevertheless, having seen with wisdom, their defilements have come to an end. 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena phusitvā viharati, paññāya cassa disvā ekacce āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
It’s a person who has direct meditative experience of the peaceful liberations that are formless, transcending form. And, having seen with wisdom, some of their defilements have come to an end. 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te na kāyena phusitvā viharati, paññāya cassa disvā ekacce āsavā parikkhīṇā honti, tathāgatappaveditā cassa dhammā paññāya vodiṭṭhā honti vocaritā. 
It’s a person who doesn’t have direct meditative experience of the peaceful liberations that are formless, transcending form. Nevertheless, having seen with wisdom, some of their defilements have come to an end. And they have clearly seen and clearly contemplated with wisdom the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One. 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te na kāyena phusitvā viharati, paññāya cassa disvā ekacce āsavā parikkhīṇā honti, tathāgate cassa saddhā niviṭṭhā hoti mūlajātā patiṭṭhitā. 
It’s a person who doesn’t have direct meditative experience of the peaceful liberations that are formless, transcending form. Nevertheless, having seen with wisdom, some of their defilements have come to an end. And their faith is settled, rooted, and planted in the Realized One. 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te na kāyena phusitvā viharati, paññāya cassa disvā ekacce āsavā parikkhīṇā honti, tathāgatappaveditā cassa dhammā paññāya mattaso nijjhānaṁ khamanti, api cassa ime dhammā honti, seyyathidaṁ— 
It’s a person who doesn’t have direct meditative experience of the peaceful liberations that are formless, transcending form. And having seen with wisdom, their defilements have not come to an end. And they accept the teachings proclaimed by the Realized One after deliberating them with a degree of wisdom. And they have the following qualities: 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te na kāyena phusitvā viharati, paññāya cassa disvā ekacce āsavā parikkhīṇā honti, tathāgate cassa saddhāmattaṁ hoti pemamattaṁ, api cassa ime dhammā honti, seyyathidaṁ— 
It’s a person who doesn’t have direct meditative experience of the peaceful liberations that are formless, transcending form. And having seen with wisdom, their defilements have not come to an end. And they have a degree of faith and love for the Realized One. And they have the following qualities: 
“Yopi so, bhikkhave, satthā āmisagaru āmisadāyādo āmisehi saṁsaṭṭho viharati tassa pāyaṁ evarūpī paṇopaṇaviyā na upeti: 
“Even with a teacher who values things of the flesh, is an heir in things of the flesh, who lives caught up in things of the flesh, you wouldn’t get into such haggling: 
‘evañca no assa atha naṁ kareyyāma, na ca no evamassa na naṁ kareyyāmā’ti, kiṁ pana, bhikkhave, yaṁ tathāgato sabbaso āmisehi visaṁsaṭṭho viharati. 
‘If we get this, we’ll do that. If we don’t get this, we won’t do it.’ What then of the Realized One, who lives utterly detached from things of the flesh? 

mn71viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

mn72viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn73viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

mn74viharati voharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate sūkarakhatāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain in the Boar’s Cave. 
Evaṁ vimuttacitto kho, aggivessana, bhikkhu na kenaci saṁvadati, na kenaci vivadati, yañca loke vuttaṁ tena voharati, aparāmasan”ti. 
A mendicant whose mind is freed like this doesn’t side with anyone or dispute with anyone. They use the language of the world to communicate without getting stuck on it.” 

mn75rati ratiyā viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo, bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa agyāgāre tiṇasanthārake.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma, on a grass mat in the fire chamber of a brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan. 
Yāhayaṁ, māgaṇḍiya, rati, aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi dhammehi— 
Because there is a satisfaction that is apart from sensual pleasures and unskillful qualities, 
tāya ratiyā ramamāno hīnassa na pihemi, na tattha abhiramāmi. 
Enjoying that satisfaction, I don’t envy what is inferior, nor do I hope to enjoy it. 
Yāhayaṁ, māgaṇḍiya, rati aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi dhammehi— 
Because there is a satisfaction that is apart from sensual pleasures and unskillful qualities, 
tāya ratiyā ramamāno hīnassa na pihemi, na tattha abhiramāmi. 
Enjoying that satisfaction, I don’t envy what is inferior, nor do I hope to enjoy it. 
Yāhayaṁ, māgaṇḍiya, rati, aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi dhammehi— 
Because there is a satisfaction that is apart from sensual pleasures and unskillful qualities, 
tāya ratiyā ramamāno hīnassa na pihemi, na tattha abhiramāmi. 
Enjoying that satisfaction, I don’t envy what is inferior, nor do I hope to enjoy it. 
api nu te diṭṭho vā suto vā rājā vā rājamahāmatto vā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricārayamāno kāmataṇhaṁ appahāya kāmapariḷāhaṁ appaṭivinodetvā vigatapipāso ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto vihāsi vā viharati vā viharissati vā”ti? 
Have you seen or heard of a king or a royal minister of the past, future, or present, amusing themselves supplied and provided with the five kinds of sensual stimulation, who—without giving up craving for sensual pleasures and dispelling passion for sensual pleasures—lives rid of thirst, their mind peaceful inside?” 
Mayāpi kho etaṁ, māgaṇḍiya, neva diṭṭhaṁ na sutaṁ rājā vā rājamahāmatto vā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricārayamāno kāmataṇhaṁ appahāya kāmapariḷāhaṁ appaṭivinodetvā vigatapipāso ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto vihāsi vā viharati vā viharissati vā. 
Neither have I. 

mn76anussarati viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Then, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, he enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, sandaka, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant … enters and remains in the second absorption … 
Puna caparaṁ, sandaka, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
third absorption … 
Puna caparaṁ, sandaka, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. … They recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 

mn77anussarati parippharati viharati21Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati … 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings … 
citte cittānupassī viharati … 
mind … 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
Going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space. 
sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. 
sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
Going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling. 
Idhudāyi, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
So imameva kāyaṁ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. 
evameva kho, udāyi, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
In the same way, a mendicant drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. 
Puna caparaṁ, udāyi, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption. It has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
So imameva kāyaṁ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with rapture and bliss born of immersion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of immersion. 
Evameva kho, udāyi, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
In the same way, a mendicant drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with rapture and bliss born of immersion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of immersion. 
Puna caparaṁ, udāyi, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption. They meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
So imameva kāyaṁ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with bliss free of rapture. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with bliss free of rapture. 
evameva kho, udāyi, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
In the same way, a mendicant drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with bliss free of rapture. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with bliss free of rapture. 
Puna caparaṁ, udāyi, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption. It is without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
Puna caparaṁ, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṁ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussaranti, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi, anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
Furthermore, I have explained to my disciples a practice that they use to recollect the many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 

mn78viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha, thapati, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Idha, thapati, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
It’s when, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 

mn79anussarati rattandhakāratimisāya viharati18Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
yo vā maṇi veḷuriyo subho jātimā aṭṭhaṁso suparikammakato paṇḍukambale nikkhitto bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca, yo vā rattandhakāratimisāya kimi khajjopanako—imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ katamo vaṇṇo abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? 
Which of these two has a finer splendor: such a beryl gem, or a firefly in the dark of night?” 
“Yvāyaṁ, bhante, rattandhakāratimisāya kimi khajjopanako—ayaṁ imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti. 
“A firefly in the dark of night, sir.” 
yo vā rattandhakāratimisāya kimi khajjopanako, yo vā rattandhakāratimisāya telappadīpo—imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ katamo vaṇṇo abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? 
Which of these two has a finer splendor: a firefly in the dark of night, or an oil lamp in the dark of night?” 
“Yvāyaṁ, bhante, rattandhakāratimisāya telappadīpo—ayaṁ imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti. 
“An oil lamp in the dark of night, sir.” 
yo vā rattandhakāratimisāya telappadīpo, yo vā rattandhakāratimisāya mahāaggikkhandho—imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ katamo vaṇṇo abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? 
Which of these two has a finer splendor: an oil lamp in the dark of night, or a great mass of fire in the dark of night?” 
“Yvāyaṁ, bhante, rattandhakāratimisāya mahāaggikkhandho—ayaṁ imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti. 
“A great mass of fire in the dark of night, sir.” 
yo vā rattandhakāratimisāya mahāaggikkhandho, yā vā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ viddhe vigatavalāhake deve osadhitārakā—imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ katamo vaṇṇo abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? 
Which of these two has a finer splendor: a great mass of fire in the dark of night, or the Morning Star in the clear and cloudless heavens at the crack of dawn?” 
“Idhudāyi, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
“It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption. 
vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati; 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption. 
pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati— 
With the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption. 
“Idhudāyi, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ … upasampajja viharati. 
“It’s when, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption. 
vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Then, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption. 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 

mn80rattandhakāratimisāya viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
yo vā maṇi veḷuriyo subho jātimā aṭṭhaṁso suparikammakato paṇḍukambale nikkhitto bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca, yo vā rattandhakāratimisāya kimi khajjopanako imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ katamo vaṇṇo abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? 
Which of these two has a finer splendor: such a beryl gem, or a firefly in the dark of night?” 
“Yvāyaṁ, bho gotama, rattandhakāratimisāya kimi khajjopanako, ayaṁ imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti. 
“A firefly in the dark of night.” 
yo vā rattandhakāratimisāya kimi khajjopanako, yo vā rattandhakāratimisāya telappadīpo, imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ katamo vaṇṇo abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? 
Which of these two has a finer splendor: a firefly in the dark of night, or an oil lamp in the dark of night?” 
“Yvāyaṁ, bho gotama, rattandhakāratimisāya telappadīpo, ayaṁ imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti. 
“An oil lamp in the dark of night.” 
yo vā rattandhakāratimisāya telappadīpo, yo vā rattandhakāratimisāya mahāaggikkhandho, imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ katamo vaṇṇo abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? 
Which of these two has a finer splendor: an oil lamp in the dark of night, or a great mass of fire in the dark of night?” 
“Yvāyaṁ, bho gotama, rattandhakāratimisāya mahāaggikkhandho, ayaṁ imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti. 
“A great mass of fire in the dark of night.” 
yo vā rattandhakāratimisāya mahāaggikkhandho, yā vā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ viddhe vigatavalāhake deve osadhitārakā, imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ katamo vaṇṇo abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? 
Which of these two has a finer splendor: a great mass of fire in the dark of night, or the Morning Star in the clear and cloudless heavens at the crack of dawn?” 

mn81carati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ.  At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. 
Tatra sudaṁ, ānanda, kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye. 
where he stayed near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 
Assosi kho, ānanda, kikī kāsirājā: ‘kassapo kira bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bārāṇasiṁ anuppatto bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye’ti. 
King Kikī of Kāsi heard that he had arrived. 

mn82viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  where he stayed in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Tatra sudaṁ āyasmā raṭṭhapālo thullakoṭṭhike viharati rañño korabyassa migacīre. 
where he stayed in King Koravya’s deer range. 

mn83carati viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mithilāyaṁ viharati maghadevaambavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Mithilā in the Maghadeva Mango Grove. 
dhammaṁ carati brāhmaṇagahapatikesu negamesu ceva jānapadesu ca; 
He justly treated brahmins and householders, and people of town and country. 
dhammaṁ carati brāhmaṇagahapatikesu negamesu ceva jānapadesu ca; 
He justly treated brahmins and householders, and people of town and country. 
dhammaṁ carati brāhmaṇagahapatikesu negamesu ceva jānapadesu ca; 
He justly treats brahmins and householders, and people of town and country. 
dhammaṁ carati brāhmaṇagahapatikesu negamesu ceva jānapadesu ca; 
 
dhammaṁ carati brāhmaṇagahapatikesu negamesu ceva jānapadesu ca; 
 
Tatra sudaṁ, ānanda, nimi rājā dhammaṁ carati brāhmaṇagahapatikesu negamesu ceva jānapadesu ca, uposathañca upavasati cātuddasiṁ pañcadasiṁ aṭṭhamiñca pakkhassāti. 
And there King Nimi justly treated his people, and observed the sabbath. 

mn84viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno madhurāyaṁ viharati gundāvane.  At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying near Madhurā, in Gunda’s Grove. 
“samaṇo khalu, bho, kaccāno madhurāyaṁ viharati gundāvane. 
“It seems the ascetic Kaccāna is staying near Madhurā, in Gunda’s Grove. 
“Kahaṁ pana, bho kaccāna, etarahi so bhagavā viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti? 
“But where is that Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?” 

mn85viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu; 
They live with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
“Ekamidaṁ, samma sañjikāputta, samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. 
This one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 
Ekamidaṁ, samma sañjikāputta, samayaṁ bhagavā idheva bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. 
Another time the Buddha was staying here in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 

mn86kāmarati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. 
where he stayed in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
mā kāmarati santhavaṁ; 
or delight in erotic intimacy. 

mn87viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn88viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn89viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati medāḷupaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near the Sakyan town named Medaḷumpa. 
Kahaṁ nu kho, samma kārāyana, etarahi so bhagavā viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti? 
My good Kārāyana, where is that Buddha at present?” 
Tattha so bhagavā etarahi viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti. 
That’s where the Buddha is now staying.” 
“kahaṁ nu kho, bhante, etarahi so bhagavā viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho? 
“Sirs, where is the Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha? 

mn90viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruññāyaṁ viharati kaṇṇakatthale migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Ujuññā, in the deer park at Kaṇṇakatthala. 
āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu; 
They live with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 

mn91ajjhoharati carati niccharati uddharati viharati vihiṁsūparatiyā12Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā videhesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi.  At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Videhans together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants. 
“samaṇo khalu bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito videhesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. 
“It seems the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—is wandering in the land of the Videhans, together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants. 
“ayaṁ, tāta uttara, samaṇo gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito videhesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. 
 
So nātidūre pādaṁ uddharati, nāccāsanne pādaṁ nikkhipati; 
He doesn’t lift his foot too far or place it too near. 
Dvattikkhattuṁ kho bhavaṁ gotamo mukhe ālopaṁ samparivattetvā ajjhoharati; 
He chews over each portion two or three times before swallowing. 
neva davāya, na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya, vihiṁsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya: ‘iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti. 
‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 
na ca so bhavaṁ gotamo pādamaṇḍanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
But he doesn’t waste time with pedicures. 
Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato kho panassa bhoto gotamassa mukhato ghoso niccharati— 
The sound of his voice has eight qualities: 
Yathāparisaṁ kho pana so bhavaṁ gotamo sarena viññāpeti, na cassa bahiddhā parisāya ghoso niccharati. 
He makes sure his voice is intelligible as far as the assembly goes, but the sound doesn’t extend outside the assembly. 
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā mithilāyaṁ viharati maghadevaambavane. 
where he stayed in the Maghadeva Mango Grove. 
“samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito videhesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi mithilaṁ anuppatto, mithilāyaṁ viharati maghadevaambavane. 
“It seems the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—has arrived at Mithilā, where he is staying in the Maghadeva Mango Grove. 
Assosi kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo: “samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito mithilaṁ anuppatto, mithilāyaṁ viharati maghadevaambavane”ti. 
The brahmin Brahmāyu also heard that the Buddha had arrived. 

mn92viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kahaṁ pana, bho keṇiya, etarahi so bhavaṁ gotamo viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti?  “But Keṇiya, where is the Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?” 

mn93viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn94anussarati viharati25Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā udeno bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati khemiyambavane.  At one time Venerable Udena was staying near Varanasi in the Khemiya Mango Grove. 
So anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṁvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati. 
They live without wishes in this very life, quenched, cooled, experiencing bliss, with self become divine. 
yo ca kho ayaṁ, bho udena, puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṁvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati. 
 
Yo ca kho ayaṁ, bho udena, puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṁvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati, so attānañca parañca sukhakāmaṁ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṁ neva ātāpeti na paritāpeti; 
The person who doesn’t mortify either themselves or others—living without wishes, quenched, cooled, experiencing bliss, with self become divine—does not torment themselves or others, both of whom want to be happy and recoil from pain. 
So anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṁvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati. 
 
“Yvāyaṁ, bho udena, puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṁvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati; 
“I usually find such a person in 
ekāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, dvīhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti …pe… sattāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti—iti evarūpaṁ addhamāsikaṁ pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
They eat once a day, once every second day, up to once a week, and so on, even up to once a fortnight. They live committed to the practice of eating food at set intervals. 
sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati— 
They’re devoted to ritual bathing three times a day, including the evening. 
iti evarūpaṁ anekavihitaṁ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
And so they live committed to practicing these various ways of mortifying and tormenting the body. 
so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṁvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati? 
living without wishes in this very life, quenched, cooled, experiencing bliss, with self become divine? 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno bhikkhūnaṁ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati. 
Once they’ve gone forth, they take up the training and livelihood of the mendicants. They give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 
Adinnādānaṁ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī. Athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharati. 
They give up stealing. They take only what’s given, and expect only what’s given. They keep themselves clean by not thieving. 
So abhijjhaṁ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up covetousness for the world, they meditate with a heart rid of covetousness, cleansing the mind of covetousness. 
byāpādapadosaṁ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādapadosā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up ill will and malevolence, they meditate with a mind rid of ill will, full of sympathy for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will. 
thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up restlessness and remorse, they meditate without restlessness, their mind peaceful inside, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse. 
vicikicchaṁ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṅkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up doubt, they meditate having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful qualities, cleansing the mind of doubt. 
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Then, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi, anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto; so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto; so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
“Kahaṁ pana, bho udena, etarahi so bhavaṁ gotamo viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti? 
“But Mister Udena, where is the Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?” 

mn95samannāharati viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā opāsāde viharati uttarena opāsādaṁ devavane sālavane.  He stayed in the Godswood of sal trees to the north of Opāsāda. 
“samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ opāsādaṁ anuppatto, opāsāde viharati uttarena opāsādaṁ devavane sālavane. 
“It seems the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—has arrived at Opāsāda together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. He is staying in the Godswood to the north. 
“Atthi, bho caṅkī, samaṇo gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ opāsādaṁ anuppatto, opāsāde viharati uttarena opāsādaṁ devavane sālavane. 
“The ascetic Gotama has arrived at Opāsāda together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. He is staying in the Godswood to the north. 
Samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo opāsādaṁ anuppatto opāsāde viharati uttarena opāsādaṁ devavane sālavane. 
The ascetic Gotama has arrived to stay in the Godswood to the north of Opāsāda. 
Yampi samaṇo gotamo opāsādaṁ anuppatto opāsāde viharati uttarena opāsādaṁ devavane sālavane, atithimhākaṁ samaṇo gotamo. 
 
“samannāharati kho maṁ samaṇo gotamo. 
“The ascetic Gotama is engaging with me. 
“Idha, bhāradvāja, bhikkhu aññataraṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati. 
“Bhāradvāja, take the case of a mendicant living supported by a town or village. 

mn96viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn97carati viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto dakkhiṇāgirismiṁ cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. 
Now at that time Venerable Sāriputta was wandering in the Southern Hills together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. 
Tatra sudaṁ āyasmā sāriputto rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. 
where he stayed in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Idha, dhanañjāni, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. 
Firstly, a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 

mn98aratiṁ ratiñca viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe.  At one time the Buddha was staying in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. 
“ayaṁ kho, bho bhāradvāja, samaṇo gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. 
“Mister Bhāradvāja, the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—is staying in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. 
Hitvā ratiñca aratiṁ, 
Giving up discontent and desire, 

mn99viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
“Ayaṁ, bhante, bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. 
“Sir, the Buddha is staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha, māṇava, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, māṇava, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā … dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Idha, māṇava, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. 
Firstly, a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
yassa vijite tathāgato viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti. 
that the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha is living in his realm!” 

mn100carati viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ.  At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. 
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā cañcalikappe viharati todeyyānaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ ambavane. 
where he stayed in the mango grove of the Todeyya brahmins. 
Assosi kho dhanañjānī brāhmaṇī: “bhagavā kira cañcalikappaṁ anuppatto, cañcalikappe viharati todeyyānaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ ambavane”ti. 
Dhanañjānī heard that he had arrived. 
“ayaṁ, tāta bhadramukha, so bhagavā cañcalikappaṁ anuppatto, cañcalikappe viharati todeyyānaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ ambavane. 
 

mn101anussarati viharati15Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati devadahaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near the Sakyan town named Devadaha. 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno bhikkhūnaṁ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho, lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati. 
Once they’ve gone forth, they take up the training and livelihood of the mendicants. They give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 
Adinnādānaṁ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharati. 
They give up stealing. They take only what’s given, and expect only what’s given. They keep themselves clean by not thieving. 
So abhijjhaṁ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up covetousness for the world, they meditate with a heart rid of covetousness, cleansing the mind of covetousness. 
Byāpādapadosaṁ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādapadosā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up ill will and malevolence, they meditate with a mind rid of ill will, full of sympathy for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will. 
Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
Uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up restlessness and remorse, they meditate without restlessness, their mind peaceful inside, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse. 
Vicikicchaṁ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṅkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up doubt, they meditate having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful qualities, cleansing the mind of doubt. 
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Then, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti. Yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives, that is, one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 

mn102pharati viharati13Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṁyojanānaṁ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekaṁ pītiṁ upasampajja viharati: 
Now, some ascetics and brahmins, letting go of theories about the past and the future, not fixating on the fetters of sensuality, enter and remain in the rapture of seclusion: 
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yaṁ chāyā jahati taṁ ātapo pharati, yaṁ ātapo jahati taṁ chāyā pharati; 
It’s like how the sunlight fills the space when the shadow leaves, or the shadow fills the space when the sunshine leaves. 
Ayaṁ kho bhavaṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṁyojanānaṁ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekaṁ pītiṁ upasampajja viharati: 
This good ascetic or brahmin, letting go of theories about the past and the future, not fixating on the fetters of sensuality, enters and remains in the rapture of seclusion: 
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṁyojanānaṁ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekāya pītiyā samatikkamā nirāmisaṁ sukhaṁ upasampajja viharati: 
Now, some ascetics and brahmins, letting go of theories about the past and the future, not fixating on the fetters of sensuality, going beyond the rapture of seclusion, enter and remain in pleasure not of the flesh. 
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yaṁ chāyā jahati taṁ ātapo pharati, yaṁ ātapo jahati taṁ chāyā pharati; 
It’s like how the sunlight fills the space when the shadow leaves, or the shadow fills the space when the sunshine leaves. … 
Ayaṁ kho bhavaṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṁyojanānaṁ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekāya pītiyā samatikkamā, nirāmisaṁ sukhaṁ upasampajja viharati: 
This good ascetic or brahmin, letting go of theories about the past and the future, not fixating on the fetters of sensuality, going beyond the rapture of seclusion, enters and remains in pleasure not of the flesh. 
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṁyojanānaṁ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekāya pītiyā samatikkamā, nirāmisassa sukhassa samatikkamā, adukkhamasukhaṁ vedanaṁ upasampajja viharati: 
Now, some ascetics and brahmins, letting go of theories about the past and the future, not fixating on the fetters of sensuality, going beyond the rapture of seclusion and pleasure not of the flesh, enter and remain in neutral feeling. 
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yaṁ chāyā jahati taṁ ātapo pharati, yaṁ ātapo jahati taṁ chāyā pharati; 
It’s like how the sunlight fills the space when the shadow leaves, or the shadow fills the space when the sunshine leaves. … 
Ayaṁ kho bhavaṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṁyojanānaṁ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekāya pītiyā samatikkamā, nirāmisassa sukhassa samatikkamā, adukkhamasukhaṁ vedanaṁ upasampajja viharati: 
This good ascetic or brahmin, letting go of theories about the past and the future, not fixating on the fetters of sensuality, going beyond the rapture of seclusion and pleasure not of the flesh, enters and remains in neutral feeling. 

mn103viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā pisinārāyaṁ viharati baliharaṇe vanasaṇḍe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kusinārā, in the Forest of Offerings. 

mn104sarati viharati vivarati14Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati sāmagāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans near the village of Sāma. 
Yo so, ānanda, bhikkhu kodhano hoti upanāhī so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti. 
Such a mendicant lacks respect and reverence for the teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and they don’t fulfill the training. 
Yo so, ānanda, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso, dhamme … saṅghe agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāya na paripūrakārī hoti, so saṅghe vivādaṁ janeti; yo hoti vivādo bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṁ. 
They create a dispute in the Saṅgha, which is for the detriment and suffering of the people, against the people, for the harm, detriment, and suffering of gods and humans. 
Yo so, ānanda, bhikkhu sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti. 
Such a mendicant lacks respect and reverence for the teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and they don’t fulfill the training. 
Yo so, ānanda, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso, dhamme … saṅghe … sikkhāya na paripūrakārī hoti so saṅghe vivādaṁ janeti; yo hoti vivādo bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṁ. 
They create a dispute in the Saṅgha, which is for the detriment and suffering of the people, against the people, for the harm, detriment, and suffering of gods and humans. 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu codito vā acodito vā āpattiṁ sarati, vivarati uttānīkaroti. 
It’s when a mendicant, whether accused or not, recalls an offense and clarifies it and reveals it. 
Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, bhikkhu—yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṁvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu—sīlasāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the precepts shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. Those precepts are intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. 
Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, bhikkhu—yāyaṁ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā—diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca. 
Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the view shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. That view is noble and emancipating, and delivers one who practices it to the complete ending of suffering. 

mn105viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

mn106viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma. 

mn107viharati vihiṁsūparatiyā12Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 
Yato kho, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu, tamenaṁ tathāgato uttariṁ vineti: 
When they have ethical conduct, the Realized One guides them further: 
neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṁsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya—iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti. 
‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 
So abhijjhaṁ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up covetousness for the world, they meditate with a heart rid of covetousness, cleansing the mind of covetousness. 
byāpādapadosaṁ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādapadosā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up ill will and malevolence, they meditate with a mind rid of ill will, full of sympathy for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will. 
thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
Giving up restlessness and remorse, they meditate without restlessness, their mind peaceful inside, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse. 
vicikicchaṁ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṅkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṁ parisodheti. 
Giving up doubt, they meditate having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful qualities, cleansing the mind of doubt. 
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Then, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Pītiyā ca virāgā … tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Sukhassa ca pahānā … catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

mn108anussarati viharati13Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe aciraparinibbute bhagavati.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. It was not long after the Buddha had become fully quenched. 
Idha, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. 
It’s when a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and seeking alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. 
Anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattārīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Ekamidāhaṁ, bho ānanda, samayaṁ so bhavaṁ gotamo vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. 
This one time, Mister Ānanda, Mister Gotama was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 
Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti; 
It’s when someone’s heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire, and they don’t truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen. 
Byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti; 
Their heart is overcome and mired in ill will … 
Thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti; 
dullness and drowsiness … 
Uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti; 
restlessness and remorse … 
Vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti; 
doubt, and they don’t truly know and see the escape from doubt that has arisen. 
Idha, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

mn109viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 

mn110viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 

mn111viharati20Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha, bhikkhave, sāriputto vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, he entered and remained in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
So tesu dhammesu anupāyo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaṁyutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharati. 
Regarding those phenomena, he meditated without going near or going away, independent, untied, liberated, detached, his mind free of limits. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sāriputto vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected were stilled, he entered and remained in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
So tesu dhammesu anupāyo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaṁyutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharati. 
Regarding those phenomena, he meditated without going near or going away, independent, untied, liberated, detached, his mind free of limits. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sāriputto pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti. Yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, he entered and remained in the third absorption, where he meditated with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
So tesu dhammesu anupāyo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaṁyutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharati. 
Regarding those phenomena, he meditated without going near or going away, independent, untied, liberated, detached, his mind free of limits. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sāriputto sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the giving up of pleasure and pain, and the ending of former happiness and sadness, he entered and remained in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
So tesu dhammesu anupāyo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaṁyutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharati. 
Regarding those phenomena, he meditated without going near or going away, independent, untied, liberated, detached, his mind free of limits. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sāriputto sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, he entered and remained in the dimension of infinite space. 
So tesu dhammesu anupāyo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaṁyutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharati. 
Regarding those phenomena, he meditated without going near or going away, independent, untied, liberated, detached, his mind free of limits. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sāriputto sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, he entered and remained in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
So tesu dhammesu anupāyo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaṁyutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharati. 
Regarding those phenomena, he meditated without going near or going away, independent, untied, liberated, detached, his mind free of limits. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sāriputto sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, he entered and remained in the dimension of nothingness. 
So tesu dhammesu anupāyo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaṁyutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharati. 
Regarding those phenomena, he meditated without going near or going away, independent, untied, liberated, detached, his mind free of limits. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sāriputto sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, he entered and remained in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
So tesu dhammesu anupāyo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaṁyutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharati. 
Regarding those phenomena, he meditated without going near or going away, independent, untied, liberated, detached, his mind free of limits. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sāriputto sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati. Paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, he entered and remained in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, his defilements came to an end. 
So tesu dhammesu anupāyo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaṁyutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharati. 
Regarding those phenomena, he meditated without going near or going away, independent, untied, liberated, detached, his mind free of limits. 

mn112viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn113viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, asappuriso vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take an untrue person who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, asappuriso sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, take an untrue person who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space … 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, asappuriso sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
the dimension of infinite consciousness … 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, asappuriso sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
the dimension of nothingness … 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, asappuriso sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sappuriso sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati. Paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. 
Furthermore, take a true person who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end. 

mn114viharati15Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha, bhante, ekacco pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho, lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati; 
It’s when someone gives up killing living creatures. They renounce the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 
Idha, bhante, ekacco abhijjhālu hoti, abhijjhāsahagatena cetasā viharati; 
It’s when someone is covetous, and lives with their heart full of covetousness. 
byāpādavā hoti, byāpādasahagatena cetasā viharati; 
They are malicious, and live with their heart full of ill will. 
vihesavā hoti, vihesāsahagatena cetasā viharati— 
They’re hurtful, and live with their heart intent on harm. 
Idha, bhante, ekacco anabhijjhālu hoti, anabhijjhāsahagatena cetasā viharati; 
It’s when someone is content, and lives with their heart full of contentment. 
abyāpādavā hoti, abyāpādasahagatena cetasā viharati; 
They have good will, and live with their heart full of good will. 
avihesavā hoti, avihesāsahagatena cetasā viharati— 
They’re kind, and live with their heart full of kindness. 
Idha, bhante, ekacco abhijjhālu hoti, abhijjhāsahagatāya saññāya viharati; 
It’s when someone is covetous, and lives with their perception full of covetousness. 
byāpādavā hoti, byāpādasahagatāya saññāya viharati; 
They are malicious, and live with their perception full of ill will. 
vihesavā hoti, vihesāsahagatāya saññāya viharati— 
They’re hurtful, and live with their perception intent on harm. 
Idha, bhante, ekacco anabhijjhālu hoti, anabhijjhāsahagatāya saññāya viharati; 
It’s when someone is content, and lives with their perception full of contentment. 
abyāpādavā hoti, abyāpādasahagatāya saññāya viharati; 
They have good will, and live with their perception full of good will. 
avihesavā hoti, avihesāsahagatāya saññāya viharati— 
They’re kind, and live with their perception full of kindness. 
Idha, sāriputta, ekacco pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho, lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati; 
 

mn115viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn116viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati isigilismiṁ pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Isigili Mountain. 

mn117paṭivirati viharati virati ārati15Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
So sato micchādiṭṭhiṁ pajahati, sato sammādiṭṭhiṁ upasampajja viharati, sāssa hoti sammāsati. 
Mindfully they give up wrong view and take up right view: that’s their right mindfulness. 
So sato micchāsaṅkappaṁ pajahati, sato sammāsaṅkappaṁ upasampajja viharati; sāssa hoti sammāsati. 
Mindfully they give up wrong thought and take up right thought: that’s their right mindfulness. 
Yā kho, bhikkhave, ariyacittassa anāsavacittassa ariyamaggasamaṅgino ariyamaggaṁ bhāvayato catūhi vacīduccaritehi ārati virati paṭivirati veramaṇī— 
It’s the desisting, abstaining, abstinence, and refraining from the four kinds of bad verbal conduct in one intent on the noble, intent on the undefiled, who possesses the noble path and develops the noble path. 
So sato micchāvācaṁ pajahati, sato sammāvācaṁ upasampajja viharati; sāssa hoti sammāsati. 
Mindfully they give up wrong speech and take up right speech: that’s their right mindfulness. 
Yā kho, bhikkhave, ariyacittassa anāsavacittassa ariyamaggasamaṅgino ariyamaggaṁ bhāvayato tīhi kāyaduccaritehi ārati virati paṭivirati veramaṇī— 
It’s the desisting, abstaining, abstinence, and refraining from the three kinds of bad bodily conduct in one intent on the noble, intent on the undefiled, who possesses the noble path and develops the noble path. 
So sato micchākammantaṁ pajahati, sato sammākammantaṁ upasampajja viharati; sāssa hoti sammāsati. 
Mindfully they give up wrong action and take up right action: that’s their right mindfulness. 
Yā kho, bhikkhave, ariyacittassa anāsavacittassa ariyamaggasamaṅgino ariyamaggaṁ bhāvayato micchāājīvā ārati virati paṭivirati veramaṇī— 
It’s the desisting, abstaining, abstinence, and refraining from wrong livelihood in one intent on the noble, intent on the undefiled, who possesses the noble path and develops the noble path. 
So sato micchāājīvaṁ pajahati, sato sammāājīvaṁ upasampajja viharati; sāssa hoti sammāsati. 
Mindfully they give up wrong livelihood and take up right livelihood: that’s their right mindfulness. 

mn118pavicarati viharati12Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde sambahulehi abhiññātehi abhiññātehi therehi sāvakehi saddhiṁ—  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery, together with several well-known senior disciples, such as 
kāye kāyānupassī, bhikkhave, tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
at that time they’re meditating by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, kāye kāyānupassī tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
That’s why at that time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
vedanāsu vedanānupassī, bhikkhave, tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
at that time they meditate observing an aspect of feelings—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, vedanāsu vedanānupassī tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
That’s why at that time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of feelings—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
citte cittānupassī, bhikkhave, tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
at that time they meditate observing an aspect of the mind—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, citte cittānupassī tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
That’s why at that time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of the mind—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī, bhikkhave, tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
at that time they meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, dhammesu dhammānupassī tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
That’s why at that time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ, upaṭṭhitāssa tasmiṁ samaye sati hoti asammuṭṭhā. 
Whenever a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body, at that time their mindfulness is established and lucid. 
So tathāsato viharanto taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinati pavicayati parivīmaṁsaṁ āpajjati. 
As they live mindfully in this way they investigate, explore, and inquire into that principle with wisdom. 
pavicayati → pavicarati (sya-all, km, pts1ed) 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ, upaṭṭhitāssa tasmiṁ samaye sati hoti asammuṭṭhā. 
principles, at that time their mindfulness is established and lucid. 

mn119anussarati arati aratiratisaho aratiṁ parippharati upasaṁharati viharati23Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
So imameva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati: 
They’d compare it with their own body: 
So imameva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati: 
They’d compare it with their own body: 
So imameva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati: 
 
So imameva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati: 
They’d compare it with their own body: 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
So imameva kāyaṁ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. 
evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
In the same way, they drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of seclusion. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
So imameva kāyaṁ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with rapture and bliss born of immersion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of immersion. 
evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
In the same way, a mendicant drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with rapture and bliss born of immersion. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with rapture and bliss born of immersion. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption. They meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
So imameva kāyaṁ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
They drench, steep, fill, and spread their body with bliss free of rapture. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with bliss free of rapture. 
evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti. 
In the same way, a mendicant drenches, steeps, fills, and spreads their body with bliss free of rapture. There’s no part of the body that’s not spread with bliss free of rapture. 
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, a mendicant, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
Aratiratisaho hoti, na ca taṁ arati sahati, uppannaṁ aratiṁ abhibhuyya viharati. 
They prevail over desire and discontent, and live having mastered desire and discontent whenever they arose. 
Bhayabheravasaho hoti, na ca taṁ bhayabheravaṁ sahati, uppannaṁ bhayabheravaṁ abhibhuyya viharati. 
They prevail over fear and dread, and live having mastered fear and dread whenever they arose. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
Āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

mn120viharati18Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Sahasso, bhikkhave, brahmā sahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
Now the Divinity of a thousand meditates focused on pervading a thousandfold galaxy, 
Yepi tattha sattā upapannā tepi pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
as well as the sentient beings reborn there. 
evameva kho, bhikkhave, sahasso brahmā sahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
so too the Divinity of a thousand meditates focused on pervading a thousandfold galaxy, 
Yepi tattha sattā upapannā tepi pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
as well as the sentient beings reborn there. 
Pañcasahasso, bhikkhave, brahmā pañcasahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
Now the Divinity of five thousand meditates focused on pervading a five-thousandfold galaxy, 
Yepi tattha sattā upapannā tepi pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
as well as the sentient beings reborn there. 
evameva kho, bhikkhave, pañcasahasso brahmā pañcasahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
so too the Divinity of five thousand meditates focused on pervading a five-thousandfold galaxy, 
Yepi tattha sattā upapannā tepi pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
as well as the sentient beings reborn there. 
Dasasahasso, bhikkhave, brahmā dasasahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
Now the Divinity of ten thousand meditates focused on pervading a ten-thousandfold galaxy, 
Yepi tattha sattā upapannā tepi pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
as well as the sentient beings reborn there. 
evameva kho, bhikkhave, dasasahasso brahmā dasasahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
In the same way the Divinity of ten thousand meditates focused on pervading a ten-thousandfold galaxy, 
Yepi tattha sattā upapannā tepi pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
as well as the sentient beings reborn there. 
Satasahasso, bhikkhave, brahmā satasahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
Now the Divinity of a hundred thousand meditates focused on pervading a hundred-thousandfold galaxy, 
Yepi tattha sattā upapannā tepi pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
as well as the sentient beings reborn there. 
evameva kho, bhikkhave, satasahasso brahmā satasahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
In the same way the Divinity of a hundred thousand meditates focused on pervading a hundred-thousandfold galaxy, 
Yepi tattha sattā upapannā tepi pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
as well as the sentient beings reborn there. 
So āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

mn121viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 
“Ekamidaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati nagarakaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo. 
“Sir, this one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans where they have a town named Townsville. 

mn122viharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 
Yo ca kho so, ānanda, bhikkhu eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharati tassetaṁ bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṁ yaṁ taṁ nekkhammasukhaṁ pavivekasukhaṁ upasamasukhaṁ sambodhisukhaṁ tassa sukhassa nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhīti—ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. 
But you should expect that a mendicant who lives alone, withdrawn from the group, will get the pleasure of renunciation, the pleasure of seclusion, the pleasure of peace, the pleasure of awakening when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is possible. 
Yo ca kho so, ānanda, bhikkhu eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharati tassetaṁ bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṁ sāmāyikaṁ vā kantaṁ cetovimuttiṁ upasampajja viharissati asāmāyikaṁ vā akuppanti—ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. 
But it is possible that a mendicant who lives alone, withdrawn from the group will enter and remain in the freedom of heart—either that which is temporary and pleasant, or that which is irreversible and unshakable. 
sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā ajjhattaṁ suññataṁ upasampajja viharituṁ. 
to enter and remain in emptiness internally by not focusing on any signs. 
viharituṁ → viharataṁ (si); viharati (sya-all, km, mr) 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati …pe… 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 

mn123andhakāratimisā viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā, yatthapime candimasūriyā evaṁmahiddhikā evaṁmahānubhāvā ābhāya nānubhonti tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso loke pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ. 
Even in the boundless void of interstellar space—so utterly dark that even the light of the moon and the sun, so mighty and powerful, makes no impression—an immeasurable, magnificent light appears, surpassing the glory of the gods. 
Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā yatthapime candimasūriyā evaṁmahiddhikā evaṁmahānubhāvā ābhāya nānubhonti tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso loke pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ. 
Even in the boundless void of interstellar space—so utterly dark that even the light of the moon and the sun, so mighty and powerful, makes no impression—an immeasurable, magnificent light appears, surpassing the glory of the gods. 

mn124viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā bākulo rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time Venerable Bakkula was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

mn125anussarati nīharati samudācarati viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Tena kho pana samayena aciravato samaṇuddeso araññakuṭikāyaṁ viharati. 
Now at that time the novice Aciravata was staying in a wilderness hut. 
Tamenaṁ rañño nāgo abbhokāsaṁ nīharati. 
The royal elephant leads the wild elephant out into the open; 
Tamenaṁ hatthidamako yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpāhi vācāhi samudācarati. 
He spoke in a way that’s mellow, pleasing to the ear, lovely, going to the heart, polite, likable and agreeable to the people. 
Yato kho, aggivessana, ariyasāvako sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu, tamenaṁ tathāgato uttariṁ vineti: 
When they have ethical conduct, the Realized One guides them further: 
kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
Then they meditate observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
They recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 

mn126viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

mn127viharati36Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha, gahapati, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
Idha, gahapati, bhikkhu yāvatā ekaṁ rukkhamūlaṁ mahaggatanti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant meditates focused on pervading the extent of a single tree root as expansive. 
Idha pana, gahapati, bhikkhu yāvatā dve vā tīṇi vā rukkhamūlāni mahaggatanti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
Also, a mendicant meditates focused on pervading the extent of two or three tree roots … 
Idha pana, gahapati, bhikkhu yāvatā ekaṁ gāmakkhettaṁ mahaggatanti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
a single village district … 
Idha pana, gahapati, bhikkhu yāvatā dve vā tīṇi vā gāmakkhettāni mahaggatanti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
two or three village districts … 
Idha pana, gahapati, bhikkhu yāvatā ekaṁ mahārajjaṁ mahaggatanti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
a single kingdom … 
Idha pana, gahapati, bhikkhu yāvatā dve vā tīṇi vā mahārajjāni mahaggatanti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
two or three kingdoms … 
Idha pana, gahapati, bhikkhu yāvatā samuddapariyantaṁ pathaviṁ mahaggatanti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
this land surrounded by ocean. 
Idha, gahapati, ekacco ‘parittābhā’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
Take someone who meditates focused on pervading ‘limited radiance’. 
Idha pana, gahapati, ekacco ‘appamāṇābhā’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
Next, take someone who meditates focused on pervading ‘limitless radiance’. 
Idha pana, gahapati, ekacco ‘saṅkiliṭṭhābhā’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
Next, take someone who meditates focused on pervading ‘corrupted radiance’. 
Idha pana, gahapati, ekacco ‘parisuddhābhā’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
Next, take someone who meditates focused on pervading ‘pure radiance’. 
yvāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā ekaṁ rukkhamūlaṁ ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati, yo cāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā dve vā tīṇi vā rukkhamūlāni ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati— 
Which of these two kinds of mental development is more expansive: when a mendicant meditates focused on pervading as expansive the extent of a single tree root, or two or three tree roots?” 
“Yvāyaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu yāvatā dve vā tīṇi vā rukkhamūlāni ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati— 
“When a mendicant meditates on two or three tree roots.” 
yvāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā dve vā tīṇi vā rukkhamūlāni ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati, yo cāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā ekaṁ gāmakkhettaṁ ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati— 
Which of these two kinds of mental development is more expansive: when a mendicant meditates focused on pervading as expansive the extent of two or three tree roots, or a single village district … 
“Yvāyaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu yāvatā ekaṁ gāmakkhettaṁ ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati— 
 
“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso kaccāna, yvāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā ekaṁ gāmakkhettaṁ ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati, yo cāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā dve vā tīṇi vā gāmakkhettāni ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati— 
two or three village districts … 
“Yvāyaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu yāvatā dve vā tīṇi vā gāmakkhettāni ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati— 
 
“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso kaccāna, yvāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā dve vā tīṇi vā gāmakkhettāni ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati, yo cāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā ekaṁ mahārajjaṁ ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati— 
a single kingdom … 
“Yvāyaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu yāvatā ekaṁ mahārajjaṁ ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati— 
 
“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso kaccāna, yvāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā ekaṁ mahārajjaṁ ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati, yo cāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā dve vā tīṇi vā mahārajjāni ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati— 
two or three kingdoms … 
“Yvāyaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu yāvatā dve vā tīṇi vā mahārajjāni ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati— 
 
“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, āvuso kaccāna, yvāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā dve vā tīṇi vā mahārajjāni ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati, yo cāyaṁ bhikkhu yāvatā samuddapariyantaṁ pathaviṁ ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati— 
this land surrounded by ocean?” 
“Yvāyaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu yāvatā samuddapariyantaṁ pathaviṁ ‘mahaggatan’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati— 
“When a mendicant meditates on this land surrounded by ocean.” 
evameva kho, āvuso kaccāna, idhekacco bhikkhu ‘saṅkiliṭṭhābhā’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati, 
In the same way, take some mendicant who meditates focused on pervading ‘corrupted radiance’. 
evameva kho, āvuso kaccāna, idhekacco bhikkhu ‘parisuddhābhā’ti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati. 
In the same way, take some mendicant who meditates focused on pervading ‘pure radiance’. 

mn128viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā bhagu bālakaloṇakāragāme viharati. 
where Venerable Bhagu was staying at the time. 

mn129abbhukkirati aticarati carati rattandhakāratimisāya viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
So kāyena duccaritaṁ carati vācāya duccaritaṁ carati manasā duccaritaṁ carati. 
And they do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto vāmena hatthena bhiṅkāraṁ gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena cakkaratanaṁ abbhukkirati: 
Then the anointed aristocratic king, taking a ceremonial vase in his left hand, besprinkled the wheel-treasure with his right hand, saying, 
Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī tameva maṇiratanaṁ vīmaṁsamāno caturaṅginiṁ senaṁ sannayhitvā maṇiṁ dhajaggaṁ āropetvā rattandhakāratimisāya pāyāsi. 
Once it so happened that the wheel-turning monarch, testing that same jewel-treasure, mobilized his army of four divisions and, with the jewel hoisted on his banner, set out in the dark of the night. 
Taṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, itthiratanaṁ rājānaṁ cakkavattiṁ manasāpi no aticarati, kuto pana kāyena? 
The woman-treasure does not betray the wheel-turning monarch even in thought, still less in deed. 
So kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati. 
And they do good things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

mn130viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn131saṁhīrati viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Kathañca, bhikkhave, paccuppannesu dhammesu saṁhīrati? 
And how do you falter amid presently arisen phenomena? 
evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, paccuppannesu dhammesu saṁhīrati. 
That’s how you falter amid presently arisen phenomena. 
Kathañca, bhikkhave, paccuppannesu dhammesu na saṁhīrati? 
And how do you not falter amid presently arisen phenomena? 
evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, paccuppannesu dhammesu na saṁhīrati. 
That’s how you don’t falter amid presently arisen phenomena. 

mn132saṁhīrati viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Kathañca, āvuso, paccuppannesu dhammesu saṁhīrati? 
And how do you falter amid presently arisen phenomena? … 
evaṁ kho, āvuso, paccuppannesu dhammesu saṁhīrati. 
 
Kathañca, āvuso, paccuppannesu dhammesu na saṁhīrati? 
And how do you not falter amid presently arisen phenomena? … 
evaṁ kho, āvuso, paccuppannesu dhammesu na saṁhīrati. 
That’s how you don’t falter amid presently arisen phenomena. 
Kathañca, ānanda, paccuppannesu dhammesu saṁhīrati …pe… 
 
evaṁ kho, ānanda, paccuppannesu dhammesu saṁhīrati. 
 
Kathañca, ānanda, paccuppannesu dhammesu na saṁhīrati …pe… 
 
evaṁ kho, ānanda, paccuppannesu dhammesu na saṁhīrati. 
 

mn133saṁhīrati viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati tapodārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in the Hot Springs Monastery. 
Kathañca, āvuso, paccuppannesu dhammesu saṁhīrati? 
And how do you falter amid presently arisen phenomena? 
Tasmiñce paccuppanne chandarāgappaṭibaddhaṁ hoti viññāṇaṁ, chandarāgappaṭibaddhattā viññāṇassa tadabhinandati, tadabhinandanto paccuppannesu dhammesu saṁhīrati. 
If consciousness gets tied up there in the present with desire and lust, you take pleasure in that, and that’s when you falter amid presently arisen phenomena. 
Tasmiñce paccuppanne chandarāgappaṭibaddhaṁ hoti viññāṇaṁ, chandarāgappaṭibaddhattā viññāṇassa tadabhinandati, tadabhinandanto paccuppannesu dhammesu saṁhīrati— 
If consciousness gets tied up there in the present with desire and lust, you take pleasure in that, and that’s when you falter amid presently arisen phenomena. 
evaṁ kho, āvuso, paccuppannesu dhammesu saṁhīrati. 
That’s how you falter amid presently arisen phenomena. 
Kathañca, āvuso, paccuppannesu dhammesu na saṁhīrati? 
And how do you not falter amid presently arisen phenomena? 
Tasmiñce paccuppanne na chandarāgappaṭibaddhaṁ hoti viññāṇaṁ, na chandarāgappaṭibaddhattā viññāṇassa na tadabhinandati, na tadabhinandanto paccuppannesu dhammesu na saṁhīrati. 
If consciousness doesn’t get tied up there in the present with desire and lust, you don’t take pleasure in that, and that’s when you no longer falter amid presently arisen phenomena. 
Tasmiñce paccuppanne na chandarāgappaṭibaddhaṁ hoti viññāṇaṁ, na chandarāgappaṭibaddhattā viññāṇassa na tadabhinandati, na tadabhinandanto paccuppannesu dhammesu na saṁhīrati— 
If consciousness doesn’t get tied up there in the present with desire and lust, you don’t take pleasure in that, and that’s when you no longer falter amid presently arisen phenomena. 
evaṁ kho, āvuso, paccuppannesu dhammesu na saṁhīrati. 
That’s how you don’t falter amid presently arisen phenomena. 

mn134saṁhīrati viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā lomasakaṅgiyo sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. 
Now at that time Venerable Lomasakaṅgiya was staying in the Sakyan country at Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 
“Ekamidaṁ, bhikkhu, samayaṁ bhagavā devesu tāvatiṁsesu viharati pāricchattakamūle paṇḍukambalasilāyaṁ. 
“This one time, the Buddha was staying among the gods of the thirty-three at the root of the Shady Orchid Tree on the stone spread with a cream rug. 
‘Ekamidaṁ, bhikkhu, samayaṁ bhagavā devesu tāvatiṁsesu viharati pāricchattakamūle paṇḍukambalasilāyaṁ. 
Kathañca, bhikkhu, paccuppannesu dhammesu saṁhīrati …pe… 
evaṁ kho, bhikkhu, paccuppannesu dhammesu saṁhīrati. 
Kathañca, bhikkhu, paccuppannesu dhammesu na saṁhīrati …pe… 
evaṁ kho, bhikkhu, paccuppannesu dhammesu na saṁhīrati. 

mn135viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane, anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha pana, māṇava, ekacco itthī vā puriso vā pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho, lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati. 
But take some woman or man who gives up killing living creatures. They renounce the rod and the sword. They’re scrupulous and kind, living full of sympathy for all living beings. 
pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho, lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati. 
 

mn136viharati voharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā samiddhi araññakuṭikāyaṁ viharati. 
Now at that time Venerable Samiddhi was staying in a wilderness hut. 
Iti so yadeva tassa sāmaṁ ñātaṁ sāmaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sāmaṁ viditaṁ tadeva tattha thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati: ‘idameva saccaṁ, moghamaññan’ti. 
And so they obstinately stick to what they have known, seen, and understood for themselves, insisting that: ‘This is the only truth, anything else is futile.’ 
Iti so yadeva tassa sāmaṁ ñātaṁ sāmaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sāmaṁ viditaṁ tadeva tattha thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati: ‘idameva saccaṁ, moghamaññan’ti. 
And so they obstinately stick to what they have known, seen, and understood for themselves, insisting that: ‘This is the only truth, anything else is futile.’ 
Iti so yadeva tassa sāmaṁ ñātaṁ sāmaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sāmaṁ viditaṁ tadeva tattha thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati: ‘idameva saccaṁ, moghamaññan’ti. 
And so they obstinately stick to what they have known, seen, and understood for themselves, insisting that: ‘This is the only truth, anything else is futile.’ 
Iti so yadeva tassa sāmaṁ ñātaṁ sāmaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sāmaṁ viditaṁ tadeva tattha thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati: ‘idameva saccaṁ, moghamaññan’ti. 
And so they obstinately stick to what they have known, seen, and understood for themselves, insisting that: ‘This is the only truth, anything else is futile.’ 
yampi so yadeva tassa sāmaṁ ñātaṁ sāmaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sāmaṁ viditaṁ tadeva tattha thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati: ‘idameva saccaṁ, moghamaññan’ti idampissa nānujānāmi. 
And when they obstinately stick to what they have known, seen, and understood for themselves, insisting that: ‘This is the only truth, anything else is futile,’ I also don’t grant them that. 
yampi so yadeva tassa sāmaṁ ñātaṁ sāmaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sāmaṁ viditaṁ tadeva tattha thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati: ‘idameva saccaṁ, moghamaññan’ti idampissa nānujānāmi. 
 
yampi so yadeva tassa sāmaṁ ñātaṁ sāmaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sāmaṁ viditaṁ tadeva tattha thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati: ‘idameva saccaṁ, moghamaññan’ti idampissa nānujānāmi. 
 
yampi so yadeva tassa sāmaṁ ñātaṁ sāmaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sāmaṁ viditaṁ tadeva tattha thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati: ‘idameva saccaṁ, moghamaññan’ti idampissa nānujānāmi. 
And when they obstinately stick to what they have known, seen, and understood for themselves, insisting that: ‘This is the only truth, anything else is futile,’ I also don’t grant them that. 

mn137upavicarati viharati15Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
‘Cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā somanassaṭṭhānīyaṁ rūpaṁ upavicarati, domanassaṭṭhānīyaṁ rūpaṁ upavicarati, upekkhāṭṭhānīyaṁ rūpaṁ upavicarati. 
Seeing a sight with the eye, one is preoccupied with a sight that’s a basis for happiness or sadness or equanimity. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya somanassaṭṭhānīyaṁ dhammaṁ upavicarati, domanassaṭṭhānīyaṁ dhammaṁ upavicarati, upekkhāṭṭhānīyaṁ dhammaṁ upavicarati. 
Becoming conscious of an idea with the mind, one is preoccupied with an idea that’s a basis for happiness or sadness or equanimity. 
Tatra, bhikkhave, tathāgato na ceva anattamano hoti, na ca anattamanataṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, anavassuto ca viharati sato sampajāno. 
In this case the Realized One is not unhappy, he does not feel unhappiness. He remains unfestering, mindful and aware. 
tadubhayaṁ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
Rejecting both unhappiness and happiness, he remains equanimous, mindful and aware. 
Tatra, bhikkhave, tathāgato attamano ceva hoti, attamanatañca paṭisaṁvedeti, anavassuto ca viharati sato sampajāno. 
In this case the Realized One is happy, he does feel happiness. He remains unfestering, mindful and aware. 
sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati— 
Going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space. 
sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati— 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati— 
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. 
sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati— 
Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati— 
Going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling. 

mn138viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, they enter the second absorption … 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, they enter and remain in the third absorption … 
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Furthermore, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption … 

mn139viharati voharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Now, take a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption … 
Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ …pe… 
third absorption … 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 
Iti yathā yathā naṁ tesu tesu janapadesu sañjānanti tathā tathā thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati: 
And however it is known among those various populations, you speak accordingly, obstinately sticking to that and insisting: 
Iti yathā yathā naṁ tesu tesu janapadesu sañjānanti ‘idaṁ kira me āyasmanto sandhāya voharantī’ti tathā tathā voharati aparāmasaṁ. 
And however it is known among those various populations, you speak accordingly, thinking: ‘It seems that the venerables are referring to this.’ 

mn140ajjhoharati upavicarati viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kahaṁ pana, bhikkhu, etarahi so bhagavā viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti.  “But mendicant, where is the Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?” 
Tattha so bhagavā etarahi viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti. 
There the Blessed One is now staying, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.” 
Cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā somanassaṭṭhāniyaṁ rūpaṁ upavicarati, domanassaṭṭhāniyaṁ rūpaṁ upavicarati, upekkhāṭṭhāniyaṁ rūpaṁ upavicarati; 
Seeing a sight with the eye, one is preoccupied with a sight that’s a basis for happiness or sadness or equanimity. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya somanassaṭṭhāniyaṁ dhammaṁ upavicarati, domanassaṭṭhāniyaṁ dhammaṁ upavicarati, upekkhāṭṭhāniyaṁ dhammaṁ upavicarati— 
Becoming conscious of an idea with the mind, one is preoccupied with an idea that’s a basis for happiness or sadness or equanimity. 
kaṇṇacchiddaṁ nāsacchiddaṁ mukhadvāraṁ yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ ajjhoharati, yattha ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ santiṭṭhati, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ adhobhāgaṁ nikkhamati, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ ākāsaṁ ākāsagataṁ aghaṁ aghagataṁ vivaraṁ vivaragataṁ asamphuṭṭhaṁ maṁsalohitehi upādinnaṁ— 
the ear canals, nostrils, and mouth; and the space for swallowing what is eaten and drunk, the space where it stays, and the space for excreting it from the nether regions; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s space, spacious, and appropriated. 

mn141viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati …pe… 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings … 
citte cittānupassī viharati … 
mind … 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ, 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ …pe… 
And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

mn142viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 

mn143viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn144viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

mn145viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Tatra sudaṁ āyasmā puṇṇo sunāparantasmiṁ janapade viharati. 
and stayed there. 

mn146viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Satta kho panime, bhaginiyo, bojjhaṅgā, yesaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
Sisters, by developing and cultivating these seven awakening factors, a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Satta kho panime, bhaginiyo, bojjhaṅgā, yesaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
 

mn147viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn148viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn149viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

mn151viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

mn152viharati11Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā gajaṅgalāyaṁ viharati suveḷuvane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kajaṅgalā in a bamboo grove. 
So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘paṭikūle appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, appaṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the unrepulsive in the repulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati: ‘appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the repulsive in the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati: ‘paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle ca appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, appaṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the unrepulsive in the repulsive and the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati: ‘appaṭikūle ca paṭikūle ca paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the repulsive in the unrepulsive and the repulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati: ‘paṭikūlañca appaṭikūlañca tadubhayaṁ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako vihareyyaṁ sato sampajāno’ti, upekkhako tattha viharati sato sampajāno. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate staying equanimous, mindful and aware, rejecting both the repulsive and the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘paṭikūle appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, appaṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the unrepulsive in the repulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati: ‘appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the repulsive in the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati: ‘paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle ca appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, appaṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the unrepulsive in the repulsive and the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati: ‘appaṭikūle ca paṭikūle ca paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the repulsive in the unrepulsive and the repulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati: ‘paṭikūlañca appaṭikūlañca tadubhayampi abhinivajjetvā upekkhako vihareyyaṁ sato sampajāno’ti, upekkhako tattha viharati sato sampajāno. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate staying equanimous, mindful and aware, rejecting both the repulsive and the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 

sn1.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s Monastery. 

sn1.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn1.15rati1Pi En Ru dhamma

sā rati paṭibhāti man”ti.  that strikes me as so delightful!” 

sn1.16aratiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Aratiṁ bhattasammadaṁ;  discontent, and grogginess after eating: 

sn1.20viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati tapodārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in the Hot Springs Monastery. 
Ayaṁ so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho rājagahe viharati tapodārāme. 
But the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha is staying near Rājagaha in the Hot Springs Monatery. 
Ayaṁ so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho rājagahe viharati tapodārāme. 
 

sn1.31viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s Monastery. 

sn1.32viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn1.34viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s Monastery. 

sn1.35viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s Monastery. 

sn1.36kāmarati viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
mā kāmarati santhavaṁ; 
or delight in erotic intimacy. 

sn1.37viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ mahāvane mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeheva arahantehi;  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, in the Great Wood near Kapilavatthu, together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants, all of whom were perfected ones. 
“ayaṁ kho bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ mahāvane mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeheva arahantehi; 
 

sn1.38viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati maddakucchismiṁ migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in the Maddakucchi deer park. 

sn1.39viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

sn1.40viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

sn1.41nīharati viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s Monastery. 
yaṁ nīharati bhājanaṁ; 
you rescue the pot 

sn1.76jīrati najīratisutta5Pi En Ru dhamma

Najīratisutta  Getting Old 
“Kiṁ jīrati kiṁ na jīrati, 
“What gets old, what doesn’t grow old? 
“Rūpaṁ jīrati maccānaṁ, 
“The physical form of mortals gets old, 
nāmagottaṁ na jīrati; 
but their name and clan don’t. 

sn1.81najīrati1Pi En Ru dhamma

vuṭṭhi bhītā najīrati;   

sn2.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn2.13viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn2.15tarati2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kathaṁsu tarati oghaṁ,  “Who here crosses the flood, 
Oghaṁ tarati duttaraṁ. 
crosses the flood so hard to cross. 

sn2.18viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sākete viharati añjanavane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāketa in the deer park at the Añjana Wood. 

sn2.21viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn2.30viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn3.1carati viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
urago carati tejasī; 
the serpent of fiery breath glides along. 

sn3.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 

sn3.13jīrati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Saṇikaṁ jīrati āyupālayan”ti.  and he ages slowly, taking care of his life.” 
Saṇikaṁ jīrati āyupālayan”ti. 
and he ages slowly, taking care of his life.” 

sn3.17ratiyo1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ratiyo patthayantena,  long life, beauty, and health, 

sn3.18viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘rājā kho appamatto viharati, appamādaṁ upanissāya.   
‘rājā kho appamatto viharati appamādaṁ upanissāya. 
 
‘rājā kho appamatto viharati appamādaṁ upanissāya. 
 
‘rājā kho appamatto viharati, appamādaṁ upanissāya. 
‘The king lives diligently, supported by diligence. 

sn3.21carati12Pi En Ru dhamma

So kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati.  And they do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
So kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati. 
But they do good things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
So kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati. 
But they do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. 
So kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati. 
And they do good things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

sn4.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho.  At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the root of the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River. 

sn4.2rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho.  At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the root of the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River. 
Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ abbhokāse nisinno hoti, devo ca ekamekaṁ phusāyati. 
Now at that time the Buddha was meditating in the open during the dark of night, while a gentle rain drizzled down. 

sn4.3rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho.  At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the root of the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River. 
Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ abbhokāse nisinno hoti, devo ca ekamekaṁ phusāyati. 
Now at that time the Buddha was meditating in the open during the dark of night, while a gentle rain drizzled down. 

sn4.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 

sn4.5viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 

sn4.6niccharati rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ abbhokāse nisinno hoti, devo ca ekamekaṁ phusāyati. 
Now at that time the Buddha was meditating in the open during the dark of night, while a gentle rain drizzled down. 
evamassa mukhato jivhā niccharati. 
 

sn4.7viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn4.8viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn4.9viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn4.10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn4.11rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 
Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ abbhokāse nisinno hoti, devo ca ekamekaṁ phusāyati. 
Now at that time the Buddha was meditating in the open during the dark of night, while a gentle rain drizzled down. 

sn4.12viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn4.13viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati maddakucchismiṁ migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in the Maddakucchi deer park. 

sn4.14viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati ekasālāyaṁ brāhmaṇagāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans near the brahmin village of Ekasālā. 

sn4.15carati viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
yvāyaṁ carati mānaso; 
wandering the sky. 

sn4.17viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

sn4.18viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā magadhesu viharati pañcasālāyaṁ brāhmaṇagāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Magadhans near the brahmin village of Pañcasālā. 

sn4.20viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati himavantapadese araññakuṭikāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans, in a wilderness hut on the slopes of the Himalayas. 

sn4.21viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati silāvatiyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans near Silāvatī. 

sn4.22viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati silāvatiyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans near Silāvatī. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā samiddhi bhagavato avidūre appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharati. 
Now at that time Venerable Samiddhi was meditating not far from the Buddha, diligent, keen, and resolute. 

sn4.23viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā godhiko isigilipasse viharati kāḷasilāyaṁ. 
Now at that time Venerable Godhika was staying on the slopes of Isigili at the Black Rock. 

sn4.24viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe.  At one time the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River. 

sn4.25arati aratiñca sarati15Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro yena māro pāpimā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsiṁsu:  Then Māra’s daughters Craving, Delight, and Lust went up to Māra the Wicked, and addressed him in verse: 
arati → aratī (sya1ed, sya2ed) | ragā → rāgā (sya-all) 
Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
Then Māra’s daughters Craving, Delight, and Lust went up to the Buddha, and said to him, 
Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro ekamantaṁ apakkamma evaṁ samacintesuṁ: 
Then Craving, Delight, and Lust withdrew to one side to think up a plan. 
Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro ekasataṁ ekasataṁ kumārivaṇṇasataṁ abhinimminitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
So that’s what they did. Then they went up to the Buddha and said to him, 
Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro ekamantaṁ apakkamma evaṁ samacintesuṁ: 
Then Craving, Delight, and Lust withdrew to one side to think up a plan. 
Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro ekasataṁ ekasataṁ avijātavaṇṇasataṁ abhinimminitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
So that’s what they did. Then they went up to the Buddha and said to him, 
Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro ekamantaṁ apakkamma etadavocuṁ: 
Then Craving, Delight, and Lust withdrew to one side and said, 
Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. 
Then Māra’s daughters Craving, Delight, and Lust went up to the Buddha, and stood to one side. 
Atha kho arati māradhītā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi: 
Then Māra’s daughter Delight addressed the Buddha in verse: 
arati → aratī (sya1ed, sya2ed); arati ca (mr) 
Na kuppati na sarati na thino. 
they’re not shaking or drifting or rigid. 
Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro yena māro pāpimā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu. 
Then Māra’s daughters Craving, Delight, and Lust went up to Māra the Wicked. 
Addasā kho māro pāpimā taṇhañca aratiñca ragañca māradhītaro dūratova āgacchantiyo. 
Māra the Wicked saw them coming off in the distance, 

sn5.1arati kāmaratiyo kāmaratiṁ viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Bhuñjassu kāmaratiyo, 
Enjoy erotic delights; 
Yaṁ tvaṁ kāmaratiṁ brūsi, 
What you call erotic delight 
arati mayha sā ahū”ti. 
has become no delight for me.” 

sn5.7nimmānaratino ratiṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Nimmānaratino devā,  the gods who love to imagine, 
ratiṁ paccanubhossasī”ti. 
and you’ll undergo delight.” 
Nimmānaratino devā, 
the gods who love to imagine, 

sn6.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho.  At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the root of the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River. 

sn6.2viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho.  At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the root of the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River. 
“dukkhaṁ kho agāravo viharati appatisso, kaṁ nu khvāhaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyan”ti? 
“It’s unpleasant to live without respect and reverence. What ascetic or brahmin should I honor and respect and rely on?” 

sn6.3carati viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Nāgova danto carati anejo; 
he wanders like a tamed elephant, unperturbed. 

sn6.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn6.6viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Asuko ca brahmaloko iddho ceva phīto ca, brahmā ca tatra pamādavihāraṁ viharati.  But such and such realm of divinity is successful and prosperous, while the divinity living there is negligent. 

sn6.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati sappinītīre.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the bank of the Sappinī river. 

sn6.12viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain, not long after Devadatta had left. 

sn6.13andhakāratimisāya ratiṁ rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ sañcarati viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā māgadhesu viharati andhakavinde.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Magadhans at Andhakavinda. 
Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ abbhokāse nisinno hoti, devo ca ekamekaṁ phusāyati. 
Now at that time the Buddha was meditating in the open during the dark of night, while a gentle rain drizzled down. 
Sace ratiṁ nādhigaccheyya tattha, 
If you don’t find enjoyment there, 
Vijju sañcarati thanayati devo; 
where the lightning flashes and the heavens thunder 
Andhakāratimisāya rattiyā, 
in the dark of the night; 

sn6.14viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati …pe…  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī. 

sn6.15viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ parinibbānasamaye.  At one time the Buddha was staying between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā at the time of his full extinguishment. 

sn7.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn7.2carati viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Ubhinnamatthaṁ carati, 
When you know that the other is angry, 

sn7.3carati viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Ubhinnamatthaṁ carati, 
When you know that the other is angry, 

sn7.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn7.8viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn7.9paricarati viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati sundarikāya nadiyā tīre.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the Kosalan lands on the bank of the Sundarikā river. 
Tena kho pana samayena sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo sundarikāya nadiyā tīre aggiṁ juhati, aggihuttaṁ paricarati. 
Now at that time the brahmin Bhāradvāja of Sundarikā was serving the sacred flame and performing the fire sacrifice on the bank of the Sundarikā. 

sn7.10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove. 

sn7.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā magadhesu viharati dakkhiṇāgirismiṁ ekanāḷāyaṁ brāhmaṇagāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Magadhans in the Southern Hills near the brahmin village of Ekanāḷa. 

sn7.17aratiṁ ratiṁ viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove. 
ratiṁ vindati gotamo”ti. 
alone in the wilderness, Gotama?” 
Eko rame aratiṁ vippahāyā”ti. 
I enjoy being alone in the jungle, having given up discontent.” 

sn7.18viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove. 

sn7.20carati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Saṅkhāya loke carati,  and wanders having appraised the world, 

sn7.21viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena saṅgāravo nāma brāhmaṇo sāvatthiyaṁ paṭivasati udakasuddhiko, udakena parisuddhiṁ pacceti, sāyaṁ pātaṁ udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati.  Now at that time there was a brahmin named Saṅgārava staying in Sāvatthī. He practiced purification by water, believing in purification by water. He lived committed to the practice of immersing himself in water at dawn and dusk. 
“idha, bhante, saṅgāravo nāma brāhmaṇo sāvatthiyaṁ paṭivasati udakasuddhiko, udakena suddhiṁ pacceti, sāyaṁ pātaṁ udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
“Sir, there is a brahmin named Saṅgārava staying in Sāvatthī. He practices purification by water, believing in purification by water. He lives devoted to ritual bathing at dawn and dusk. 

sn7.22viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati khomadussaṁ nāmaṁ sakyānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, where they have a town named Khomadussa. 

sn8.1abhiratiṁ anabhirati anabhiratiṁ viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā vaṅgīso āḷaviyaṁ viharati aggāḷave cetiye āyasmatā nigrodhakappena upajjhāyena saddhiṁ.  At one time Venerable Vaṅgīsa was staying near Āḷavī, at the Aggāḷava Tree-shrine, together with his mentor, Venerable Nigrodhakappa. 
Atha kho āyasmato vaṅgīsassa tā itthiyo disvā anabhirati uppajjati, rāgo cittaṁ anuddhaṁseti. 
When Vaṅgīsa saw them he became dissatisfied, with lust infecting his mind. 
yassa me anabhirati uppannā, rāgo cittaṁ anuddhaṁseti, taṁ kutettha labbhā, yaṁ me paro anabhiratiṁ vinodetvā abhiratiṁ uppādeyya. 
that I’ve become dissatisfied, with lust infecting my mind. How is it possible for someone else to dispel my discontent and give rise to satisfaction? 
Yannūnāhaṁ attanāva attano anabhiratiṁ vinodetvā abhiratiṁ uppādeyyan”ti. 
Why don’t I do it myself?” 
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso attanāva attano anabhiratiṁ vinodetvā abhiratiṁ uppādetvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imā gāthāyo abhāsi: 
Then, on the occasion of dispelling his own discontent and giving rise to satisfaction, he recited these verses: 

sn8.2abhiratiṁ anabhirati anabhiratiṁ aratisuttaṁ aratiñca ratiñca viharati12Pi En Ru dhamma

Aratīsutta  Dissatisfaction 
Aratīsutta → aratisuttaṁ (bj, sya-all); arai (pts1ed) 
Ekaṁ samayaṁ …pe… āyasmā vaṅgīso āḷaviyaṁ viharati aggāḷave cetiye āyasmatā nigrodhakappena upajjhāyena saddhiṁ. 
At one time Venerable Vaṅgīsa was staying near Āḷavī, at the Aggāḷava Tree-shrine, together with his mentor, Venerable Nigrodhakappa. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato vaṅgīsassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, rāgo cittaṁ anuddhaṁseti. 
And at that time Venerable Vaṅgīsa became dissatisfied, as lust infected his mind. 
yassa me anabhirati uppannā, rāgo cittaṁ anuddhaṁseti; taṁ kutettha labbhā, yaṁ me paro anabhiratiṁ vinodetvā abhiratiṁ uppādeyya. 
that I’ve become dissatisfied, with lust infecting my mind. How is it possible for someone else to dispel my discontent and give rise to satisfaction? 
Yannūnāhaṁ attanāva attano anabhiratiṁ vinodetvā abhiratiṁ uppādeyyan”ti. 
Why don’t I do it myself?” 
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso attanāva attano anabhiratiṁ vinodetvā abhiratiṁ uppādetvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imā gāthāyo abhāsi: 
Then, on the occasion of dispelling his own discontent and giving rise to satisfaction, he recited these verses: 
“Aratiñca ratiñca pahāya, 
“Giving up discontent and desire, 

sn8.3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā vaṅgīso āḷaviyaṁ viharati aggāḷave cetiye āyasmatā nigrodhakappena upajjhāyena saddhiṁ.  At one time Venerable Vaṅgīsa was staying near Āḷavī, at the Aggāḷava Tree-shrine, together with his mentor, Venerable Nigrodhakappa. 

sn8.4anabhirati viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato vaṅgīsassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, rāgo cittaṁ anuddhaṁseti. 
And at that time Venerable Vaṅgīsa became dissatisfied, as lust infected his mind. 

sn8.6viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn8.7viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeheva arahantehi.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery, together with a large Saṅgha of around five hundred monks, all of whom were perfected ones. 

sn8.8viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery, together with a large Saṅgha of 1,250 mendicants. 

sn8.9viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn8.10viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṁ mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeheva arahantehi.  At one time the Buddha was staying on the slopes of Isigili at the Black Rock, together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants, all of whom were perfected ones. 
“ayaṁ kho bhagavā rājagahe viharati isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṁ mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeheva arahantehi. 
“The Buddha is staying on the slopes of Isigili … with five hundred perfected ones. 

sn8.11viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sattahi ca upāsakasatehi sattahi ca upāsikāsatehi anekehi ca devatāsahassehi.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond, together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants, seven hundred male and seven hundred female lay followers, and many thousands of deities. 
“ayaṁ kho bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sattahi ca upāsakasatehi sattahi ca upāsikāsatehi anekehi ca devatāsahassehi. 
“The Buddha is staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond, together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants, seven hundred male and seven hundred female lay followers, and many thousands of deities. 

sn8.12arati viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā vaṅgīso sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time Venerable Vaṅgīsa was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Nikkhantaṁ arati ceva, 
 

sn9.1aratiṁ viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe.  At one time one of the mendicants was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove. 
Aratiṁ pajahāsi sato, 
Mindful, give up discontent; 

sn9.2viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe.  At one time one of the mendicants was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove. 

sn9.3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā kassapagotto kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe.  At one time Venerable Kassapagotta was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove. 

sn9.4arati1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Arati viya mejja khāyati,  “Seeing so many vacated seats today, 

sn9.5viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando ativelaṁ gihisaññattibahulo viharati. 
Now at that time Ānanda was spending too much time informing the lay people. 

sn9.6viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā anuruddho kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe.  At one time Venerable Anuruddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove. 

sn9.7viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā nāgadatto kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe.  At one time Venerable Nāgadatta was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove. 

sn9.8viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe.  At one time one of the monks was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove. 
Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu aññatarasmiṁ kule ativelaṁ ajjhogāḷhappatto viharati. 
Now at that time that monk had become too closely involved in the affairs of a certain family. 

sn9.9viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ aññataro vajjiputtako bhikkhu vesāliyaṁ viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe.  At one time a certain Vajjian mendicant was staying near Vesālī in a certain forest grove. 

sn9.10viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe.  At one time one of the mendicants was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove. 
Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu yaṁ sudaṁ pubbe ativelaṁ sajjhāyabahulo viharati so aparena samayena appossukko tuṇhībhūto saṅkasāyati. 
Now at that time that mendicant had previously been spending too much time in recitation. But some time later they adhered to passivity and silence. 

sn9.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe.  At one time one of the mendicants was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove. 

sn9.12rati viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe.  At one time one of the mendicants was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove. 
sā rati paṭibhāti man”ti. 
that strikes me as so delightful!” 

sn9.14viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe.  At one time one of the mendicants was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove. 

sn10.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati indakūṭe pabbate, indakassa yakkhassa bhavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha on Mount Indra’s Peak, the haunt of the native spirit Indaka. 

sn10.2viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

sn10.3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā gayāyaṁ viharati ṭaṅkitamañce sūcilomassa yakkhassa bhavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Gayā on the cut-stone ledge in the haunt of Spiky the native spirit. 

sn10.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā magadhesu viharati maṇimālike cetiye maṇibhaddassa yakkhassa bhavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Magadhans at the Maṇimālika Tree-shrine, the haunt of the native spirit Maṇibhadda. 

sn10.5viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn10.6viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā anuruddho sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn10.7viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn10.8viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati sītavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in the Cool Grove. 

sn10.9viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn10.10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn10.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn10.12tarati viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā āḷaviyaṁ viharati āḷavakassa yakkhassa bhavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Āḷavī in the haunt of the native spirit Āḷavaka. 
“Kathaṁsu tarati oghaṁ, 
“How do you cross the flood? 
kathaṁsu tarati aṇṇavaṁ; 
How do you cross the deluge? 
“Saddhāya tarati oghaṁ, 
“By faith you cross the flood, 

sn11.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn11.4carati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ubhinnamatthaṁ carati,  When you know that the other is angry, 

sn11.5carati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ubhinnamatthaṁ carati,  When you know that the other is angry, 

sn11.13viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

sn11.14viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn11.16viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

sn11.25viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn12.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn12.2viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati …pe…  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati …pe…  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme …  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. … 

sn12.12viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.13viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.14viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.15viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.17viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn12.18viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.19viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.20viharati vivarati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 
Abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti. 
then he explains, teaches, asserts, establishes, clarifies, analyzes, and reveals it. 
Abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti. 
then he explains, teaches, asserts, establishes, clarifies, analyzes, and reveals it. 

sn12.21viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.22viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 
Dukkhaṁ, bhikkhave, kusīto viharati vokiṇṇo pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi, mahantañca sadatthaṁ parihāpeti. 
A lazy person lives in suffering, mixed up with bad, unskillful qualities, and ruins a great deal of their own good. 
Āraddhavīriyo ca kho, bhikkhave, sukhaṁ viharati pavivitto pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi, mahantañca sadatthaṁ paripūreti. 
An energetic person lives happily, secluded from bad, unskillful qualities, and fulfills a great deal of their own good. 

sn12.23viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.24viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Rājagahe viharati veḷuvane.  Near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove. 

sn12.25viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.26viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.27viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.28viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.29viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.30viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.31viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī. 

sn12.32viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.34viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.35viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.36viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.37viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.38viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.39viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.40viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.41viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.42viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.43viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.44viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.45viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā ñātike viharati giñjakāvasathe.  At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 

sn12.46viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.47viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.48viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.49viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.50viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.51viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn12.52viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.53viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.54viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.55viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.56viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.57viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.58viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.59viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.60viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma. 

sn12.61viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme …  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. … 

sn12.62viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.64viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.65viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.66viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma. 

sn12.69viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn12.70viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn12.71viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn12.72-81viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn12.82viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn13.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn13.2viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn13.3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn13.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn13.5viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn13.6viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn13.7viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn13.8viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn13.9viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn13.10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn13.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.2viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.5viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.6viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.7viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.8viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.9viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.12viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, yo hi koci samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā uppannaṁ visamagataṁ saññaṁ na khippameva pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṁ gameti, so diṭṭhe ceva dhamme dukkhaṁ viharati savighātaṁ saupāyāsaṁ sapariḷāhaṁ; 
In the same way, a corrupt perception might arise in an ascetic or brahmin. If they don’t quickly give it up, get rid of it, eliminate it, and obliterate it, they’ll suffer in the present life, with distress, anguish, and fever. 
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, yo hi koci samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā uppannaṁ visamagataṁ saññaṁ khippameva pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṁ gameti, so diṭṭhe ceva dhamme sukhaṁ viharati avighātaṁ anupāyāsaṁ apariḷāhaṁ; 
In the same way, a corrupt perception might arise in an ascetic or brahmin. If they quickly give it up, get rid of it, eliminate it, and obliterate it, they’ll be happy in the present life, free of distress, anguish, and fever. 

sn14.13viharati vivarati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā ñātike viharati giñjakāvasathe.  At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
hīnaṁ ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti; 
One explains, teaches, asserts, establishes, clarifies, analyzes, and reveals the inferior. 
majjhimaṁ ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti; 
One explains, teaches, asserts, establishes, clarifies, analyzes, and reveals the middling. 
paṇītaṁ ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti; 
One explains, teaches, asserts, establishes, clarifies, analyzes, and reveals the superior. 

sn14.14viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.15viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

sn14.16viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.17viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.18viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.19viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.20viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.21viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.22viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.23viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.24viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.25viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.26viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.27viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.28viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.29viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.30viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme …  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. … 

sn14.31viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.32viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.33viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.34viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.35viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.36viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.37viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.38viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn14.39viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn15.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn15.2viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn15.3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn15.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn15.5viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati …pe… ārāme …pe….  At Sāvatthī. 

sn15.6viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn15.7viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn15.8viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Rājagahe viharati veḷuvane.  Near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove. 

sn15.9viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn15.10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

sn15.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī. 

sn15.12viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn15.13viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Rājagahe viharati veḷuvane.  Near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove. 

sn15.14viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn15.15viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn15.16viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati …pe…  At Sāvatthī. 

sn15.17viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati …pe…  At Sāvatthī. 

sn15.18viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati …pe…  At Sāvatthī. 

sn15.19viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn15.20viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

sn16.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn16.3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn16.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn16.7viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Rājagahe viharati veḷuvane.  Near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove. 

sn16.9anussarati viharati13Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 
Kassapopi, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhati vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And so does Kassapa. 
Kassapopi, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhati vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And so does Kassapa. 
Kassapopi, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhati pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And so does Kassapa. 
Kassapopi, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhati sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And so does Kassapa. 
Kassapopi, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhati sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā …pe… ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And so does Kassapa. 
Kassapopi, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhati sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma anantaṁ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And so does Kassapa. 
Kassapopi, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhati …pe… ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And so does Kassapa. 
Kassapopi, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhati …pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And so does Kassapa. 
Kassapopi, bhikkhave …pe… saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And so does Kassapa. 
Kassapopi, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhati anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
And so does Kassapa. 

sn16.10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākassapo sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time Venerable Mahākassapa was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn16.11carati viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākassapo rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time Venerable Mahākassapa was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando dakkhiṇagirismiṁ cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. 
Now at that time Venerable Ānanda was wandering in the Southern Hills together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. 

sn16.13viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn17.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn17.2viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.5viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.6viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.7viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.8viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.9viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.12viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.13-20viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.21viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.22viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.23viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.24viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.25viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.26viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.27viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.28viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.29viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.30viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.31viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.32viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.33viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.34viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.35viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain, not long after Devadatta had left. 

sn17.36viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  Near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn17.37viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn17.38-43viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn18.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn18.2viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn18.3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn18.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn18.5viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn18.6viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn18.7viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn18.8viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn18.9viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn18.10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn18.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī. 

sn18.12-20viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn18.21viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn19.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn20.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn20.2viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn20.3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn20.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn20.5viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn20.6viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn20.7viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn20.8viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

sn20.9viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn20.10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn20.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn20.12viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn21.1viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
‘idha bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
‘As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 

sn21.3viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
“Dūre kho, āvuso, bhagavā etarahi sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. 
“But Reverend, the Buddha is far away. He’s staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
‘idha, moggallāna, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati— 
‘Moggallāna, it’s when a mendicant lives with energy roused up: 

sn21.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn21.5viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn21.6viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn21.7viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

sn21.8viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn21.9viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn21.10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn21.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn21.12viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati.  At Sāvatthī. 

sn22.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 

sn22.2viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati devadahaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, where they have a town named Devadaha. 

sn22.3viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati kuraraghare papāte pabbate.  At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying in the land of the Avantis near Kuraraghara on Steep Mountain. 
Idha, gahapati, ekacco gihīhi saṁsaṭṭho viharati sahanandī sahasokī, sukhitesu sukhito, dukkhitesu dukkhito, uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu attanā tesu yogaṁ āpajjati. 
It’s when someone mixes closely with laypeople, sharing their joys and sorrows—happy when they’re happy and sad when they’re sad—and getting involved in their business. 
Idha, gahapati, bhikkhu gihīhi asaṁsaṭṭho viharati na sahanandī na sahasokī na sukhitesu sukhito na dukkhitesu dukkhito, uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu na attanā tesu yogaṁ āpajjati. 
It’s when a mendicant doesn’t mix closely with laypeople, not sharing their joys and sorrows—not happy when they’re happy or sad when they’re sad—and not getting involved in their business. 

sn22.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati kuraraghare papāte pabbate.  At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying in the land of the Avantis near Kuraraghara on Steep Mountain. 

sn22.33harati1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘amhe jano harati vā ḍahati vā yathāpaccayaṁ vā karotī’”ti?  ‘This person is carrying us off, burning us, or doing what they want with us’?” 

sn22.43viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Tesaṁ pahānā na paritassati, aparitassaṁ sukhaṁ viharati, sukhavihārī bhikkhu ‘tadaṅganibbuto’ti vuccati.  When these things are given up there’s no anxiety. Without anxiety you live happily. A mendicant who lives happily is said to be quenched in that respect. 
Tesaṁ pahānā na paritassati, aparitassaṁ sukhaṁ viharati, sukhavihārī bhikkhu ‘tadaṅganibbuto’ti vuccati. 
 
Tesaṁ pahānā na paritassati, aparitassaṁ sukhaṁ viharati, sukhavihārī bhikkhu ‘tadaṅganibbuto’ti vuccati. 
 
Tesaṁ pahānā na paritassati, aparitassaṁ sukhaṁ viharati, sukhavihārī bhikkhu ‘tadaṅganibbuto’ti vuccatī”ti. 
When these things are given up there’s no anxiety. Without anxiety you live happily. A mendicant who lives happily is said to be quenched in that respect.” 

sn22.49viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn22.50viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn22.59viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 

sn22.60viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

sn22.63viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Atha kho so bhikkhu eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva—yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
Then that mendicant, living alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute, soon realized the supreme end of the spiritual path in this very life. He lived having achieved with his own insight the goal for which gentlemen rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness. 

sn22.79anussarati3Pi En Ru dhamma

iti vā hi, bhikkhave, anussaramāno rūpaṁyeva anussarati.  Recollecting thus, it’s only form that they recollect. 
iti vā hi, bhikkhave, anussaramāno vedanaṁyeva anussarati. 
 
iti vā hi, bhikkhave, anussaramāno viññāṇameva anussarati. 
Recollecting thus, it’s only consciousness that they recollect. 

sn22.80pharati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, chavālātaṁ ubhatopadittaṁ majjhe gūthagataṁ, neva gāme kaṭṭhatthaṁ pharati, nāraññe kaṭṭhatthaṁ pharati. 
Suppose there was a firebrand for lighting a funeral pyre, burning at both ends, and smeared with dung in the middle. It couldn’t be used as timber either in the village or the wilderness. 

sn22.81viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā pālileyyake viharati bhaddasālamūle. 
where he stayed at the root of a sacred sal tree. 

sn22.82viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery, together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. 

sn22.85viharati voharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Evampi kho āyasmā yamako tehi bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tatheva taṁ pāpakaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati: 
But even though admonished by those mendicants, Yamaka obstinately stuck to that misconception and insisted on stating it. 

sn22.86viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anurādho bhagavato avidūre araññakuṭikāyaṁ viharati. 
Now at that time Venerable Anurādha was staying not far from the Buddha in a wilderness hut. 

sn22.87viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā vakkali kumbhakāranivesane viharati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. 
Now at that time Venerable Vakkali was staying in a potter’s shed, and he was sick, suffering, gravely ill. 

sn22.88viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā assaji kassapakārāme viharati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. 
Now at that time Venerable Assaji was staying in a monastery built by a Kassapa, and he was sick, suffering, gravely ill. 

sn22.89viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā khemako badarikārāme viharati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno.  Now at that time Venerable Khemaka was staying in the Jujube Tree Monastery, and he was sick, suffering, gravely ill. 
So aparena samayena pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati— 
After some time they meditate observing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates. 
So aparena samayena pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati. 
After some time they meditate observing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates. 

sn22.90viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

“ayaṁ kho āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme satthu ceva saṁvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca viññūnaṁ sabrahmacārīnaṁ, pahoti ca me āyasmā ānando tathā dhammaṁ desetuṁ yathāhaṁ dhammaṁ passeyyaṁ;  “The Venerable Ānanda is staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. He’s praised by the Buddha and esteemed by his sensible spiritual companions. He’s quite capable of teaching me the Dhamma so that I can see the teaching. 
‘ayaṁ kho āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme satthu ceva saṁvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca viññūnaṁ sabrahmacārīnaṁ, pahoti ca me āyasmā ānando tathā dhammaṁ desetuṁ yathāhaṁ dhammaṁ passeyyaṁ. 
 

sn22.94viharati vivarati5Pi En Ru dhamma

abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā taṁ ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti.  Then he explains, teaches, asserts, establishes, clarifies, analyzes, and reveals it. 
Kiñca, bhikkhave, loke lokadhammo, taṁ tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti, abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti? 
And what is that temporal phenomenon in the world? 
Abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti. 
Then he explains, teaches, asserts, establishes, clarifies, analyzes, and reveals it. 
Abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti. 
Then he explains, teaches, asserts, establishes, clarifies, analyzes, and reveals it. 
evameva kho, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke jāto loke saṁvaḍḍho lokaṁ abhibhuyya viharati anupalitto lokenā”ti. 
In the same way, though I was born and grew up in the world, I live having mastered the world, unsullied by the world.” 

sn22.95viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā ayujjhāyaṁ viharati gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Ayojjhā on the bank of the Ganges river. 

sn24.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove. 

sn28.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn28.10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn29.3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn31.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme …pe…  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. … 

sn31.2carati3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idha, bhikkhu, ekacco kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati.  “Mendicant, it’s when someone does good things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

sn31.3carati3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idha, bhikkhu, ekacco kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati.  “Mendicant, it’s when someone does good things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

sn31.4-12carati3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idha, bhikkhu, ekacco kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati.  “Mendicant, it’s when someone does good things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

sn31.13-22carati3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idha, bhikkhu, ekacco kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati.  “Mendicant, it’s when someone does good things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

sn31.23-112carati3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idha, bhikkhu, ekacco kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati.  “Mendicant, it’s when someone does good things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

sn32.2carati3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idha, bhikkhu, ekacco kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati.  “Mendicant, it’s when someone does good things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

sn32.3-12carati3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idha, bhikkhu, ekacco kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati.  “Mendicant, it’s when someone does good things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

sn32.13-52carati3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idha, bhikkhu, ekacco kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati.  “Mendicant, it’s when someone does good things by way of body, speech, and mind. 

sn32.53ratiyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘yannūna mayaṁ sakāya ratiyā vaseyyāmā’ti, tesaṁ taṁ cetopaṇidhimanvāya sītaṁ hoti.  ‘Why don’t we revel in our own kind of enjoyment?’ Then, in accordance with their wish, it becomes cool. 
ratiyā vaseyyāmā’ti → rameyyāmāti (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) 

sn32.54ratiyā1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘yannūna mayaṁ sakāya ratiyā vaseyyāmā’ti, tesaṁ taṁ cetopaṇidhimanvāya uṇhaṁ hoti.  ‘Why don’t we revel in our own kind of enjoyment?’ Then, in accordance with their wish, it becomes warm. 

sn32.55ratiyā1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘yannūna mayaṁ sakāya ratiyā vaseyyāmā’ti, tesaṁ taṁ cetopaṇidhimanvāya abbhaṁ hoti.  ‘Why don’t we revel in our own kind of enjoyment?’ Then, in accordance with their wish, it becomes stormy. 

sn32.56ratiyā1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘yannūna mayaṁ sakāya ratiyā vaseyyāmā’ti, tesaṁ taṁ cetopaṇidhimanvāya vāto hoti.  ‘Why don’t we revel in our own kind of enjoyment?’ Then, in accordance with their wish, it becomes windy. 

sn32.57ratiyā1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘yannūna mayaṁ sakāya ratiyā vaseyyāmā’ti, tesaṁ taṁ cetopaṇidhimanvāya devo vassati.  ‘Why don’t we revel in our own kind of enjoyment?’ Then, in accordance with their wish, the heavens rain down. 

sn33.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn35.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn35.28viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā gayāyaṁ viharati gayāsīse saddhiṁ bhikkhusahassena.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Gayā on Gayā Head together with a thousand mendicants. 

sn35.29viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn35.63viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁvihārī ca, migajāla, bhikkhu kiñcāpi gāmante viharati ākiṇṇo bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi.  A mendicant who lives like this is said to live alone, even if they live within a village crowded by monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen; by rulers and their chief ministers, and monastics of other religions and their disciples. 

sn35.65viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn35.69vikirati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Purāyaṁ kāyo idheva vikirati;  before it’s scattered right here 
Purāyaṁ kāyo idheva vikirati; 
before it’s scattered right here 

sn35.87viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn35.88viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra sudaṁ āyasmā puṇṇo sunāparantasmiṁ janapade viharati.  and stayed there. 

sn35.90viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, tathāgato anejo viharati vītasallo.  That’s why the Realized One lives unperturbed, with dart drawn out. 

sn35.91viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, tathāgato anejo viharati vītasallo.  That’s why the Realized One lives unperturbed, with dart drawn out. 

sn35.97viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Passaddhakāyo sukhaṁ viharati.  When the body is tranquil, one feels bliss. 
Passaddhakāyo sukhaṁ viharati. 
When the body is tranquil, one feels bliss. 

sn35.101harati1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘amhe jano harati vā ḍahati vā yathāpaccayaṁ vā karotī’”ti?  ‘This person is carrying us off, burning us, or doing what they want with us’?” 

sn35.113viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe.  At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 

sn35.118viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

sn35.119viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

sn35.120viharati vihiṁsūparatiyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
‘neva davāya, na madāya, na maṇḍanāya, na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya, vihiṁsūparatiyā, brahmacariyānuggahāya. Iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati, anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti. 
‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 

sn35.121viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn35.124viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

sn35.125viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vajjīsu viharati hatthigāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Vajjis at Elephant Village. 

sn35.126viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Nāḷandā in Pāvārika’s mango grove. 

sn35.127viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā piṇḍolabhāradvājo kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time Venerable Bhāradvāja the Alms-Gatherer was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 

sn35.128viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn35.129viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 

sn35.130viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati kuraraghare papāte pabbate.  At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying in the land of the Avantis near Kuraraghara on Steep Mountain. 

sn35.131viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 

sn35.132viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati makkarakate araññakuṭikāyaṁ.  At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying in the land of the Avantis in a wilderness hut near Makkarakaṭa. 
“Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā piyarūpe rūpe adhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati, parittacetaso 
“Brahmin, take someone who sees a sight with their eyes. If it’s pleasant they hold on to it, but if it’s unpleasant they dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body unestablished and their heart restricted. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme adhimuccati, appiyarūpe ca dhamme byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati, parittacetaso 
When they know an idea with their mind, if it’s pleasant they hold on to it, but if it’s unpleasant they dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body unestablished and a limited heart. 
“Idha, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā piyarūpe rūpe nādhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati, appamāṇacetaso 
“Brahmin, take a mendicant who sees a sight with their eyes. If it’s pleasant they don’t hold on to it, and if it’s unpleasant they don’t dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body established and a limitless heart. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme nādhimuccati, appiyarūpe dhamme na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati, appamāṇacetaso 
When they know an idea with their mind, if it’s pleasant they don’t hold on to it, and if it’s unpleasant they don’t dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body established and a limitless heart. 

sn35.133viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā udāyī kāmaṇḍāyaṁ viharati todeyyassa brāhmaṇassa ambavane.  At one time Venerable Udāyī was staying near Kāmaṇḍā in the brahmin Todeyya’s mango grove. 

sn35.134viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati devadahaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near the Sakyan town named Devadaha. 

sn35.136viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Rūpavipariṇāmavirāganirodhā sukho, bhikkhave, tathāgato viharati.  When sights perish, fade away, and cease, the Realized One lives happily. 
Dhammavipariṇāmavirāganirodhā sukho, bhikkhave, tathāgato viharati”. 
When ideas perish, fade away, and cease, the Realized One lives happily.” 

sn35.137viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Rūpavipariṇāmavirāganirodhā sukho, bhikkhave, tathāgato viharati.  When sights perish, fade away, and cease, the Realized One lives happily. …” 

sn35.138harati1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘amhe jano harati vā ḍahati vā yathāpaccayaṁ vā karotī’”ti?  ‘This person is carrying us off, burning us, or doing what they want with us’?” 

sn35.151viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

Santevāsiko, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sācariyako dukkhaṁ na phāsu viharati.  A mendicant who lives with a resident pupil and a teaching master lives in suffering and discomfort. 
Anantevāsiko, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anācariyako sukhaṁ phāsu viharati. 
A mendicant who lives without a resident pupil and a teaching master lives in happiness and comfort. 
Kathañca, bhikkhu, santevāsiko sācariyako dukkhaṁ na phāsu viharati? 
And how does a mendicant who lives with a resident pupil and a teaching master live in suffering and discomfort? 
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santevāsiko sācariyako dukkhaṁ, na phāsu viharati. 
That’s how a mendicant who lives with a resident pupil and a teaching master lives in suffering and discomfort. 
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anantevāsiko anācariyako sukhaṁ phāsu viharati? 
And how does a mendicant who lives without a resident pupil and a teaching master live in happiness and comfort? 
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anantevāsiko anācariyako sukhaṁ phāsu viharati. 
That’s how a mendicant who lives without a resident pupil and a teaching master lives in happiness and comfort. 
Anācariyakaṁ santevāsiko, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sācariyako dukkhaṁ, na phāsu viharati. 
A mendicant who lives with a resident pupil and a teaching master lives in suffering and discomfort. 

sn35.160viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati jīvakambavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in Jīvaka’s Mango Grove. 

sn35.161viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati jīvakambavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in Jīvaka’s Mango Grove. 

sn35.239viharati vihiṁsūparatiyā4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhasomanassabahulo viharati, yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānaṁ khayāya.  “Mendicants, when a mendicant has three qualities they’re full of joy and happiness in this very life, and they have laid the groundwork for ending the defilements. 
‘neva davāya, na madāya, na maṇḍanāya, na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā, yāpanāya, vihiṁsūparatiyā, brahmacariyānuggahāya, iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati, anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti. 
‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 
‘neva davāya, na madāya, na maṇḍanāya, na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā, yāpanāya, vihiṁsūparatiyā, brahmacariyānuggahāya, iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati, anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti. 
‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhasomanassabahulo viharati, yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānaṁ khayāyā”ti. 
When a mendicant has these three qualities they’re full of joy and happiness in this very life, and they have laid the groundwork for ending the defilements.” 

sn35.241carati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī on the bank of the Ganges river. 
Idha, bhikkhu, gihīhi saṁsaṭṭho viharati, sahanandī sahasokī, sukhitesu sukhito, dukkhitesu dukkhito, uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu attanā tesu yogaṁ āpajjati. 
It’s when someone mixes closely with laypeople, sharing their joys and sorrows—happy when they’re happy and sad when they’re sad—and getting involved in their business. 
Idha, bhikkhu, ekacco aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati: ‘imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti. 
It’s when someone leads the spiritual life wishing to be reborn in one of the orders of gods: ‘By this precept or observance or fervent austerity or spiritual life, may I become one of the gods!’ 

sn35.242viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimibilā on the bank of the Ganges river. 

sn35.243viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā piyarūpe rūpe adhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyassatī viharati parittacetaso, 
Take a mendicant who sees a sight with the eye. If it’s pleasant they hold on to it, but if it’s unpleasant they dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body unestablished and their heart restricted. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme adhimuccati, appiyarūpe dhamme byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyassatī ca viharati parittacetaso, 
know an idea with the mind. If it’s pleasant they hold on to it, but if it’s unpleasant they dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body unestablished and a limited heart. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā piyarūpe rūpe nādhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso, 
Take a mendicant who sees a sight with the eye. If it’s pleasant they don’t hold on to it, and if it’s unpleasant they don’t dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body established and a limitless heart. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme nādhimuccati, appiyarūpe dhamme na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso, 
know an idea with the mind. If it’s pleasant they don’t hold on to it, and if it’s unpleasant they don’t dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body established and a limitless heart. 

sn35.244viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā piyarūpe rūpe adhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati parittacetaso,  Take a mendicant who sees a sight with the eye. If it’s pleasant they hold on to it, but if it’s unpleasant they dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body unestablished and their heart restricted. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme adhimuccati, appiyarūpe dhamme byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati parittacetaso, 
know an idea with the mind. If it’s pleasant they hold on to it, but if it’s unpleasant they dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body unestablished and a limited heart. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā piyarūpe rūpe nādhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso, 
Take a mendicant who sees a sight with the eye. If it’s pleasant they don’t hold on to it, and if it’s unpleasant they don’t dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body established and a limitless heart. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme nādhimuccati, appiyarūpe dhamme na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso, 
know an idea with the mind. If it’s pleasant they don’t hold on to it, and if it’s unpleasant they don’t dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body established and a limitless heart. 

sn35.247viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā piyarūpe rūpe adhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati parittacetaso.  Take a mendicant who sees a sight with their eyes. If it’s pleasant they hold on to it, but if it’s unpleasant they dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body unestablished and their heart restricted. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme adhimuccati, appiyarūpe dhamme byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati parittacetaso, 
When they know an idea with their mind, if it’s pleasant they hold on to it, but if it’s unpleasant they dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body unestablished and a limited heart. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā piyarūpe rūpe nādhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso, 
Take a mendicant who sees a sight with their eyes. If it’s pleasant they don’t hold on to it, and if it’s unpleasant they don’t dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body established and a limitless heart. 
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme nādhimuccati, appiyarūpe dhamme na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso, 
know an idea with their mind. If it’s pleasant they don’t hold on to it, and if it’s unpleasant they don’t dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body established and a limitless heart. 

sn36.7viharati20Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati …pe… 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings … 
citte cittānupassī viharati …pe… 
They meditate observing an aspect of the mind … 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
So kāye ca sukhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassī viharati, vayānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati, paṭinissaggānupassī viharati. 
They meditate observing impermanence, vanishing, dispassion, cessation, and letting go in the body and pleasant feeling. 
So kāye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassī viharati, vayānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati, paṭinissaggānupassī viharati. 
They meditate observing impermanence, vanishing, dispassion, cessation, and letting go in the body and painful feeling. 
So kāye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassī viharati, vayānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati, paṭinissaggānupassī viharati. 
They meditate observing impermanence, vanishing, dispassion, cessation, and letting go in the body and neutral feeling. 

sn36.8viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati … 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings … 
citte cittānupassī viharati … 
They meditate observing an aspect of the mind … 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
So phasse ca sukhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassī viharati, vayānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati, paṭinissaggānupassī viharati. 
They meditate observing impermanence, vanishing, dispassion, cessation, and letting go in contact and pleasant feeling. 

sn36.19viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

Idhānanda, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu, vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā, paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā, nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā, ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant—going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity—aware that ‘space is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma, ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma, ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. 

sn36.21viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn36.31viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā, dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

sn38.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto magadhesu viharati nālakagāmake.  At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying in the land of the Magadhans near the little village of Nālaka. 

sn38.16abhirati1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pabbajitena kho, āvuso, abhirati dukkarā”ti.  “When you’ve gone forth it’s hard to be satisfied.” 

sn39.1-15viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto vajjīsu viharati ukkacelāyaṁ gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre.  At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying in the land of the Vajjis near Ukkacelā on the bank of the Ganges river. 

sn39.16abhirati1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pabbajitena kho, āvuso, abhirati dukkarā”ti.  “When you’ve gone forth it’s hard to be satisfied.” 

sn40.1viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
‘idha bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
‘It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 

sn40.2viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘idha bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  ‘As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 

sn40.3viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

idha bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  ‘With the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, “Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.” 

sn40.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘idha bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  ‘It’s when, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

sn40.5viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘idha bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  ‘It’s when a mendicant—going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity—aware that “space is infinite”, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite space. 

sn40.6viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘idha bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma anantaṁ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  ‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that “consciousness is infinite”, enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 

sn40.7viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘idha bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  ‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that “there is nothing at all”, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 

sn40.8viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘idha bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati.  ‘It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. 

sn40.9viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘idha bhikkhu sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati.  ‘It’s when a mendicant, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart. 

sn41.5viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā kāmabhū macchikāsaṇḍe viharati ambāṭakavane.  At one time Venerable Kāmabhū was staying near Macchikāsaṇḍa in the Wild Mango Grove. 

sn41.6viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā kāmabhū macchikāsaṇḍe viharati ambāṭakavane.  At one time Venerable Kāmabhū was staying near Macchikāsaṇḍa in the Wild Mango Grove. 

sn41.7viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā godatto macchikāsaṇḍe viharati ambāṭakavane.  At one time Venerable Godatta was staying near Macchikāsaṇḍa in the Wild Mango Grove. 
Idha, bhante, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
Idha, bhante, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma, ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. 
Idha, bhante, bhikkhu sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart. 

sn42.2upasaṁharati viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Tesaṁ naṭo raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe ye dhammā rajanīyā te upasaṁharati bhiyyoso mattāya. 
a dancer in a stage or festival presents them with even more arousing things. 
Tesaṁ naṭo raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe ye dhammā dosanīyā te upasaṁharati bhiyyoso mattāya. 
a dancer in a stage or festival presents them with even more hateful things. 
Tesaṁ naṭo raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe ye dhammā mohanīyā te upasaṁharati bhiyyoso mattāya. 
a dancer in a stage or festival presents them with even more delusory things. 

sn42.6viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Nāḷandā in Pāvārika’s mango grove. 

sn42.7viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Nāḷandā in Pāvārika’s mango grove. 

sn42.8carati viharati16Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Nāḷandā in Pāvārika’s mango grove. 
‘yo koci pāṇaṁ atipāteti, sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko, yo koci adinnaṁ ādiyati, sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko, yo koci kāmesu micchā carati, sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko, yo koci musā bhaṇati sabbo, so āpāyiko nerayiko. 
‘Everyone who kills a living creature, steals, commits sexual misconduct, or lies goes to a place of loss, to hell. 
Yaṁbahulaṁ yaṁbahulaṁ viharati, tena tena nīyatī’ti. 
You’re led on by what you usually live by.’ 
“‘Yaṁbahulaṁ yaṁbahulañca, gāmaṇi, viharati, tena tena nīyati’, evaṁ sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavissati, yathā nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa vacanaṁ. 
“‘You’re led on by what you usually live by’: if this were true, then, according to what the Jain Ñātika says, no-one would go to a place of loss, to hell. 
“‘Yaṁbahulaṁ yaṁbahulañca, gāmaṇi, viharati tena tena nīyatī’ti, evaṁ sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavissati, yathā nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa vacanaṁ. 
“‘You’re led on by what you usually live by’: if this were true, then, according to what the Jain ascetic of the Ñātika clan says, no-one would go to a place of loss, to hell. 
“‘Yaṁbahulaṁ yaṁbahulañca, gāmaṇi, viharati tena tena nīyatī’ti, evaṁ sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavissati, yathā nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa vacanaṁ. 
 
Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, gāmaṇi, yo so puriso kāmesumicchācārī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayāsamayaṁ upādāya, katamo bahutaro samayo, yaṁ vā so kāmesu micchā carati, yaṁ vā so kāmesu micchā na caratī”ti? 
Take a person who commits sexual misconduct … 
“Yo so, bhante, puriso kāmesumicchācārī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayāsamayaṁ upādāya, appataro so samayo yaṁ so kāmesu micchā carati, atha kho sveva bahutaro samayo, yaṁ so kāmesu micchā na caratī”ti. 
 
“‘Yaṁbahulaṁ yaṁbahulañca, gāmaṇi, viharati tena tena nīyatī’ti, evaṁ sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavissati, yathā nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa vacanaṁ. 
 
“‘Yaṁbahulaṁ yaṁbahulañca, gāmaṇi, viharati tena tena nīyatī’ti, evaṁ sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavissati, yathā nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa vacanaṁ. 
“‘You’re led on by what you usually live by’: if this were true, then, according to what the Jain Ñātika says, no-one would go to a place of loss, to hell. 
‘yo koci pāṇamatipāteti, sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko, yo koci adinnaṁ ādiyati, sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko, yo koci kāmesu micchā carati, sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko, yo koci musā bhaṇati, sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko’ti. 
‘Everyone who kills a living creature, steals, commits sexual misconduct, or lies goes to a place of loss, to hell.’ 
yo koci kāmesu micchā carati, sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko’ti. 
 
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
That noble disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and mindful. They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
Upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 

sn42.9carati viharati vikirati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane.  There he stayed near Nāḷandā in Pāvārika’s mango grove. 
‘atha kiñcarahi, bhante, bhagavā dubbhikkhe dvīhitike setaṭṭhike salākāvutte mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ cārikaṁ carati? 
‘So what exactly are you doing, wandering together with this large Saṅgha of mendicants during a time of famine and scarcity, with blighted crops turned to straw? 
“Atha kiñcarahi, bhante, bhagavā dubbhikkhe dvīhitike setaṭṭhike salākāvutte mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ cārikaṁ carati? 
“So what exactly are you doing, wandering together with this large Saṅgha of mendicants during a time of famine and scarcity, with blighted crops turned to straw? 
Rājato vā kulāni upaghātaṁ gacchanti, corato vā kulāni upaghātaṁ gacchanti, aggito vā kulāni upaghātaṁ gacchanti, udakato vā kulāni upaghātaṁ gacchanti, nihitaṁ vā ṭhānā vigacchati, duppayuttā vā kammantā vipajjanti, kule vā kulaṅgāroti uppajjati, yo te bhoge vikirati vidhamati viddhaṁseti, aniccatāyeva aṭṭhamīti. 
Their ruin stems from rulers, bandits, fire, or flood. Or their savings vanish. Or their business fails due to not applying themselves to work. Or a wastrel is born into the family who squanders and fritters away their wealth. And impermanence is the eighth. 

sn42.10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn42.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town called Uruvelakappa. 

sn42.13carati viharati21Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati uttaraṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town called Uttara. 
Yo koci kāmesu micchā carati, sabbo so diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedayati. 
commits sexual misconduct … 
‘yo koci kāmesu micchā carati, sabbo so diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedayatī’ti, saccaṁ vā te āhaṁsu musā vāti …pe… 
everyone who commits sexual misconduct experiences pain and sadness in this very life: are they right or wrong? … 
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
Then that noble disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and mindful. They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
Then that noble disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and mindful. They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
Then that noble disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and mindful. They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
Then that noble disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and mindful. They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato karuṇāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati …pe… 
Then that noble disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and mindful. They meditate spreading a heart full of compassion … 
muditāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati …pe…. 
rejoicing … 
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
 
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
 
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
 

sn43.12viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.  A mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. … 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati …pe… 
A mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of feelings … 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati …pe… 
A mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the mind … 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati …pe… ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, asaṅkhatagāmimaggo …pe…. 
A mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of principles … 

sn44.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn44.2viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anurādho bhagavato avidūre araññakuṭikāyaṁ viharati. 
Now at that time Venerable Anurādha was staying not far from the Buddha in a wilderness hut. 

sn44.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sabhiyo kaccāno ñātike viharati giñjakāvasathe.  At one time Venerable Sabhiya Kaccāna was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 

sn45.1viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn45.2viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakyesu viharati nagarakaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, where they have a town named Townsville. 

sn45.8viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
They meditate observing an aspect of the mind—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ— 
They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati— 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

sn45.34tatrābhiratimiccheyya1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatrābhiratimiccheyya,  you should try to find delight there, 

sn46.2arati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atthi, bhikkhave, arati tandi vijambhitā bhattasammado cetaso ca līnattaṁ.  There is discontent, sloth, yawning, sleepiness after eating, and mental sluggishness. 

sn46.3anussarati pavicarati viharati—kāyavūpakāsena5Pi En Ru dhamma

Tathārūpānaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ sutvā dvayena vūpakāsena vūpakaṭṭho viharati—kāyavūpakāsena ca cittavūpakāsena ca.  Because after hearing the teaching of such mendicants, a mendicant will live withdrawn in both body and mind, 
So tathā vūpakaṭṭho viharanto taṁ dhammaṁ anussarati anuvitakketi. 
as they recollect and think about that teaching. 
Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tathā vūpakaṭṭho viharanto taṁ dhammaṁ anussarati anuvitakketi, satisambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno āraddho hoti; 
At such a time, a mendicant has activated the awakening factor of mindfulness; 
So tathā sato viharanto taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinati pavicarati parivīmaṁsamāpajjati. 
As they live mindfully in this way they investigate, explore, and inquire into that teaching with wisdom. 
Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tathā sato viharanto taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinati pavicarati parivīmaṁsamāpajjati, dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno āraddho hoti; 
At such a time, a mendicant has activated the awakening factor of investigation of principles; 

sn46.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn46.6viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sākete viharati añjanavane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāketa in the deer park at the Añjana Wood. 
Idha, kuṇḍaliya, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
A mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn46.14viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pippaliguhāyaṁ viharati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. 
Now at that time Venerable Mahākassapa was staying in the Pipphali cave, and he was sick, suffering, gravely ill. 

sn46.15viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno gijjhakūṭe pabbate viharati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. 
Now at that time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying on the Vulture’s Peak mountain, and he was sick, suffering, gravely ill. 

sn46.16viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn46.17tatrābhiratimiccheyya1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatrābhiratimiccheyya,  you should try to find delight there, 

sn46.30viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sumbhesu viharati setakaṁ nāma sumbhānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sumbhas, near the town of the Sumbhas called Sedaka. 

sn46.51arati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atthi, bhikkhave, arati tandi vijambhitā bhattasammado cetaso ca līnattaṁ.  There is discontent, sloth, yawning, sleepiness after eating, and mental sluggishness. 

sn46.52pavicarati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yadapi, bhikkhave, ajjhattaṁ dhammesu paññāya pavicinati pavicarati parivīmaṁsamāpajjati tadapi dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo, yadapi bahiddhā dhammesu paññāya pavicinati pavicarati parivīmaṁsamāpajjati tadapi dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo.  Investigating, exploring, and inquiring into internal things with wisdom is the awakening factor of investigation of principles; and investigating, exploring, and inquiring into external things with wisdom is also the awakening factor of investigation of principles. 

sn46.54viharati19Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati haliddavasanaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town called Haliddavasana. 
So sace ākaṅkhati ‘appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the repulsive in the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati ‘paṭikūle appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, appaṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the unrepulsive in the repulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati ‘appaṭikūle ca paṭikūle ca paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the repulsive in the unrepulsive and the repulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati ‘paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle ca appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, appaṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the unrepulsive in the repulsive and the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati ‘appaṭikūlañca paṭikūlañca tadubhayaṁ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako vihareyyaṁ sato sampajāno’ti, upekkhako ca tattha viharati sato sampajāno, subhaṁ vā kho pana vimokkhaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate staying equanimous, mindful and aware, rejecting both the repulsive and the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
So sace ākaṅkhati ‘appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati …pe… 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the repulsive in the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. … 
sace ākaṅkhati ‘appaṭikūlañca paṭikūlañca tadubhayaṁ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako vihareyyaṁ sato sampajāno’ti, upekkhako tattha viharati sato sampajāno. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate staying equanimous, mindful and aware, rejecting both the repulsive and the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sabbaso vā pana rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Or else, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space. 
So sace ākaṅkhati ‘appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati …pe… 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the repulsive in the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. … 
sace ākaṅkhati ‘appaṭikūlañca paṭikūlañca tadubhayaṁ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako vihareyyaṁ sato sampajāno’ti, upekkhako tattha viharati sato sampajāno. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate staying equanimous, mindful and aware, rejecting both the repulsive and the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sabbaso vā pana ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Or else, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. 
So sace ākaṅkhati ‘appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the repulsive in the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati ‘paṭikūle appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, appaṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the unrepulsive in the repulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati ‘appaṭikūle ca paṭikūle ca paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the repulsive in the unrepulsive and the repulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati ‘paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle ca appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, appaṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the unrepulsive in the repulsive and the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sace ākaṅkhati ‘appaṭikūlañca paṭikūlañca tadubhayaṁ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako vihareyyaṁ sato sampajāno’ti, upekkhako tattha viharati sato sampajāno. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate staying equanimous, mindful and aware, rejecting both the repulsive and the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Sabbaso vā pana viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Or else, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. 

sn46.55viharati20Pi En Ru dhamma

“Yasmiṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, samaye kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati, paratthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati; dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.  “Brahmin, there’s a time when your heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire and you don’t truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen. At that time you don’t truly know or see what is good for yourself, good for another, or good for both. Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati …pe… paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati; dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
In the same way, when your heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire … Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati; dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
Furthermore, when your heart is overcome and mired in ill will … Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati, paratthampi tasmiṁ samaye …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati; dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
In the same way, when your heart is overcome and mired in ill will … Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati; dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
Furthermore, when your heart is overcome and mired in dullness and drowsiness … Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati; dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
In the same way, when your heart is overcome and mired in dullness and drowsiness … Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati; dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
Furthermore, when your heart is overcome and mired in restlessness and remorse … Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati; dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
In the same way, when your heart is overcome and mired in restlessness and remorse … Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi … dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
Furthermore, when your heart is overcome and mired in doubt … Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati, paratthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati; dīgharattaṁ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. 
In the same way, there’s a time when your heart is overcome and mired in doubt and you don’t truly understand the escape from doubt that has arisen. At that time you don’t truly know or see what is good for yourself, good for another, or good for both. Even hymns that are long-practiced don’t spring to mind, let alone those that are not practiced. 
Yasmiñca kho, brāhmaṇa, samaye na kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati, paratthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati; dīgharattaṁ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. 
There’s a time when your heart is not overcome and mired in sensual desire and you truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen. At that time you truly know and see what is good for yourself, good for another, and good for both. Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti …pe…. 
In the same way, when your heart is not overcome and mired in sensual desire … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi …pe… dīgharattaṁ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. 
Furthermore, when your heart is not overcome and mired in ill will … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi …pe… dīgharattaṁ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. 
In the same way, when your heart is not overcome and mired in ill will … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi …pe… dīgharattaṁ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. 
Furthermore, when your heart is not overcome and mired in dullness and drowsiness … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi …pe… dīgharattaṁ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. 
In the same way, when your heart is not overcome and mired in dullness and drowsiness … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi …pe… dīgharattaṁ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. 
Furthermore, when your heart is not overcome and mired in restlessness and remorse … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati, paratthampi …pe… ubhayatthampi …pe… dīgharattaṁ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. 
In the same way, when your heart is not overcome and mired in restlessness and remorse … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati, paratthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati; ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati; dīgharattaṁ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. 
Furthermore, when your heart is not overcome and mired in doubt … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati, paratthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati; dīgharattaṁ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. 
In the same way, there’s a time when your heart is not overcome and mired in doubt and you truly understand the escape from doubt that has arisen. At that time you truly know and see what is good for yourself, good for another, and good for both. Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 

sn46.56viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 
“Yasmiṁ kho, rājakumāra, samaye kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati— 
“There’s a time when the heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire, without truly knowing and seeing the escape from sensual desire that has arisen. 
Puna caparaṁ, rājakumāra, yasmiṁ samaye byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati byāpādaparetena …pe… 
Furthermore, there’s a time when the heart is overcome and mired in ill will … 
vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ na jānāti na passati— 
doubt, without truly knowing and seeing the escape from doubt that has arisen. 

sn46.70anabhiratisaññā anabhiratisutta4Pi En Ru dhamma

Anabhiratisutta  Dissatisfaction 
Anabhiratisutta → sabbaloke anabhiratasuttāni (bj) 
“Sabbaloke anabhiratisaññā, bhikkhave …pe…” 
“Mendicants, when the perception of dissatisfaction with the whole world is developed and cultivated it’s very fruitful and beneficial. …” 
anabhiratisaññā → anabhiratasaññā (bj) 

sn47.1viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati ambapālivane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, in Ambapālī’s Mango Grove. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
They meditate observing an aspect of the mind—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.2viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati ambapālivane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, in Ambapālī’s mango grove. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.3viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Atha kho so bhikkhu eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva—yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. 
Then that mendicant, living alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute, soon realized the supreme end of the spiritual path in this very life. He lived having achieved with his own insight the goal for which gentlemen rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness. 

sn47.4viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati sālāya brāhmaṇagāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans near the brahmin village of Sālā. 

sn47.5viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.6carati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Evañhi taṁ, bhikkhave, hoti yo agocare carati paravisaye.  That’s what happens when you roam out of your territory into the domain of others. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ— 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.7carati viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ so taṁ, bhikkhave, hoti yo agocare carati paravisaye.  That’s what happens when you roam out of your territory into the domain of others. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.8abhiharati viharati14Pi En Ru dhamma

‘idaṁ vā me ajja bhattu sūpeyyaṁ ruccati, imassa vā abhiharati, imassa vā bahuṁ gaṇhāti, imassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati.  ‘Today my master preferred this sauce, or he reached for it, or he took a lot of it, or he praised it. 
Ambilaggaṁ vā me ajja bhattu sūpeyyaṁ ruccati, ambilaggassa vā abhiharati, ambilaggassa vā bahuṁ gaṇhāti, ambilaggassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati. Tittakaggaṁ vā me ajja … kaṭukaggaṁ vā me ajja … madhuraggaṁ vā me ajja … khārikaṁ vā me ajja … akhārikaṁ vā me ajja … loṇikaṁ vā me ajja … aloṇikaṁ vā me ajja bhattu sūpeyyaṁ ruccati, aloṇikassa vā abhiharati, aloṇikassa vā bahuṁ gaṇhāti, aloṇikassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāsatī’ti. 
Today my master preferred the sour or bitter or pungent or sweet or hot or mild or salty sauce. Or he preferred the bland sauce, or he reached for the bland one, or he took a lot of it, or he praised it.’ 
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bālo abyatto akusalo bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
In the same way, a foolish, incompetent, unskillful mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati …pe… 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings … 
citte cittānupassī viharati …pe… 
mind … 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
‘idaṁ vā me ajja bhattu sūpeyyaṁ ruccati, imassa vā abhiharati, imassa vā bahuṁ gaṇhāti, imassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati. 
‘Today my master preferred this sauce, or he reached for it, or he took a lot of it, or he praised it. 
Ambilaggaṁ vā me ajja bhattu sūpeyyaṁ ruccati, ambilaggassa vā abhiharati, ambilaggassa vā bahuṁ gaṇhāti, ambilaggassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati. Tittakaggaṁ vā me ajja … kaṭukaggaṁ vā me ajja … madhuraggaṁ vā me ajja … khārikaṁ vā me ajja … akhārikaṁ vā me ajja … loṇikaṁ vā me ajja … aloṇikaṁ vā me ajja bhattu sūpeyyaṁ ruccati, aloṇikassa vā abhiharati, aloṇikassa vā bahuṁ gaṇhāti, aloṇikassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāsatī’ti. 
Today my master preferred the sour or bitter or pungent or sweet or hot or mild or salty sauce. Or he preferred the bland sauce, or he reached for the bland one, or he took a lot of it, or he praised it.’ 
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco paṇḍito byatto kusalo bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
In the same way, an astute, competent, skillful mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati …pe… 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings … 
citte cittānupassī viharati …pe… 
mind … 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.9viharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati veḷuvagāmake.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the little village of Beluva. 
Yasmiṁ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā ekaccānaṁ vedanānaṁ nirodhā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati, phāsutaro, ānanda, tasmiṁ samaye tathāgatassa kāyo hoti. 
Sometimes the Realized One, not focusing on any signs, and with the cessation of certain feelings, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart. Only then does the Realized One’s body become more comfortable. 
Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? 
And how does a mendicant do this? 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Evaṁ kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo. 
That’s how a mendicant lives as their own island, their own refuge, with no other refuge. That’s how the teaching is their island and their refuge, with no other refuge. 

sn47.10paṭisaṁharati viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

Yo hi koci, bhaginiyo, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto viharati, tassetaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ:  Any monk or nun who meditates with their mind firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation can expect to 
Yo hi koci, bhaginiyo, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto viharati, tassetaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—uḷāraṁ pubbenāparaṁ visesaṁ sañjānissatī’”ti. 
 
Yo hi koci, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto viharati, tassetaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ: 
Any monk or nun who meditates with their mind firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation can expect to 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
So paṭisaṁharati ceva na ca vitakketi na ca vicāreti. 
They pull back, and neither place the mind nor keep it connected. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
So paṭisaṁharati ceva na ca vitakketi na ca vicāreti. 
They pull back, and neither place the mind nor keep it connected. 

sn47.11viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, sāriputta, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.12viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nālandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Nāḷandā in Pāvārika’s mango grove. 

sn47.13viharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto magadhesu viharati nālakagāmake ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. 
At that time Venerable Sāriputta was staying in the Magadhan lands near the little village of Nālaka, and he was sick, suffering, gravely ill. 
Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? 
And how does a mendicant do this? 
Idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Evaṁ kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo. 
That’s how a mendicant lives as their own island, their own refuge, with no other refuge. That’s how the teaching is their island and their refuge, with no other refuge. 

sn47.14viharati5Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vajjīsu viharati ukkacelāyaṁ gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ aciraparinibbutesu sāriputtamoggallānesu.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Vajjis near Ukkacelā on the bank of the Ganges river, together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. It was not long after Sāriputta and Moggallāna had become fully quenched. 
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? 
And how does a mendicant do this? 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo. 
That’s how a mendicant lives as their own island, their own refuge, with no other refuge. That’s how the teaching is their island and their refuge, with no other refuge. 

sn47.17viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.18viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho.  At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River. 

sn47.19viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sumbhesu viharati sedakaṁ nāma sumbhānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sumbhas, near the town of the Sumbhas called Sedaka. 

sn47.20viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sumbhesu viharati sedakaṁ nāma sumbhānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sumbhas, near the town of the Sumbhas called Sedaka. 

sn47.21viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.22viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.23viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.24viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.25viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
Idha, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.26viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.27viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.29viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn47.32viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.33viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.34viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.35viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.36viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.37viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of the mind—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.38viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of the mind—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.39viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.40viharati12Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati …pe… 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings … 
citte cittānupassī viharati …pe… 
mind … 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samudayadhammānupassī kāyasmiṁ viharati, vayadhammānupassī kāyasmiṁ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī kāyasmiṁ viharati, ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
It’s when a mendicant meditates observing the body as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to originate and vanish—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Samudayadhammānupassī vedanāsu viharati …pe… 
They observe feelings … 
samudayadhammānupassī citte viharati …pe… 
mind … 
samudayadhammānupassī dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī dhammesu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī dhammesu viharati, ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to originate and vanish—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.41viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.44viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.45viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.46viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho so bhikkhu eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva—yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  Then that mendicant, living alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute, soon realized the supreme end of the spiritual path in this very life. He lived having achieved with his own insight the goal for which gentlemen rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness. 

sn47.48viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.49viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.50viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.51-62viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn47.95-104viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn48.9viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu—  It’s when a noble disciple lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 

sn48.10viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.  It’s when a noble disciple lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. 
So kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; 
They meditate observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ— 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
So vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, they enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati— 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 

sn48.40upasaṁharati viharati10Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati,  It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu aññāsi dukkhindriyassa nirodhaṁ, tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati’. 
They’re called a mendicant who understands the cessation of the faculty of pain, and who applies their mind to that end. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
It’s when, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a mendicant enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu aññāsi domanassindriyassa nirodhaṁ, tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati’. 
They’re called a mendicant who understands the cessation of the faculty of sadness, and who applies their mind to that end. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
It’s when, with the fading away of rapture, a mendicant enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu aññāsi sukhindriyassa nirodhaṁ, tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati’. 
They’re called a mendicant who understands the cessation of the faculty of pleasure, and who applies their mind to that end. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
It’s when, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu aññāsi somanassindriyassa nirodhaṁ, tadatthāya cittaṁ upasaṁharati’. 
They’re called a mendicant who understands the cessation of the faculty of happiness, and who applies their mind to that end. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati, 
It’s when a mendicant, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. 

sn48.41viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 

sn48.43viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sākete viharati añjanavane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāketa in the deer park at the Añjana Wood. 

sn48.44viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbakoṭṭhake.  At one time the Buddha was staying in Sāvatthī at the eastern gate. 

sn48.45viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 

sn48.49viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 

sn48.50viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā aṅgesu viharati āpaṇaṁ nāma aṅgānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Aṅgas, near the Aṅgan town called Āpaṇa. 

sn48.51viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati sālāya brāhmaṇagāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans near the brahmin village of Sālā. 

sn48.52viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town called Uruvelakappa. 

sn48.53viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 
Yaṅgatikāni yaṁparamāni yaṁphalāni yaṁpariyosānāni. Na heva kho kāyena phusitvā viharati; 
And although they don’t have direct meditative experience of their destination, apex, fruit, and culmination, 
Yaṅgatikāni yaṁparamāni yaṁphalāni yaṁpariyosānāni. Kāyena ca phusitvā viharati; 
They have direct meditative experience of their destination, apex, fruit, and culmination, 

sn48.57viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho.  At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River. 

sn48.58viharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate sūkarakhatāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain in the Boar’s Cave. 
“Idha, bhante, khīṇāsavo bhikkhu satthari sagāravo viharati sappatisso, dhamme sagāravo viharati sappatisso, saṅghe sagāravo viharati sappatisso, sikkhāya sagāravo viharati sappatisso, samādhismiṁ sagāravo viharati sappatisso. 
“It’s when a mendicant with defilements ended maintains respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, and immersion. 

sn51.10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

sn51.11anussarati viharati6Pi En Ru dhamma

Pacchāpuresaññī ca viharati—  And they meditate perceiving before and behind: 
Pacchāpuresaññī ca viharati— 
 
Pacchāpuresaññī ca viharati— 
 
Pacchāpuresaññī ca viharati— 
And they meditate perceiving before and behind: 
Evaṁ bhāvitesu kho, bhikkhu, catūsu iddhipādesu evaṁ bahulīkatesu, anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
When the four bases of psychic power have been developed and cultivated in this way, they recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 

sn51.12viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Pacchāpuresaññī ca viharati—  And they meditate perceiving before and behind: 
Pacchāpuresaññī ca viharati— 
And they meditate perceiving before and behind: 

sn51.14viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. 
Pacchāpuresaññī ca viharati— 
And he meditates perceiving before and behind: 

sn51.15viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme.  At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. 

sn51.18viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Catunnaṁ, bhikkhave, iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  “Mendicants, by developing and cultivating the four bases of psychic power, a mendicant realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

sn51.20viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

Pacchāpuresaññī ca viharati—  And they meditate perceiving before and behind: 
Pacchāpuresaññī ca viharati— 
And they meditate perceiving before and behind: 
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pacchāpuresaññī ca viharati— 
And how does a mendicant meditate perceiving before and behind: 
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pacchāpuresaññī ca viharati— 
That’s how a mendicant meditates perceiving before and behind: 
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathā adho tathā uddhaṁ, yathā uddhaṁ tathā adho viharati? 
And how does a mendicant meditate as below, so above; as above, so below? 
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathā adho tathā uddhaṁ, yathā uddhaṁ tathā adho viharati. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates as below, so above; as above, so below. 
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathā divā tathā rattiṁ, yathā rattiṁ tathā divā viharati? 
And how does a mendicant meditate as by day, so by night; as by night, so by day? 
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathā divā tathā rattiṁ, yathā rattiṁ tathā divā viharati. 
That’s how a mendicant meditates as by day, so by night; as by night, so by day. 

sn51.21viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Pacchāpuresaññī ca viharati—  And they meditate perceiving before and behind: 
Pacchāpuresaññī ca viharati— 
And they meditate perceiving before and behind: 

sn51.22viharati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Yasmiṁ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato kāyampi citte samodahati cittampi kāye samodahati, sukhasaññañca lahusaññañca kāye okkamitvā viharati;  Sometimes the Realized One submerges his body in his mind and his mind in his body. He meditates after sinking into a perception of bliss and lightness in the body. 
evameva kho, ānanda, yasmiṁ samaye tathāgato kāyampi citte samodahati, cittampi kāye samodahati, sukhasaññañca lahusaññañca kāye okkamitvā viharati; 
In the same way, sometimes the Realized One submerges his body in his mind and his mind in his body. He meditates after sinking into a perception of bliss and lightness in the body. 
Yasmiṁ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato kāyampi citte samodahati, cittampi kāye samodahati, sukhasaññañca lahusaññañca kāye okkamitvā viharati; 
Sometimes the Realized One submerges his body in his mind and his mind in his body. He meditates after sinking into a perception of bliss and lightness in the body. 
evameva kho, ānanda, yasmiṁ samaye tathāgato kāyampi citte samodahati, cittampi kāye samodahati, sukhasaññañca lahusaññañca kāye okkamitvā viharati; 
In the same way, sometimes the Realized One submerges his body in his mind and his mind in his body. He meditates after sinking into a perception of bliss and lightness in the body. 

sn51.31viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Pacchāpuresaññī ca viharati—  And he meditates perceiving before and behind: 

sn51.32viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Pacchāpuresaññī ca viharati—  And he meditates perceiving before and behind: 
Pacchāpuresaññī ca viharati— 
And he meditates perceiving before and behind: 

sn52.1viharati39Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā anuruddho sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time Venerable Anuruddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu ajjhattaṁ kāye samudayadhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattaṁ kāye vayadhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattaṁ kāye samudayavayadhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
“Reverend, it’s when a mendicant meditates observing the body internally as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to originate and vanish—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Bahiddhā kāye samudayadhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā kāye vayadhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā kāye samudayavayadhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing the body externally as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to originate and vanish—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Ajjhattabahiddhā kāye samudayadhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā kāye vayadhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā kāye samudayavayadhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing the body internally and externally as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to originate and vanish—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati; 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the repulsive in the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
sace ākaṅkhati: ‘paṭikūle appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, appaṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati; 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the unrepulsive in the repulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
sace ākaṅkhati: ‘appaṭikūle ca paṭikūle ca paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati; 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the repulsive in the unrepulsive and the repulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
sace ākaṅkhati: ‘paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle ca appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, appaṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati; 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the unrepulsive in the repulsive and the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
sace ākaṅkhati: ‘appaṭikūlañca paṭikūlañca tadubhayaṁ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako vihareyyaṁ sato sampajāno’ti, upekkhako tattha viharati sato sampajāno. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate staying equanimous, mindful and aware, rejecting both the repulsive and the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 
Ajjhattaṁ vedanāsu samudayadhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattaṁ vedanāsu vayadhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattaṁ vedanāsu samudayavayadhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing feelings internally … 
Bahiddhā vedanāsu samudayadhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vedanāsu vayadhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vedanāsu samudayavayadhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
externally … 
Ajjhattabahiddhā vedanāsu samudayadhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vedanāsu vayadhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vedanāsu samudayavayadhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
internally and externally as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to originate and vanish … 
So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati; 
 
sace ākaṅkhati: ‘paṭikūle appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, appaṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati; 
 
sace ākaṅkhati: ‘appaṭikūle ca paṭikūle ca paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati; 
 
sace ākaṅkhati: ‘paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle ca appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, appaṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati; 
 
sace ākaṅkhati: ‘appaṭikūlañca paṭikūlañca tadubhayaṁ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako vihareyyaṁ sato sampajāno’ti, upekkhako tattha viharati sato sampajāno. 
 
ajjhattabahiddhā citte samudayadhammānupassī viharati … ajjhattabahiddhā citte vayadhammānupassī viharati … ajjhattabahiddhā citte samudayavayadhammānupassī viharati ātāpī …pe… abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
internally and externally as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to originate and vanish … 
So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati …pe… 
 
upekkhako tattha viharati sato sampajāno. 
 
ajjhattabahiddhā dhammesu samudayadhammānupassī viharati … ajjhattabahiddhā dhammesu vayadhammānupassī viharati … ajjhattabahiddhā dhammesu samudayavayadhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
internally and externally as liable to originate, as liable to vanish, and as liable to originate and vanish … 
So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī vihareyyan’ti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati …pe… 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate perceiving the repulsive in the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. … 
upekkhako tattha viharati sato sampajāno. 
If they wish: ‘May I meditate staying equanimous, mindful and aware, ignoring both the repulsive and the unrepulsive,’ that’s what they do. 

sn52.2viharati8Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu ajjhattaṁ kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.  “Reverend, it’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body internally—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Bahiddhā kāye kāyānupassī viharati …pe… 
They meditate observing an aspect of the body externally … 
ajjhattabahiddhā kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
internally and externally—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Ajjhattaṁ vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings internally … 
Bahiddhā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
externally … 
Ajjhattabahiddhā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
internally and externally … 
ajjhattabahiddhā citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
internally and externally … 
ajjhattabahiddhā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
internally and externally—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn52.3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā anuruddho sāvatthiyaṁ viharati sutanutīre.  At one time Venerable Anuruddha was staying near Sāvatthī on the bank of the Sutanu. 

sn52.4viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ— 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn52.5viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ— 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn52.7viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati …pe…  It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body … 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ— 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn52.8viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā anuruddho sāvatthiyaṁ viharati salaḷāgāre.  At one time Venerable Anuruddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the frankincense-tree hut. 
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati …pe… 
It’s when a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body … 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn52.10viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā anuruddho sāvatthiyaṁ viharati andhavanasmiṁ ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno.  At one time Venerable Anuruddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Dark Forest. And he was sick, suffering, gravely ill. 

sn52.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā anuruddho sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time Venerable Anuruddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn53.1-12viharati7Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 

sn53.45-54viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.  It’s when a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
fourth absorption. 

sn54.9viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

sn54.10viharati9Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati veḷuvane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimbilā in the Freshwater Mangrove Wood. 
kāye kāyānupassī, ānanda, bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
At such a time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Tasmātihānanda, kāye kāyānupassī bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
Therefore, at such a time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
vedanāsu vedanānupassī, ānanda, bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
At such a time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of feelings—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Tasmātihānanda, vedanāsu vedanānupassī bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
Therefore, at such a time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of feelings—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
citte cittānupassī, ānanda, bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
At such a time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of the mind—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Tasmātihānanda, citte cittānupassī bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
Therefore, at such a time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of the mind—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī, ānanda, bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
At such a time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Tasmātihānanda, dhammesu dhammānupassī bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
Therefore, at such a time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 

sn54.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe.  At one time the Buddha was staying in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. 

sn54.12viharati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā lomasakaṁbhiyo sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time Venerable Lomasakaṅgiya was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 
Ekamidaṁ, āvuso mahānāma, samayaṁ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. 
At one time the Buddha was staying in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. 

sn54.13pavicarati viharati12Pi En Ru dhamma

kāye kāyānupassī, ānanda, bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.  At such a time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Tasmātihānanda, kāye kāyānupassī bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
Therefore, at such a time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
vedanāsu vedanānupassī, ānanda, bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
At such a time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of feelings—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Tasmātihānanda, vedanāsu vedanānupassī bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
Therefore, at such a time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of feelings—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
citte cittānupassī, ānanda, bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
At such a time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of the mind—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Tasmātihānanda, citte cittānupassī bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
Therefore, at such a time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of the mind—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī, ānanda, bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
At such a time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Tasmātihānanda, dhammesu dhammānupassī bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
Therefore, at such a time a mendicant is meditating by observing an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world. 
Yasmiṁ samaye, ānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati— 
Whenever a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body, 
So tathā sato viharanto taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinati pavicarati parivīmaṁsamāpajjati. 
As they live mindfully in this way they investigate, explore, and inquire into that principle with wisdom. 
Yasmiṁ samaye, ānanda, bhikkhu tathā sato viharanto taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinati pavicarati parivīmaṁsamāpajjati— 
At such a time, a mendicant has activated the awakening factor of investigation of principles; they develop it and perfect it. 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati— 
principles, 

sn54.16pavicarati viharati viharati—upaṭṭhitāssa12Pi En Ru dhamma

kāye kāyānupassī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.   
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, kāye kāyānupassī bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
 
vedanāsu vedanānupassī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
 
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, vedanāsu vedanānupassī bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
 
citte cittānupassī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
 
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, citte cittānupassī bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
 
dhammesu dhammānupassī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
 
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, dhammesu dhammānupassī bhikkhu tasmiṁ samaye viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ. 
 
Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati—upaṭṭhitāssa tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno sati hoti asammuṭṭhā. 
 
So tathāsato viharanto taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinati pavicarati parivīmaṁsamāpajjati. 
 
Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tathāsato viharanto taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinati pavicarati parivīmaṁsamāpajjati— 
 
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati—upaṭṭhitāssa tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno sati hoti asammuṭṭhā. 
 

sn55.3viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn55.6viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme’ti, hoti anappakā no tasmiṁ samaye attamanatā hoti anappakaṁ somanassaṁ:  you are staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery we have no little happiness and joy, thinking that 

sn55.8viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā ñātike viharati giñjakāvasathe.  At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 

sn55.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati rājakārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Royal Monastery. 

sn55.21viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 

sn55.22viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 

sn55.24viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

So āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  They’ve realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 

sn55.25viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

So āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.  They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
Tasmiñca dhamme sāvako viharati dhammānudhammappaṭipanno sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī— 
A disciple remains in such a teaching, practicing in line with that teaching, practicing it properly, living in line with that teaching. 
Tasmiñca dhamme sāvako viharati dhammānudhammappaṭipanno sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī— 
A disciple remains in such a teaching, practicing in line with that teaching, practicing it properly, living in line with that teaching. 

sn55.30viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

sn55.37viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 

sn55.39viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 

sn55.40viharati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 
Passaddhiyā asati, dukkhaṁ viharati. 
When there’s no tranquility, there’s suffering. 
Passaddhiyā asati, dukkhaṁ viharati. 
When there’s no tranquility, there’s suffering. 

sn55.52viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 

sn55.53viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 

sn55.54viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. 

sn56.11viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 

sn56.21viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vajjīsu viharati koṭigāme.  At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Vajjis at the village of Koṭi. 

sn56.31viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati sīsapāvane.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī in a rosewood forest. 

sn56.38andhakāratimisā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Andhatamaṁ tadā hoti andhakāratimisā.  Darkness prevails then, utter darkness. 
Neva andhakāratamaṁ tadā hoti na andhakāratimisā. 
Darkness no longer prevails. 
Andhatamaṁ tadā hoti andhakāratimisā. 
Darkness prevails then, utter darkness. 
Neva andhatamaṁ tadā hoti na andhakāratimisā. 
Darkness no longer prevails. 

sn56.41viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 

sn56.42viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 

sn56.45viharati1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.  At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 

sn56.46andhakāratimisā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Atthi, bhikkhave, lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā, yatthamimesaṁ candimasūriyānaṁ evaṁmahiddhikānaṁ evaṁ mahānubhāvānaṁ ābhāya nānubhontī”ti.  “Mendicants, the boundless void of interstellar space is so utterly dark that even the light of the moon and the sun, so mighty and powerful, makes no impression.”